Details on this package are located in Section 8.20.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
Copyright © 1999-2025 Gerard Beekmans
Copyright © 1999-2025, Gerard Beekmans
All rights reserved.
This book is licensed under a Creative Commons License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
My journey to learn and better understand Linux began back in 1998. I had just installed my first Linux distribution and had quickly become intrigued with the whole concept and philosophy behind Linux.
There are always many ways to accomplish a single task. The same can be said about Linux distributions. A great many have existed over the years. Some still exist, some have morphed into something else, yet others have been relegated to our memories. They all do things differently to suit the needs of their target audience. Because so many different ways to accomplish the same end goal exist, I began to realize I no longer had to be limited by any one implementation. Prior to discovering Linux, we simply put up with issues in other Operating Systems as you had no choice. It was what it was, whether you liked it or not. With Linux, the concept of choice began to emerge. If you didn't like something, you were free, even encouraged, to change it.
I tried a number of distributions and could not decide on any one. They were great systems in their own right. It wasn't a matter of right and wrong anymore. It had become a matter of personal taste. With all that choice available, it became apparent that there would not be a single system that would be perfect for me. So I set out to create my own Linux system that would fully conform to my personal preferences.
To truly make it my own system, I resolved to compile everything from source code instead of using pre-compiled binary packages. This “perfect” Linux system would have the strengths of various systems without their perceived weaknesses. At first, the idea was rather daunting. I remained committed to the idea that such a system could be built.
After sorting through issues such as circular dependencies and compile-time errors, I finally built a custom-built Linux system. It was fully operational and perfectly usable like any of the other Linux systems out there at the time. But it was my own creation. It was very satisfying to have put together such a system myself. The only thing better would have been to create each piece of software myself. This was the next best thing.
As I shared my goals and experiences with other members of the Linux community, it became apparent that there was a sustained interest in these ideas. It quickly became plain that such custom-built Linux systems serve not only to meet user specific requirements, but also serve as an ideal learning opportunity for programmers and system administrators to enhance their (existing) Linux skills. Out of this broadened interest, the Linux From Scratch Project was born.
This Linux From Scratch book is the central core around that project. It provides the background and instructions necessary for you to design and build your own system. While this book provides a template that will result in a correctly working system, you are free to alter the instructions to suit yourself, which is, in part, an important part of this project. You remain in control; we just lend a helping hand to get you started on your own journey.
I sincerely hope you will have a great time working on your own Linux From Scratch system and enjoy the numerous benefits of having a system that is truly your own.
              --
              Gerard Beekmans
              gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org
            
There are many reasons why you would want to read this book. One of the questions many people raise is, “why go through all the hassle of manually building a Linux system from scratch when you can just download and install an existing one?”
One important reason for this project's existence is to help you learn how a Linux system works from the inside out. Building an LFS system helps demonstrate what makes Linux tick, and how things work together and depend on each other. One of the best things this learning experience can provide is the ability to customize a Linux system to suit your own unique needs.
Another key benefit of LFS is that it gives you control of the system without relying on someone else's Linux implementation. With LFS, you are in the driver's seat. You dictate every aspect of your system.
LFS allows you to create very compact Linux systems. With other distributions you are often forced to install a great many programs you neither use nor understand. These programs waste resources. You may argue that with today's hard drives and CPUs, wasted resources are no longer a consideration. Sometimes, however, you are still constrained by the system's size, if nothing else. Think about bootable CDs, USB sticks, and embedded systems. Those are areas where LFS can be beneficial.
Another advantage of a custom built Linux system is security. By compiling the entire system from source code, you are empowered to audit everything and apply all the security patches you want. You don't have to wait for somebody else to compile binary packages that fix a security hole. Unless you examine the patch and implement it yourself, you have no guarantee that the new binary package was built correctly and adequately fixes the problem.
The goal of Linux From Scratch is to build a complete and usable foundation-level system. If you do not wish to build your own Linux system from scratch, you may nevertheless benefit from the information in this book.
There are too many good reasons to build your own LFS system to list them all here. In the end, education is by far the most important reason. As you continue your LFS experience, you will discover the power that information and knowledge can bring.
The primary target architectures of LFS are the AMD/Intel x86 (32-bit) and x86_64 (64-bit) CPUs. On the other hand, the instructions in this book are also known to work, with some modifications, with the Power PC and ARM CPUs. To build a system that utilizes one of these alternative CPUs, the main prerequisite, in addition to those on the next page, is an existing Linux system such as an earlier LFS installation, Ubuntu, Red Hat/Fedora, SuSE, or some other distribution that targets that architecture. (Note that a 32-bit distribution can be installed and used as a host system on a 64-bit AMD/Intel computer.)
The gain from building on a 64-bit system, as compared to a 32-bit system, is minimal. For example, in a test build of LFS-9.1 on a Core i7-4790 CPU based system, using 4 cores, the following statistics were measured:
Architecture Build Time     Build Size
32-bit       239.9 minutes  3.6 GB
64-bit       233.2 minutes  4.4 GBAs you can see, on the same hardware, the 64-bit build is only 3% faster (and 22% larger) than the 32-bit build. If you plan to use LFS as a LAMP server, or a firewall, a 32-bit CPU may be good enough. On the other hand, several packages in BLFS now need more than 4 GB of RAM to be built and/or to run; if you plan to use LFS as a desktop, the LFS authors recommend building a 64-bit system.
The default 64-bit build that results from LFS is a “pure” 64-bit system. That is, it supports 64-bit executables only. Building a “multi-lib” system requires compiling many applications twice, once for a 32-bit system and once for a 64-bit system. This is not directly supported in LFS because it would interfere with the educational objective of providing the minimal instructions needed for a basic Linux system. Some of the LFS/BLFS editors maintain a multilib fork of LFS, accessible at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/~thomas/multilib/index.html. But that's an advanced topic.
Building an LFS system is not a simple task. It requires a certain level of existing knowledge of Unix system administration in order to resolve problems and correctly execute the commands listed. In particular, as an absolute minimum, you should already know how to use the command line (shell) to copy or move files and directories, list directory and file contents, and change the current directory. It is also expected that you know how to use and install Linux software.
Because the LFS book assumes at least this basic level of skill, the various LFS support forums are unlikely to provide you with much assistance in these areas. You will find that your questions regarding such basic knowledge will likely go unanswered (or you will simply be referred to the LFS essential pre-reading list).
Before building an LFS system, we urge you to read these articles:
Software-Building-HOWTO https://tldp.org/HOWTO/Software-Building-HOWTO.html
This is a comprehensive guide to building and installing “generic” Unix software packages under Linux. Although it was written some time ago, it still provides a good summary of the basic techniques used to build and install software.
Beginner's Guide to Installing from Source https://moi.vonos.net/linux/beginners-installing-from-source/
This guide provides a good summary of the basic skills and techniques needed to build software from source code.
The structure of LFS follows Linux standards as closely as possible. The primary standards are:
Linux Standard Base (LSB) Version 5.0 (2015)
The LSB has four separate specifications: Core, Desktop, Languages, and Imaging. Some parts of Core and Desktop specifications are architecture specific. There are also two trial specifications: Gtk3 and Graphics. LFS attempts to conform to the LSB specifications for the IA32 (32-bit x86) or AMD64 (x86_64) architectures discussed in the previous section.
Many people do not agree with these requirements. The main purpose of the LSB is to ensure that proprietary software can be installed and run on a compliant system. Since LFS is source based, the user has complete control over what packages are desired; you may choose not to install some packages that are specified by the LSB.
While it is possible to create a complete system that will pass the LSB certification tests “from scratch,” this can't be done without many additional packages that are beyond the scope of the LFS book. Installation instructions for some of these additional packages can be found in BLFS.
| LSB Core: | Bash, Bc, Binutils, Coreutils, Diffutils, File, Findutils, Gawk, GCC, Gettext, Glibc, Grep, Gzip, M4, Man-DB, Procps, Psmisc, Sed, Shadow, Systemd, Tar, Util-linux, Zlib | 
| LSB Desktop: | None | 
| LSB Languages: | Perl | 
| LSB Imaging: | None | 
| LSB Gtk3 and LSB Graphics (Trial Use): | None | 
| LSB Core: | At, Batch (a part of At), BLFS Bash Startup Files, Cpio, Ed, Fcrontab, LSB-Tools, NSPR, NSS, Linux-PAM, Pax, Sendmail (or Postfix or Exim), Time | 
| LSB Desktop: | Alsa, ATK, Cairo, Desktop-file-utils, Freetype, Fontconfig, Gdk-pixbuf, Glib2, GLU, Icon-naming-utils, Libjpeg-turbo, Libxml2, Mesa, Pango, Xdg-utils, Xorg | 
| LSB Languages: | Libxml2, Libxslt | 
| LSB Imaging: | CUPS, Cups-filters, Ghostscript, SANE | 
| LSB Gtk3 and LSB Graphics (Trial Use): | GTK+3 | 
| LSB Core: | 
                      install_initd,
                       | 
| LSB Desktop: | 
                       | 
| LSB Languages: | /usr/bin/python (LSB requires Python2 but LFS and BLFS only provide Python3) | 
| LSB Imaging: | None | 
| LSB Gtk3 and LSB Graphics (Trial Use): | 
                       | 
The goal of LFS is to build a complete and usable foundation-level system—including all the packages needed to replicate itself—and providing a relatively minimal base from which to customize a more complete system based on the user's choices. This does not mean that LFS is the smallest system possible. Several important packages are included that are not, strictly speaking, required. The list below documents the reasons each package in the book has been included.
Acl
This package contains utilities to administer Access Control Lists, which are used to define fine-grained discretionary access rights for files and directories.
Attr
This package contains programs for managing extended attributes on file system objects.
Autoconf
This package supplies programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code from a developer's template. It is often needed to rebuild a package after the build procedure has been updated.
Automake
This package contains programs for generating Make files from a template. It is often needed to rebuild a package after the build procedure has been updated.
Bash
This package satisfies an LSB core requirement to provide a Bourne Shell interface to the system. It was chosen over other shell packages because of its common usage and extensive capabilities.
Bc
This package provides an arbitrary precision numeric processing language. It satisfies a requirement for building the Linux kernel.
Binutils
This package supplies a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files. The programs in this package are needed to compile most of the packages in an LFS system.
Bison
This package contains the GNU version of yacc (Yet Another Compiler Compiler) needed to build several of the LFS programs.
Bzip2
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It is required to decompress many LFS packages.
Check
This package provides a test harness for other programs.
Coreutils
This package contains a number of essential programs for viewing and manipulating files and directories. These programs are needed for command line file management, and are necessary for the installation procedures of every package in LFS.
D-Bus
This package contains programs to implement a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another.
DejaGNU
This package supplies a framework for testing other programs.
Diffutils
This package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories. These programs can be used to create patches, and are also used in many packages' build procedures.
E2fsprogs
This package supplies utilities for handling the ext2, ext3 and ext4 file systems. These are the most common and thoroughly tested file systems that Linux supports.
Expat
This package yields a relatively small XML parsing library. It is required by the XML::Parser Perl module.
Expect
This package contains a program for carrying out scripted dialogues with other interactive programs. It is commonly used for testing other packages.
File
This package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files. A few packages need it in their build scripts.
Findutils
This package provides programs to find files in a file system. It is used in many packages' build scripts.
Flex
This package contains a utility for generating programs that recognize patterns in text. It is the GNU version of the lex (lexical analyzer) program. It is required to build several LFS packages.
Gawk
This package supplies programs for manipulating text files. It is the GNU version of awk (Aho-Weinberg-Kernighan). It is used in many other packages' build scripts.
GCC
This is the Gnu Compiler Collection. It contains the C and C++ compilers as well as several others not built by LFS.
GDBM
This package contains the GNU Database Manager library. It is used by one other LFS package, Man-DB.
Gettext
This package provides utilities and libraries for the internationalization and localization of many packages.
Glibc
This package contains the main C library. Linux programs will not run without it.
GMP
This package supplies math libraries that provide useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic. It is needed to build GCC.
Gperf
This package produces a program that generates a perfect hash function from a set of keys. It is required by Systemd.
Grep
This package contains programs for searching through files. These programs are used by most packages' build scripts.
Groff
This package contributes programs for processing and formatting text. One important function of these programs is to format man pages.
GRUB
This is the Grand Unified Boot Loader. It is the most flexible of several boot loaders available.
Gzip
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It is needed to decompress many packages in LFS.
Iana-etc
This package provides data for network services and protocols. It is needed to enable proper networking capabilities.
Inetutils
This package supplies programs for basic network administration.
Intltool
This package contributes tools for extracting translatable strings from source files.
IProute2
This package contains programs for basic and advanced IPv4 and IPv6 networking. It was chosen over the other common network tools package (net-tools) for its IPv6 capabilities.
Jinja2
This package is a Python module for text templating. It's required to build Systemd.
Kbd
This package produces key-table files, keyboard utilities for non-US keyboards, and a number of console fonts.
Kmod
This package supplies programs needed to administer Linux kernel modules.
Less
This package contains a very nice text file viewer that allows scrolling up or down when viewing a file. Many packages use it for paging the output.
Libcap
This package implements the userspace interfaces to the POSIX 1003.1e capabilities available in Linux kernels.
Libelf
The elfutils project provides libraries and tools for ELF files and DWARF data. Most utilities in this package are available in other packages, but the library is needed to build the Linux kernel using the default (and most efficient) configuration.
Libffi
This package implements a portable, high level programming interface to various calling conventions. Some programs may not know at the time of compilation what arguments are to be passed to a function. For instance, an interpreter may be told at run-time about the number and types of arguments used to call a given function. Libffi can be used in such programs to provide a bridge from the interpreter program to compiled code.
Libpipeline
The Libpipeline package supplies a library for manipulating pipelines of subprocesses in a flexible and convenient way. It is required by the Man-DB package.
Libtool
This package contains the GNU generic library support script. It wraps the complexity of using shared libraries into a consistent, portable interface. It is needed by the test suites in other LFS packages.
Libxcrypt
                  This package provides the libcrypt library needed by various
                  packages (notably, Shadow) for hashing passwords. It
                  replaces the obsolete libcrypt implementation in Glibc.
                
Linux Kernel
This package is the Operating System. It is the Linux in the GNU/Linux environment.
M4
This package provides a general text macro processor useful as a build tool for other programs.
Make
This package contains a program for directing the building of packages. It is required by almost every package in LFS.
MarkupSafe
This package is a Python module for processing strings in HTML/XHTML/XML safely. Jinja2 requires this package.
Man-DB
This package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages. It was chosen instead of the man package because of its superior internationalization capabilities. It supplies the man program.
Man-pages
This package provides the actual contents of the basic Linux man pages.
Meson
This package provides a software tool for automating the building of software. The main goal of Meson is to minimize the amount of time that software developers need to spend configuring a build system. It's required to build Systemd, as well as many BLFS packages.
MPC
This package supplies arithmetic functions for complex numbers. It is required by GCC.
MPFR
This package contains functions for multiple precision arithmetic. It is required by GCC.
Ninja
This package furnishes a small build system with a focus on speed. It is designed to have its input files generated by a higher-level build system, and to run builds as fast as possible. This package is required by Meson.
Ncurses
This package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens. It is often used to provide cursor control for a menuing system. It is needed by a number of the packages in LFS.
Openssl
This package provides management tools and libraries relating to cryptography. These supply cryptographic functions to other packages, including the Linux kernel.
Patch
This package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a patch file typically created by the diff program. It is needed by the build procedure for several LFS packages.
Perl
This package is an interpreter for the runtime language PERL. It is needed for the installation and test suites of several LFS packages.
Pkgconf
This package contains a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for development libraries. The program can be used as a drop-in replacement of pkg-config, which is needed by the building system of many packages. It's maintained more actively and slightly faster than the original Pkg-config package.
Procps-NG
This package contains programs for monitoring processes. These programs are useful for system administration, and are also used by the LFS Bootscripts.
Psmisc
This package produces programs for displaying information about running processes. These programs are useful for system administration.
Python 3
This package provides an interpreted language that has a design philosophy emphasizing code readability.
Readline
This package is a set of libraries that offer command-line editing and history capabilities. It is used by Bash.
Sed
This package allows editing of text without opening it in a text editor. It is also needed by many LFS packages' configure scripts.
Shadow
This package contains programs for handling passwords securely.
Systemd
This package provides an init program and several additional boot and system control capabilities as an alternative to SysVinit. It is used by many Linux distributions.
Tar
This package provides archiving and extraction capabilities of virtually all the packages used in LFS.
Tcl
This package contains the Tool Command Language used in many test suites.
Texinfo
This package supplies programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages. It is used in the installation procedures of many LFS packages.
Util-linux
This package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.
Vim
This package provides an editor. It was chosen because of its compatibility with the classic vi editor and its huge number of powerful capabilities. An editor is a very personal choice for many users. Any other editor can be substituted, if you wish.
Wheel
This package supplies a Python module that is the reference implementation of the Python wheel packaging standard.
XML::Parser
This package is a Perl module that interfaces with Expat.
XZ Utils
This package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides the highest compression generally available and is useful for decompressing packages in XZ or LZMA format.
Zlib
This package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.
Zstd
This package supplies compression and decompression routines used by some programs. It provides high compression ratios and a very wide range of compression / speed trade-offs.
To make things easier to follow, there are a few typographical conventions used throughout this book. This section contains some examples of the typographical format found throughout Linux From Scratch.
./configure --prefix=/usr
This form of text is designed to be typed exactly as seen unless otherwise noted in the surrounding text. It is also used in the explanation sections to identify which of the commands is being referenced.
In some cases, a logical line is extended to two or more physical lines with a backslash at the end of the line.
CC="gcc -B/usr/bin/" ../binutils-2.18/configure \ --prefix=/tools --disable-nls --disable-werror
Note that the backslash must be followed by an immediate return. Other whitespace characters like spaces or tab characters will create incorrect results.
install-info: unknown option '--dir-file=/mnt/lfs/usr/info/dir'
            This form of text (fixed-width text) shows screen output, usually
            as the result of commands issued. This format is also used to
            show filenames, such as /etc/ld.so.conf.
          
              Please configure your browser to display fixed-width text with
              a good monospaced font, with which you can distinguish the
              glyphs of Il1 or O0 clearly.
            
Emphasis
This form of text is used for several purposes in the book. Its main purpose is to emphasize important points or items.
https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
This format is used for hyperlinks both within the LFS community and to external pages. It includes HOWTOs, download locations, and websites.
cat > $LFS/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF
          
            This format is used when creating configuration files. The first
            command tells the system to create the file $LFS/etc/group from whatever is typed on the
            following lines until the sequence End Of File (EOF) is
            encountered. Therefore, this entire section is generally typed as
            seen.
          
            <REPLACED TEXT>
          
This format is used to encapsulate text that is not to be typed as seen or for copy-and-paste operations.
            [OPTIONAL TEXT]
          
This format is used to encapsulate text that is optional.
            This format is used to refer to a specific manual (man) page. The
            number inside parentheses indicates a specific section inside the
            manuals. For example, passwd has two man pages. Per
            LFS installation instructions, those two man pages will be
            located at /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1 and /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. When the book
            uses passwd(5) it is
            specifically referring to /usr/share/man/man5/passwd.5. man passwd will print the first
            man page it finds that matches “passwd,” which will be /usr/share/man/man1/passwd.1. For this example,
            you will need to run man 5
            passwd in order to read the page being specified.
            Note that most man pages do not have duplicate page names in
            different sections. Therefore, man
            <program
            name> is generally sufficient. In
            the LFS book these references to man pages are also hyperlinks,
            so clicking on such a reference will open the man page rendered
            in HTML from Arch Linux manual pages.
          
This book is divided into the following parts.
Part I explains a few important notes on how to proceed with the LFS installation. This section also provides meta-information about the book.
Part II describes how to prepare for the building process—making a partition, downloading the packages, and compiling temporary tools.
Part III provides instructions for building the tools needed for constructing the final LFS system.
Part IV guides the reader through the building of the LFS system—compiling and installing all the packages one by one, setting up the boot scripts, and installing the kernel. The resulting Linux system is the foundation on which other software can be built to expand the system as desired. At the end of this book, there is an easy to use reference listing all of the programs, libraries, and important files that have been installed.
Part V provides information about the book itself including acronyms and terms, acknowledgments, package dependencies, a listing of LFS boot scripts, licenses for the distribution of the book, and a comprehensive index of packages, programs, libraries, and scripts.
The software used to create an LFS system is constantly being updated and enhanced. Security warnings and bug fixes may become available after the LFS book has been released. To check whether the package versions or instructions in this release of LFS need any modifications—to repair security vulnerabilities or to fix other bugs—please visit https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/errata/12.3-systemd-rc2/ before proceeding with your build. You should note any changes shown and apply them to the relevant sections of the book as you build the LFS system.
In addition, the Linux From Scratch editors maintain a list of security vulnerabilities discovered after a book has been released. To read the list, please visit https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/advisories/ before proceeding with your build. You should apply the changes suggested by the advisories to the relevant sections of the book as you build the LFS system. And, if you will use the LFS system as a real desktop or server system, you should continue to consult the advisories and fix any security vulnerabilities, even when the LFS system has been completely constructed.
The LFS system will be built by using an already installed Linux distribution (such as Debian, OpenMandriva, Fedora, or openSUSE). This existing Linux system (the host) will be used as a starting point to provide necessary programs, including a compiler, linker, and shell, to build the new system. Select the “development” option during the distribution installation to include these tools.
There are many ways to install a Linux distribution and the defaults are usually not optimal for building an LFS system. For suggestions on setting up a commercial distribution see: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/partitioning-for-lfs.txt.
As an alternative to installing a separate distribution on your machine, you may wish to use a LiveCD from a commercial distribution.
Chapter 2 of this book describes how to create a new Linux native partition and file system, where the new LFS system will be compiled and installed. Chapter 3 explains which packages and patches must be downloaded to build an LFS system, and how to store them on the new file system. Chapter 4 discusses the setup of an appropriate working environment. Please read Chapter 4 carefully as it explains several important issues you should be aware of before you begin to work your way through Chapter 5 and beyond.
Chapter 5 explains the installation of the initial tool chain, (binutils, gcc, and glibc) using cross-compilation techniques to isolate the new tools from the host system.
Chapter 6 shows you how to cross-compile basic utilities using the just built cross-toolchain.
Chapter 7 then enters a "chroot" environment, where we use the new tools to build all the rest of the tools needed to create the LFS system.
This effort to isolate the new system from the host distribution may seem excessive. A full technical explanation as to why this is done is provided in Toolchain Technical Notes.
In Chapter 8 the full-blown LFS system is built. Another advantage provided by the chroot environment is that it allows you to continue using the host system while LFS is being built. While waiting for package compilations to complete, you can continue using your computer as usual.
To finish the installation, the basic system configuration is set up in Chapter 9, and the kernel and boot loader are created in Chapter 10. Chapter 11 contains information on continuing the LFS experience beyond this book. After the steps in this chapter have been implemented, the computer is ready to boot into the new LFS system.
This is the process in a nutshell. Detailed information on each step is presented in the following chapters. Items that seem complicated now will be clarified, and everything will fall into place as you commence your LFS adventure.
Here is a list of the packages updated since the previous release of LFS.
Upgraded to:
Bash-5.2.37
Bc-7.0.3
Binutils-2.44
Coreutils-9.6
D-Bus-1.16.0
Diffutils-3.11
E2fsprogs-1.47.2
Expat-2.6.4
File-5.46
Flit-core-3.11.0
Gawk-5.3.1
Gettext-0.24
Glibc-2.41
Iana-Etc-20250123
Inetutils-2.6
IPRoute2-6.13.0
Jinja2-3.1.5
Kbd-2.7.1
Kmod-34
Less-668
Libcap-2.73
Libelf from Elfutils-0.192
Libffi-3.4.7
Libpipeline-1.5.8
Libtool-2.5.4
Libxcrypt-4.4.38
Linux-6.13.4
Man-DB-2.13.0
Man-pages-6.12
MarkupSafe-3.0.2
Meson-1.7.0
OpenSSL-3.4.1
Perl-5.40.1
Procps-ng-4.0.5
Python-3.13.2
Setuptools-75.8.1
Shadow-4.17.3
Systemd-257.3
Tcl-8.6.16
Texinfo-7.2
Tzdata-2025a
Util-linux-2.40.4
Vim-9.1.1122
Wheel-0.45.1
Xz-5.6.4
Zstd-1.5.7
Added:
Removed:
This is version 12.3-systemd-rc2 of the Linux From Scratch book, dated February 27th, 2025. If this book is more than six months old, a newer and better version is probably already available. To find out, please check one of the mirrors via https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html.
Below is a list of changes made since the previous release of the book.
Changelog Entries:
2025-02-27
[bdubbs] - LFS-12.1-rc2 released.
[bdubbs] - Update to zstd-1.5.7. Fixes #5652.
[bdubbs] - Update to systemd-257.3. Fixes #5612.
[bdubbs] - Update to shadow-4.17.3. Fixes #5660.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-75.8.1. Fixes #5662.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.13.4. Fixes #5647.
[bdubbs] - Update to kmod-34. Fixes #5657.
[bdubbs] - Update to inetutils-2.6. Fixes #5656.
[bdubbs] - Update to gettext-0.24. Fixes #5661.
[bdubbs] - Update to flit_core-3.11.0. Fixes #5654.
2025-02-24
[bdubbs] - Update to man-pages-6.12. Fixes #5658.
2025-02-19
2025-02-13
2025-02-02
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.1071. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20250123. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to binutils-2.44.0. Fixes #5634.
[bdubbs] - Update to coreutils-9.6. Fixes #5628.
[bdubbs] - Update to e2fsprogs-1.47.2. Fixes #5637.
[bdubbs] - Update to glibc-2.41. Fixes #5638.
[bdubbs] - Update to iproute2-6.13.0. Fixes #5631.
[bdubbs] - Update to libxcrypt-4.4.38. Fixes #5626.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.13.1. Fixes #5629.
[bdubbs] - Update to man-pages-6.10. Fixes #5632.
[bdubbs] - Update to meson-1.7.0. Fixes #5636.
[bdubbs] - Update to perl-5.40.1. Fixes #5630.
[bdubbs] - Update to tcl8.6.16. Fixes #5635.
[bdubbs] - Update to tzdata2025a. Fixes #5627.
[bdubbs] - Update to xz-5.6.4. Fixes #5633.
2025-01-15
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.1016. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20250108. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to util-linux-2.40.4. Fixes #5624.
[bdubbs] - Update to sysklogd-2.7.0. Fixes #5623.
[bdubbs] - Update to shadow-4.17.2. Fixes #5625.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-75.8.0. Fixes #5622.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.12.9. Fixes #5620.
[bdubbs] - Update to gettext-0.23.1. Fixes #5619.
2025-01-01
[renodr] - Update to libxcrypt-4.4.37. Fixes #5618.
[renodr] - Update to dbus-1.16.0. Fixes #5609.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20241220. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to texinfo-7.2. Fixes #5616.
[bdubbs] - Update to shadow-4.17.1. Fixes #5617.
[bdubbs] - Update to procps-ng-4.0.5. Fixes #5611.
[bdubbs] - Update to meson-1.6.1. Fixes #5610.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.12.7. Fixes #5613.
[bdubbs] - Update to kbd-2.7.1. Fixes #5608.
[bdubbs] - Update to jinja2-3.1.5 (Security Update). Fixes #5614.
2024-12-15
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.0927. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20241206. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to systemd-257. Fixes #5559.
[bdubbs] - Update to Python-3.13.1 (Security Update). Fixes #5605.
[bdubbs] - Update to libcap-2.73. Fixes #5604.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.12.5. Fixes #5607.
[bdubbs] - Update to kbd-2.7. Fixes #5608.
[bdubbs] - Update to gettext-0.23. Fixes #5603.
2024-12-01
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20241122. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to file-5.46. Fixes #5601.
[bdubbs] - Update to iproute2-6.12.0. Fixes #5597.
[bdubbs] - Update to libtool-2.5.4. Fixes #5598.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.12.1. Fixes #5586.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-75.6.0 (Python Module). Fixes #5599.
[bdubbs] - Update to wheel-0.45.1 (Python Module). Fixes #5600.
2024-11-15
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.0866. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20241024. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to wheel-0.45.0 (Python Module). Fixes #5593.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-75.5.0 (Python Module). Fixes #5595.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.11.8. Fixes #5582.
[bdubbs] - Update to libcap-2.72. Fixes #5594.
2024-11-08
2024-10-25
2024-10-25
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20241015. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.0813. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to xz-5.6.3. Fixes #5572.
[bdubbs] - Update to sysvinit-3.11. Fixes #5581.
[bdubbs] - Update to Python3-3.13.0. Fixes #5575.
[bdubbs] - Update to openssl-3.4.0. Fixes #5582.
[bdubbs] - Update to meson-1.6.0. Fixes #5580.
[bdubbs] - Update to markupsafe-3.0.2. Fixes #5576.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.11.5. Fixes #5574.
[bdubbs] - Update to less-668. Fixes #5578.
[bdubbs] - Update to elfutils-0.192. Fixes #5579.
2024-10-03
[bdubbs] - Revert back to tcl8.6.15.
2024-10-01
[bdubbs] - Update to Python3-3.12.7. Fixes #5571.
[bdubbs] - Update to tcl9.0.0. Fixes #5570.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.11.1. Fixes #5556.
[bdubbs] - Update to libtool-2.5.3. Fixes #5569.
[bdubbs] - Update to iproute2-6.11.0. Fixes #5561.
[bdubbs] - Update to bash-5.2.37. Fixes #5567.
[bdubbs] - Update to bc-7.0.3. Fixes #5568.
2024-09-20
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-9.1.0738. Addresses #4500.
[bdubbs] - Update to texinfo-7.1.1. Fixes #5558.
[bdubbs] - Update to tcl8.6.15. Fixes #5562.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-75.1.0. Fixes #5560.
[bdubbs] - Update to meson-1.5.2. Fixes #5566.
[bdubbs] - Update to iana-etc-20240912. Addresses #5006.
[bdubbs] - Update to gawk-5.3.1. Fixes #5564.
[bdubbs] - Update to bc-7.0.2. Fixes #5563.
2024-09-07
[bdubbs] - Update to tzdata-2024b. Fixes #5554.
[bdubbs] - Update to systemd-256.5. Fixes #5551.
[bdubbs] - Update to setuptools-74.1.2. Fixes #5546.
[bdubbs] - Update to python3-3.12.6. Fixes #5555.
[bdubbs] - Update to openssl-3.3.2. Fixes #5552.
[bdubbs] - Update to man-db-2.13.0. Fixes #5550.
[bdubbs] - Update to linux-6.10.8. Fixes #5545.
[bdubbs] - Update to libpipeline-1.5.8. Fixes #5548.
[bdubbs] - Update to expat-2.6.3. Fixes #5553.
[bdubbs] - Update to bc-7.0.1. Fixes #5547.
2024-09-01
[bdubbs] - LFS-12.2 released.
If during the building of the LFS system you encounter any errors, have any questions, or think there is a typo in the book, please start by consulting the list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), located at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq/.
                The linuxfromscratch.org
                server hosts a number of mailing lists used for the
                development of the LFS project. These lists include the main
                development and support lists, among others. If you cannot
                find an answer to your problem on the FAQ page, the next step
                would be to search the mailing lists at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html.
              
For information on the different lists, how to subscribe, archive locations, and additional information, visit https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mail.html.
                Several members of the LFS community offer assistance via
                Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Before using this support, please
                make sure your question is not already answered in the LFS
                FAQ or the mailing list archives. You can find the IRC
                network at irc.libera.chat.
                The support channel is named #lfs-support.
              
The LFS project has a number of world-wide mirrors to make accessing the website and downloading the required packages more convenient. Please visit the LFS website at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html for a list of current mirrors.
In case you've hit an issue building one package with the LFS instruction, we strongly discourage posting the issue directly onto the upstream support channel before discussing via a LFS support channel listed in Section 1.4, “Resources.” Doing so is often quite inefficient because the upstream maintainers are rarely familiar with LFS building procedure. Even if you've really hit an upstream issue, the LFS community can still help to isolate the information wanted by the upstream maintainers and make a proper report.
If you must ask a question directly via an upstream support channel, you shall at least note that many upstream projects have the support channels separated from the bug tracker. The “bug” reports for asking questions are considered invalid and may annoy upstream developers for these projects.
If an issue or a question is encountered while working through this book, please check the FAQ page at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq/#generalfaq. Questions are often already answered there. If your question is not answered on that page, try to find the source of the problem. The following hint will give you some guidance for troubleshooting: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/errors.txt.
If you cannot find your problem listed in the FAQ, search the mailing lists at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html.
We also have a wonderful LFS community that is willing to offer assistance through the mailing lists and IRC (see the Section 1.4, “Resources” section of this book). However, we get several support questions every day, and many of them could have been easily answered by going to the FAQ or by searching the mailing lists first. So, for us to offer the best assistance possible, you should first do some research on your own. That allows us to focus on the more unusual support needs. If your searches do not produce a solution, please include all the relevant information (mentioned below) in your request for help.
Apart from a brief explanation of the problem being experienced, any request for help should include these essential things:
The version of the book being used (in this case 12.3-systemd-rc2)
The host distribution and version being used to create LFS
The output from the Host System Requirements script
The package or section the problem was encountered in
The exact error message, or a clear description of the problem
Note whether you have deviated from the book at all
Deviating from this book does not mean that we will not help you. After all, LFS is about personal preference. Being up-front about any changes to the established procedure helps us evaluate and determine possible causes of your problem.
                If something goes wrong while running the configure script, review
                the config.log file. This file
                may contain errors encountered during configure which were not
                printed to the screen. Include the relevant lines if you need to ask
                for help.
              
Both the screen output and the contents of various files are useful in determining the cause of compilation problems. The screen output from the configure script and the make run can be helpful. It is not necessary to include the entire output, but do include all of the relevant information. Here is an example of the type of information to include from the make screen output.
gcc -D ALIASPATH=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/share/locale:.\"
-D LOCALEDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/share/locale\"
-D LIBDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/lib\"
-D INCLUDEDIR=\"/mnt/lfs/usr/include\" -D HAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I.
-g -O2 -c getopt1.c
gcc -g -O2 -static -o make ar.o arscan.o commands.o dir.o
expand.o file.o function.o getopt.o implicit.o job.o main.o
misc.o read.o remake.o rule.o signame.o variable.o vpath.o
default.o remote-stub.o version.o opt1.o
-lutil job.o: In function `load_too_high':
/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1/job.c:1565: undefined reference
to `getloadavg'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
make[2]: *** [make] Error 1
make[2]: Leaving directory `/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make[1]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
make[1]: Leaving directory `/lfs/tmp/make-3.79.1'
make: *** [all-recursive-am] Error 2In this case, many people would just include the bottom section:
make [2]: *** [make] Error 1This is not enough information to diagnose the problem, because it only notes that something went wrong, not what went wrong. The entire section, as in the example above, is what should be saved because it includes the command that was executed and all the associated error messages.
An excellent article about asking for help on the Internet is available online at http://catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read this document, and follow the hints. Doing so will increase the likelihood of getting the help you need.
In this chapter, the host tools needed for building LFS are checked and, if necessary, installed. Then a partition which will host the LFS system is prepared. We will create the partition itself, create a file system on it, and mount it.
The LFS editors recommend that the system CPU have at least four cores and that the system have at least 8 GB of memory. Older systems that do not meet these requirements will still work, but the time to build packages will be significantly longer than documented.
                Your host system should have the following software with the
                minimum versions indicated. This should not be an issue for
                most modern Linux distributions. Also note that many
                distributions will place software headers into separate
                packages, often in the form of <package-name>-devel<package-name>-dev
Earlier versions of the listed software packages may work, but have not been tested.
Bash-3.2 (/bin/sh should be a symbolic or hard link to bash)
Binutils-2.13.1 (Versions greater than 2.44 are not recommended as they have not been tested)
Bison-2.7 (/usr/bin/yacc should be a link to bison or a small script that executes bison)
Coreutils-8.1
Diffutils-2.8.1
Findutils-4.2.31
Gawk-4.0.1 (/usr/bin/awk should be a link to gawk)
GCC-5.2 including the C++ compiler, g++ (Versions greater than 14.2.0 are not recommended as they have not been tested). C and C++ standard libraries (with headers) must also be present so the C++ compiler can build hosted programs
Grep-2.5.1a
Gzip-1.3.12
Linux Kernel-5.4
The reason for the kernel version requirement is that we specify that version when building glibc in Chapter 5 and Chapter 8, so the workarounds for older kernels are not enabled and the compiled glibc is slightly faster and smaller. As at Dec 2024, 5.4 is the oldest kernel release still supported by the kernel developers. Some kernel releases older than 5.4 may be still supported by third-party teams, but they are not considered official upstream kernel releases; read https://kernel.org/category/releases.html for the details.
If the host kernel is earlier than 5.4 you will need to replace the kernel with a more up-to-date version. There are two ways you can go about this. First, see if your Linux vendor provides a 5.4 or later kernel package. If so, you may wish to install it. If your vendor doesn't offer an acceptable kernel package, or you would prefer not to install it, you can compile a kernel yourself. Instructions for compiling the kernel and configuring the boot loader (assuming the host uses GRUB) are located in Chapter 10.
                      We require the host kernel to support UNIX 98 pseudo
                      terminal (PTY). It should be enabled on all desktop or
                      server distros shipping Linux 5.4 or a newer kernel. If
                      you are building a custom host kernel, ensure
                      CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS is set
                      to y in the kernel
                      configuration.
                    
M4-1.4.10
Make-4.0
Patch-2.5.4
Perl-5.8.8
Python-3.4
Sed-4.1.5
Tar-1.22
Texinfo-5.0
Xz-5.0.0
Note that the symlinks mentioned above are required to build an LFS system using the instructions contained within this book. Symlinks that point to other software (such as dash, mawk, etc.) may work, but are not tested or supported by the LFS development team, and may require either deviation from the instructions or additional patches to some packages.
To see whether your host system has all the appropriate versions, and the ability to compile programs, run the following commands:
cat > version-check.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# A script to list version numbers of critical development tools
# If you have tools installed in other directories, adjust PATH here AND
# in ~lfs/.bashrc (section 4.4) as well.
LC_ALL=C 
PATH=/usr/bin:/bin
bail() { echo "FATAL: $1"; exit 1; }
grep --version > /dev/null 2> /dev/null || bail "grep does not work"
sed '' /dev/null || bail "sed does not work"
sort   /dev/null || bail "sort does not work"
ver_check()
{
   if ! type -p $2 &>/dev/null
   then 
     echo "ERROR: Cannot find $2 ($1)"; return 1; 
   fi
   v=$($2 --version 2>&1 | grep -E -o '[0-9]+\.[0-9\.]+[a-z]*' | head -n1)
   if printf '%s\n' $3 $v | sort --version-sort --check &>/dev/null
   then 
     printf "OK:    %-9s %-6s >= $3\n" "$1" "$v"; return 0;
   else 
     printf "ERROR: %-9s is TOO OLD ($3 or later required)\n" "$1"; 
     return 1; 
   fi
}
ver_kernel()
{
   kver=$(uname -r | grep -E -o '^[0-9\.]+')
   if printf '%s\n' $1 $kver | sort --version-sort --check &>/dev/null
   then 
     printf "OK:    Linux Kernel $kver >= $1\n"; return 0;
   else 
     printf "ERROR: Linux Kernel ($kver) is TOO OLD ($1 or later required)\n" "$kver"; 
     return 1; 
   fi
}
# Coreutils first because --version-sort needs Coreutils >= 7.0
ver_check Coreutils      sort     8.1 || bail "Coreutils too old, stop"
ver_check Bash           bash     3.2
ver_check Binutils       ld       2.13.1
ver_check Bison          bison    2.7
ver_check Diffutils      diff     2.8.1
ver_check Findutils      find     4.2.31
ver_check Gawk           gawk     4.0.1
ver_check GCC            gcc      5.2
ver_check "GCC (C++)"    g++      5.2
ver_check Grep           grep     2.5.1a
ver_check Gzip           gzip     1.3.12
ver_check M4             m4       1.4.10
ver_check Make           make     4.0
ver_check Patch          patch    2.5.4
ver_check Perl           perl     5.8.8
ver_check Python         python3  3.4
ver_check Sed            sed      4.1.5
ver_check Tar            tar      1.22
ver_check Texinfo        texi2any 5.0
ver_check Xz             xz       5.0.0
ver_kernel 5.4 
if mount | grep -q 'devpts on /dev/pts' && [ -e /dev/ptmx ]
then echo "OK:    Linux Kernel supports UNIX 98 PTY";
else echo "ERROR: Linux Kernel does NOT support UNIX 98 PTY"; fi
alias_check() {
   if $1 --version 2>&1 | grep -qi $2
   then printf "OK:    %-4s is $2\n" "$1";
   else printf "ERROR: %-4s is NOT $2\n" "$1"; fi
}
echo "Aliases:"
alias_check awk GNU
alias_check yacc Bison
alias_check sh Bash
echo "Compiler check:"
if printf "int main(){}" | g++ -x c++ -
then echo "OK:    g++ works";
else echo "ERROR: g++ does NOT work"; fi
rm -f a.out
if [ "$(nproc)" = "" ]; then
   echo "ERROR: nproc is not available or it produces empty output"
else
   echo "OK: nproc reports $(nproc) logical cores are available"
fi
EOF
bash version-check.sh
            LFS is designed to be built in one session. That is, the instructions assume that the system will not be shut down during the process. This does not mean that the system has to be built in one sitting. The issue is that certain procedures must be repeated after a reboot when resuming LFS at different points.
These chapters run commands on the host system. When restarting, be certain of one thing:
                      Procedures performed as the root user after Section 2.4 must
                      have the LFS environment variable set FOR THE ROOT USER.
                    
The /mnt/lfs partition must be mounted.
                      These two chapters must be done as user
                      lfs. A su - lfs command must
                      be issued before performing any task in these chapters.
                      If you don't do that, you are at risk of installing
                      packages to the host, and potentially rendering it
                      unusable.
                    
The procedures in General Compilation Instructions are critical. If there is any doubt a package has been installed correctly, ensure the previously expanded tarball has been removed, then re-extract the package, and complete all the instructions in that section.
The /mnt/lfs partition must be mounted.
                      A few operations, from “Preparing Virtual Kernel
                      File Systems” to “Entering the Chroot
                      Environment,” must be done as the
                      root user, with the LFS
                      environment variable set for the root user.
                    
                      When entering chroot, the LFS environment variable must
                      be set for root. The
                      LFS variable is not used after the chroot environment
                      has been entered.
                    
                      The virtual file systems must be mounted. This can be
                      done before or after entering chroot by changing to a
                      host virtual terminal and, as root, running the commands in
                      Section 7.3.1,
                      “Mounting and Populating /dev” and Section 7.3.2,
                      “Mounting Virtual Kernel File Systems.”
                    
Like most other operating systems, LFS is usually installed on a dedicated partition. The recommended approach to building an LFS system is to use an available empty partition or, if you have enough unpartitioned space, to create one.
A minimal system requires a partition of around 10 gigabytes (GB). This is enough to store all the source tarballs and compile the packages. However, if the LFS system is intended to be the primary Linux system, additional software will probably be installed which will require additional space. A 30 GB partition is a reasonable size to provide for growth. The LFS system itself will not take up this much room. A large portion of this requirement is to provide sufficient free temporary storage as well as for adding additional capabilities after LFS is complete. Additionally, compiling packages can require a lot of disk space which will be reclaimed after the package is installed.
              Because there is not always enough Random Access Memory (RAM)
              available for compilation processes, it is a good idea to use a
              small disk partition as swap
              space. This is used by the kernel to store seldom-used data and
              leave more memory available for active processes. The
              swap partition for an LFS
              system can be the same as the one used by the host system, in
              which case it is not necessary to create another one.
            
              Start a disk partitioning program such as cfdisk or fdisk with a command line
              option naming the hard disk on which the new partition will be
              created—for example /dev/sda for
              the primary disk drive. Create a Linux native partition and a
              swap partition, if needed.
              Please refer to cfdisk(8) or
              fdisk(8) if you do
              not yet know how to use the programs.
            
For experienced users, other partitioning schemes are possible. The new LFS system can be on a software RAID array or an LVM logical volume. However, some of these options require an initramfs, which is an advanced topic. These partitioning methodologies are not recommended for first time LFS users.
              Remember the designation of the new partition (e.g.,
              sda5). This book will refer to
              this as the LFS partition. Also remember the designation of the
              swap partition. These names
              will be needed later for the /etc/fstab file.
            
Requests for advice on system partitioning are often posted on the LFS mailing lists. This is a highly subjective topic. The default for most distributions is to use the entire drive with the exception of one small swap partition. This is not optimal for LFS for several reasons. It reduces flexibility, makes sharing of data across multiple distributions or LFS builds more difficult, makes backups more time consuming, and can waste disk space through inefficient allocation of file system structures.
                  A root LFS partition (not to be confused with the
                  /root directory) of twenty
                  gigabytes is a good compromise for most systems. It
                  provides enough space to build LFS and most of BLFS, but is
                  small enough so that multiple partitions can be easily
                  created for experimentation.
                
Most distributions automatically create a swap partition. Generally the recommended size of the swap partition is about twice the amount of physical RAM, however this is rarely needed. If disk space is limited, hold the swap partition to two gigabytes and monitor the amount of disk swapping.
If you want to use the hibernation feature (suspend-to-disk) of Linux, it writes out the contents of RAM to the swap partition before turning off the machine. In this case the size of the swap partition should be at least as large as the system's installed RAM.
Swapping is never good. For mechanical hard drives you can generally tell if a system is swapping by just listening to disk activity and observing how the system reacts to commands. With an SSD you will not be able to hear swapping, but you can tell how much swap space is being used by running the top or free programs. Use of an SSD for a swap partition should be avoided if possible. The first reaction to swapping should be to check for an unreasonable command such as trying to edit a five gigabyte file. If swapping becomes a normal occurrence, the best solution is to purchase more RAM for your system.
If the boot disk has been partitioned with a GUID Partition Table (GPT), then a small, typically 1 MB, partition must be created if it does not already exist. This partition is not formatted, but must be available for GRUB to use during installation of the boot loader. This partition will normally be labeled 'BIOS Boot' if using fdisk or have a code of EF02 if using the gdisk command.
The Grub Bios partition must be on the drive that the BIOS uses to boot the system. This is not necessarily the drive that holds the LFS root partition. The disks on a system may use different partition table types. The necessity of the Grub Bios partition depends only on the partition table type of the boot disk.
There are several other partitions that are not required, but should be considered when designing a disk layout. The following list is not comprehensive, but is meant as a guide.
/boot – Highly recommended. Use this partition to store kernels and other booting information. To minimize potential boot problems with larger disks, make this the first physical partition on your first disk drive. A partition size of 200 megabytes is adequate.
/boot/efi – The EFI System Partition, which is needed for booting the system with UEFI. Read the BLFS page for details.
/home – Highly recommended. Share your home directory and user customization across multiple distributions or LFS builds. The size is generally fairly large and depends on available disk space.
                        /usr – In LFS, /bin,
                        /lib, and /sbin are symlinks to their
                        counterparts in /usr.
                        So /usr contains all
                        the binaries needed for the system to run. For LFS a
                        separate partition for /usr is normally not needed. If you
                        create it anyway, you should make a partition large
                        enough to fit all the programs and libraries in the
                        system. The root partition can be very small (maybe
                        just one gigabyte) in this configuration, so it's
                        suitable for a thin client or diskless workstation
                        (where /usr is mounted
                        from a remote server). However, you should be aware
                        that an initramfs (not covered by LFS) will be needed
                        to boot a system with a separate /usr partition.
                      
/opt – This directory is most useful for BLFS, where multiple large packages like KDE or Texlive can be installed without embedding the files in the /usr hierarchy. If used, 5 to 10 gigabytes is generally adequate.
                        /tmp – By default, systemd mounts a tmpfs here. If you want to
                        override that behavior, follow Section 9.10.3,
                        “Disabling tmpfs for /tmp” when configuring the
                        LFS system.
                      
/usr/src – This partition is very useful for providing a location to store BLFS source files and share them across LFS builds. It can also be used as a location for building BLFS packages. A reasonably large partition of 30-50 gigabytes provides plenty of room.
                  Any separate partition that you want automatically mounted
                  when the system starts must be specified in the
                  /etc/fstab file. Details
                  about how to specify partitions will be discussed in
                  Section 10.2,
                  “Creating the /etc/fstab File”.
                
A partition is just a range of sectors on a disk drive, delimited by boundaries set in a partition table. Before the operating system can use a partition to store any files, the partition must be formatted to contain a file system, typically consisting of a label, directory blocks, data blocks, and an indexing scheme to locate a particular file on demand. The file system also helps the OS keep track of free space on the partition, reserve the needed sectors when a new file is created or an existing file is extended, and recycle the free data segments created when files are deleted. It may also provide support for data redundancy, and for error recovery.
LFS can use any file system recognized by the Linux kernel, but the most common types are ext3 and ext4. The choice of the right file system can be complex; it depends on the characteristics of the files and the size of the partition. For example:
is suitable for small partitions that are updated infrequently such as /boot.
is an upgrade to ext2 that includes a journal to help recover the partition's status in the case of an unclean shutdown. It is commonly used as a general purpose file system.
is the latest version of the ext family of file systems. It provides several new capabilities including nano-second timestamps, creation and use of very large files (up to 16 TB), and speed improvements.
Other file systems, including FAT32, NTFS, JFS, and XFS are useful for specialized purposes. More information about these file systems, and many others, can be found at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_file_systems.
              LFS assumes that the root file system (/) is of type ext4. To
              create an ext4 file system on
              the LFS partition, issue the following command:
            
mkfs -v -t ext4 /dev/<xxx>
            
              Replace <xxx>
              with the name of the LFS partition.
            
              If you are using an existing swap partition, there is no need to format
              it. If a new swap partition was
              created, it will need to be initialized with this command:
            
mkswap /dev/<yyy>
            
              Replace <yyy>
              with the name of the swap
              partition.
            
              Throughout this book, the environment variable LFS will be used several times. You should
              ensure that this variable is always defined throughout the LFS
              build process. It should be set to the name of the directory
              where you will be building your LFS system - we will use
              /mnt/lfs as an example, but you
              may choose any directory name you want. If you are building LFS
              on a separate partition, this directory will be the mount point
              for the partition. Choose a directory location and set the
              variable with the following command:
            
export LFS=/mnt/lfs
            Having this variable set is beneficial in that commands such as mkdir -v $LFS/tools can be typed literally. The shell will automatically replace “$LFS” with “/mnt/lfs” (or whatever value the variable was set to) when it processes the command line.
              Now set the file mode creation mask (umask) to 022 in case the host distro uses a different
              default:
            
umask 022
Setting the umask to 022 ensures that newly created files and directories are only writable by their owner, but are readable and searchable (only for directories) by anyone (assuming default modes are used by the open(2) system call, new files will end up with permission mode 644 and directories with mode 755). An overly-permissive default can leave security holes in the LFS system, and an overly-restrictive default can cause strange issues building or using the LFS system.
                Do not forget to check that LFS is
                set and the umask is set to 022
                whenever you leave and reenter the current working
                environment (such as when doing a su to root or another user). Check that the
                LFS variable is set up properly
                with:
              
echo $LFS
                Make sure the output shows the path to your LFS system's
                build location, which is /mnt/lfs if the provided example was
                followed.
              
Check that the umask is set up properly with:
umask
                The output may be 0022 or
                022 (the number of
                leading zeros depends on the host distro).
              
                If any output of these two commands is incorrect, use the
                command given earlier on this page to set $LFS to the correct directory name and set
                umask to 022.
              
                One way to ensure that the LFS
                variable and the umask are always set properly is to edit the
                .bash_profile file in both your
                personal home directory and in /root/.bash_profile and enter the
                export and
                umask commands
                above. In addition, the shell specified in the /etc/passwd file for all users that need
                the LFS variable must be bash to
                ensure that the .bash_profile
                file is incorporated as a part of the login process.
              
                Another consideration is the method that is used to log into
                the host system. If logging in through a graphical display
                manager, the user's .bash_profile is not normally used when a
                virtual terminal is started. In this case, add the commands
                to the .bashrc file for the
                user and root. In addition,
                some distributions use an "if" test, and do not run the
                remaining .bashrc instructions
                for a non-interactive bash invocation. Be sure to place the
                commands ahead of the test for non-interactive use.
              
              Now that a file system has been created, the partition must be
              mounted so the host system can access it. This book assumes
              that the file system is mounted at the directory specified by
              the LFS environment variable
              described in the previous section.
            
Strictly speaking, one cannot “mount a partition.” One mounts the file system embedded in that partition. But since a single partition can't contain more than one file system, people often speak of the partition and the associated file system as if they were one and the same.
Create the mount point and mount the LFS file system with these commands:
mkdir -pv $LFS
mount -v -t ext4 /dev/<xxx> $LFS
            
              Replace <xxx>
              with the name of the LFS partition.
            
              If you are using multiple partitions for LFS (e.g., one for
              / and another for /home), mount them like this:
            
mkdir -pv $LFS mount -v -t ext4 /dev/<xxx>$LFS mkdir -v $LFS/home mount -v -t ext4 /dev/<yyy>$LFS/home
              Replace <xxx>
              and <yyy> with
              the appropriate partition names.
            
              Set the owner and permission mode of the $LFS directory (i.e. the root directory in
              the newly created file system for the LFS system) to
              root and 755 in case the host distro has been
              configured to use a different default for mkfs:
            
chown root:root $LFS chmod 755 $LFS
              Ensure that this new partition is not mounted with permissions
              that are too restrictive (such as the nosuid or nodev
              options). Run the mount command without any
              parameters to see what options are set for the mounted LFS
              partition. If nosuid and/or
              nodev are set, the partition must
              be remounted.
            
                The above instructions assume that you will not restart your
                computer throughout the LFS process. If you shut down your
                system, you will either need to remount the LFS partition
                each time you restart the build process, or modify the host
                system's /etc/fstab file to
                automatically remount it when you reboot. For example, you
                might add this line to your /etc/fstab file:
              
/dev/<xxx>  /mnt/lfs ext4   defaults      1     1
              If you use additional optional partitions, be sure to add them also.
              If you are using a swap
              partition, ensure that it is enabled using the swapon command:
            
/sbin/swapon -v /dev/<zzz>
            
              Replace <zzz>
              with the name of the swap
              partition.
            
Now that the new LFS partition is open for business, it's time to download the packages.
This chapter includes a list of packages that need to be downloaded in order to build a basic Linux system. The listed version numbers correspond to versions of the software that are known to work, and this book is based on their use. We highly recommend against using different versions, because the build commands for one version may not work with a different version, unless the different version is specified by an LFS erratum or security advisory. The newest package versions may also have problems that require work-arounds. These work-arounds will be developed and stabilized in the development version of the book.
For some packages, the release tarball and the (Git or SVN) repository snapshot tarball for that release may be published with similar or even identical file names. But the release tarball may contain some files which are essential despite not stored in the repository (for example, a configure script generated by autoconf), in addition to the contents of the corresponding repository snapshot. The book uses release tarballs whenever possible. Using a repository snapshot instead of a release tarball specified by the book will cause problems.
Download locations may not always be accessible. If a download location has changed since this book was published, Google (https://www.google.com/) provides a useful search engine for most packages. If this search is unsuccessful, try one of the alternative means of downloading at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/mirrors.html#files.
              Downloaded packages and patches will need to be stored
              somewhere that is conveniently available throughout the entire
              build. A working directory is also required to unpack the
              sources and build them. $LFS/sources can be used both as the place to
              store the tarballs and patches and as a working directory. By
              using this directory, the required elements will be located on
              the LFS partition and will be available during all stages of
              the building process.
            
              To create this directory, execute the following command, as
              user root, before starting the
              download session:
            
mkdir -v $LFS/sources
Make this directory writable and sticky. “Sticky” means that even if multiple users have write permission on a directory, only the owner of a file can delete the file within a sticky directory. The following command will enable the write and sticky modes:
chmod -v a+wt $LFS/sources
There are several ways to obtain all the necessary packages and patches to build LFS:
The files can be downloaded individually as described in the next two sections.
For stable versions of the book, a tarball of all the needed files can be downloaded from one of the mirror sites listed at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html#files.
The files can be downloaded using wget and a wget-list as described below.
To download all of the packages and patches by using wget-list-systemd as an input to the wget command, use:
wget --input-file=wget-list-systemd --continue --directory-prefix=$LFS/sources
              Additionally, starting with LFS-7.0, there is a separate file,
              md5sums, which can be
              used to verify that all the correct packages are available
              before proceeding. Place that file in $LFS/sources and run:
            
pushd $LFS/sources md5sum -c md5sums popd
This check can be used after retrieving the needed files with any of the methods listed above.
              If the packages and patches are downloaded as a
              non-root user, these files will
              be owned by the user. The file system records the owner by its
              UID, and the UID of a normal user in the host distro is not
              assigned in LFS. So the files will be left owned by an unnamed
              UID in the final LFS system. If you won't assign the same UID
              for your user in the LFS system, change the owners of these
              files to root now to avoid this
              issue:
            
chown root:root $LFS/sources/*
Read the security advisories before downloading packages to figure out if a newer version of any package should be used to avoid security vulnerabilities.
The upstream sources may remove old releases, especially when those releases contain a security vulnerability. If one URL below is not reachable, you should read the security advisories first to figure out if a newer version (with the vulnerability fixed) should be used. If not, try to download the removed package from a mirror. Although it's possible to download an old release from a mirror even if this release has been removed because of a vulnerability, it's not a good idea to use a release known to be vulnerable when building your system.
Download or otherwise obtain the following packages:
Home page: https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/acl
Download: https://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/acl/acl-2.3.2.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 590765dee95907dbc3c856f7255bd669
                    
Home page: https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/attr
Download: https://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/attr/attr-2.5.2.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 227043ec2f6ca03c0948df5517f9c927
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.72.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 1be79f7106ab6767f18391c5e22be701
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/automake/automake-1.17.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 7ab3a02318fee6f5bd42adfc369abf10
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bash/bash-5.2.37.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 9c28f21ff65de72ca329c1779684a972
                    
Home page: https://git.gavinhoward.com/gavin/bc
Download: https://github.com/gavinhoward/bc/releases/download/7.0.3/bc-7.0.3.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: ad4db5a0eb4fdbb3f6813be4b6b3da74
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/binutils/
Download: https://sourceware.org/pub/binutils/releases/binutils-2.44.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 49912ce774666a30806141f106124294
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/bison/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bison/bison-3.8.2.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: c28f119f405a2304ff0a7ccdcc629713
                    
Download: https://www.sourceware.org/pub/bzip2/bzip2-1.0.8.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 67e051268d0c475ea773822f7500d0e5
                    
Home page: https://libcheck.github.io/check
Download: https://github.com/libcheck/check/releases/download/0.15.2/check-0.15.2.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 50fcafcecde5a380415b12e9c574e0b2
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/coreutils/coreutils-9.6.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 0ed6cc983fe02973bc98803155cc1733
                    
Home page: https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/dbus
Download: https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.16.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 66bfcf1f42d4ebc634ca558d14335e92
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/dejagnu/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.6.3.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 68c5208c58236eba447d7d6d1326b821
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/diffutils/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/diffutils/diffutils-3.11.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 75ab2bb7b5ac0e3e10cece85bd1780c2
                    
Home page: https://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/
Download: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/e2fsprogs/e2fsprogs/v1.47.2/e2fsprogs-1.47.2.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 752e5a3ce19aea060d8a203f2fae9baa
                    
Home page: https://sourceware.org/elfutils/
Download: https://sourceware.org/ftp/elfutils/0.192/elfutils-0.192.tar.bz2
                      MD5 sum: a6bb1efc147302cfc15b5c2b827f186a
                    
Home page: https://libexpat.github.io/
Download: https://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/expat/expat-2.6.4.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 101fe3e320a2800f36af8cf4045b45c7
                    
Home page: https://core.tcl.tk/expect/
Download: https://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/expect/expect5.45.4.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 00fce8de158422f5ccd2666512329bd2
                    
Home page: https://www.darwinsys.com/file/
Download: https://astron.com/pub/file/file-5.46.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 459da2d4b534801e2e2861611d823864
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/findutils/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/findutils/findutils-4.10.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 870cfd71c07d37ebe56f9f4aaf4ad872
                    
Home page: https://github.com/westes/flex
Download: https://github.com/westes/flex/releases/download/v2.6.4/flex-2.6.4.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 2882e3179748cc9f9c23ec593d6adc8d
                    
Home page: https://pypi.org/project/flit-core/
Download: https://pypi.org/packages/source/f/flit-core/flit_core-3.11.0.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 6d677b1acef1769c4c7156c7508e0dbd
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gawk/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gawk/gawk-5.3.1.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 4e9292a06b43694500e0620851762eec
                    
Home page: https://gcc.gnu.org/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-14.2.0/gcc-14.2.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 2268420ba02dc01821960e274711bde0
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gdbm/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.24.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: c780815649e52317be48331c1773e987
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.24.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 87aea3013802a3c60fa3feb5c7164069
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/glibc/glibc-2.41.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 19862601af60f73ac69e067d3e9267d4
                    
The Glibc developers maintain a Git branch containing patches considered worthy for Glibc-2.41 but unfortunately developed after Glibc-2.41 release. The LFS editors will issue a security advisory if any security fix is added into the branch, but no actions will be taken for other newly added patches. You may review the patches yourself and incorporate some patches if you consider them important.
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gmp/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-6.3.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 956dc04e864001a9c22429f761f2c283
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gperf/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 9e251c0a618ad0824b51117d5d9db87e
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/grep/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grep/grep-3.11.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 7c9bbd74492131245f7cdb291fa142c0
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/groff/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/groff/groff-1.23.0.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 5e4f40315a22bb8a158748e7d5094c7d
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/grub/grub-2.12.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 60c564b1bdc39d8e43b3aab4bc0fb140
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/gzip-1.13.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: d5c9fc9441288817a4a0be2da0249e29
                    
Home page: https://www.iana.org/protocols
Download: https://github.com/Mic92/iana-etc/releases/download/20250123/iana-etc-20250123.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: f8a0ebdc19a5004cf42d8bdcf614fa5d
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/inetutils/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/inetutils/inetutils-2.6.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 401d7d07682a193960bcdecafd03de94
                    
Home page: https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/intltool
Download: https://launchpad.net/intltool/trunk/0.51.0/+download/intltool-0.51.0.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 12e517cac2b57a0121cda351570f1e63
                    
Home page: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/iproute2/iproute2-6.13.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 1603d25120d03feeaba9b360d03ffaec
                    
Home page: https://jinja.palletsprojects.com/en/3.1.x/
Download: https://pypi.org/packages/source/J/Jinja2/jinja2-3.1.5.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 083d64f070f6f1b5f75971ae60240785
                    
Home page: https://kbd-project.org/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kbd/kbd-2.7.1.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: f15673d9f748e58f82fa50cff0d0fd20
                    
Home page: https://github.com/kmod-project/kmod
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/kmod/kmod-34.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 3e6c5c9ad9c7367ab9c3cc4f08dfde62
                    
Home page: https://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/
Download: https://www.greenwoodsoftware.com/less/less-668.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: d72760386c5f80702890340d2f66c302
                    
Home page: https://sites.google.com/site/fullycapable/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/libcap2/libcap-2.73.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 0e186df9de9b1e925593a96684fe2e32
                    
Home page: https://sourceware.org/libffi/
Download: https://github.com/libffi/libffi/releases/download/v3.4.7/libffi-3.4.7.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 696a1d483a1174ce8a477575546a5284
                    
Home page: https://libpipeline.nongnu.org/
Download: https://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/libpipeline/libpipeline-1.5.8.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 17ac6969b2015386bcb5d278a08a40b5
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtool/libtool-2.5.4.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 22e0a29df8af5fdde276ea3a7d351d30
                    
Home page: https://github.com/besser82/libxcrypt/
Download: https://github.com/besser82/libxcrypt/releases/download/v4.4.38/libxcrypt-4.4.38.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 1796a5d20098e9dd9e3f576803c83000
                    
Home page: https://www.kernel.org/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v6.x/linux-6.13.4.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 13b9e6c29105a34db4647190a43d1810
                    
The Linux kernel is updated quite frequently, many times due to discoveries of security vulnerabilities. The latest available stable kernel version may be used, unless the errata page says otherwise.
For users with limited speed or expensive bandwidth who wish to update the Linux kernel, a baseline version of the package and patches can be downloaded separately. This may save some time or cost for a subsequent patch level upgrade within a minor release.
Home page: https://lz4.org/
Download: https://github.com/lz4/lz4/releases/download/v1.10.0/lz4-1.10.0.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: dead9f5f1966d9ae56e1e32761e4e675
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/m4/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.19.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 0d90823e1426f1da2fd872df0311298d
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/make/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/make-4.4.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: c8469a3713cbbe04d955d4ae4be23eeb
                    
Home page: https://www.nongnu.org/man-db/
Download: https://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/man-db/man-db-2.13.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 97ab5f9f32914eef2062d867381d8cee
                    
Home page: https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/docs/man-pages/man-pages-6.12.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 44de430a598605eaba3e36dd43f24298
                    
Home page: https://palletsprojects.com/p/markupsafe/
Download: https://pypi.org/packages/source/M/MarkupSafe/markupsafe-3.0.2.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: cb0071711b573b155cc8f86e1de72167
                    
Home page: https://mesonbuild.com
Download: https://github.com/mesonbuild/meson/releases/download/1.7.0/meson-1.7.0.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: c20f3e5ebbb007352d22f4fd6ceb925c
                    
Home page: https://www.multiprecision.org/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/mpc/mpc-1.3.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 5c9bc658c9fd0f940e8e3e0f09530c62
                    
Home page: https://www.mpfr.org/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/mpfr/mpfr-4.2.1.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 523c50c6318dde6f9dc523bc0244690a
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/ncurses/
Download: https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/ncurses/ncurses-6.5.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: ac2d2629296f04c8537ca706b6977687
                    
Home page: https://ninja-build.org/
Download: https://github.com/ninja-build/ninja/archive/v1.12.1/ninja-1.12.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 6288992b05e593a391599692e2f7e490
                    
Home page: https://www.openssl-library.org/
Download: https://github.com/openssl/openssl/releases/download/openssl-3.4.1/openssl-3.4.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: fb7a747ac6793a7ad7118eaba45db379
                    
Home page: https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/patch/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/patch/patch-2.7.6.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 78ad9937e4caadcba1526ef1853730d5
                    
Home page: https://www.perl.org/
Download: https://www.cpan.org/src/5.0/perl-5.40.1.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: bab3547a5cdf2302ee0396419d74a42e
                    
Home page: https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf
Download: https://distfiles.ariadne.space/pkgconf/pkgconf-2.3.0.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 833363e77b5bed0131c7bc4cc6f7747b
                    
Home page: https://gitlab.com/procps-ng/procps/
Download: https://sourceforge.net/projects/procps-ng/files/Production/procps-ng-4.0.5.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 90803e64f51f192f3325d25c3335d057
                    
Home page: https://gitlab.com/psmisc/psmisc
Download: https://sourceforge.net/projects/psmisc/files/psmisc/psmisc-23.7.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 53eae841735189a896d614cba440eb10
                    
Home page: https://www.python.org/
Download: https://www.python.org/ftp/python/3.13.2/Python-3.13.2.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 4c2d9202ab4db02c9d0999b14655dfe5
                    
Download: https://www.python.org/ftp/python/doc/3.13.2/python-3.13.2-docs-html.tar.bz2
                      MD5 sum: d6aede88f480a018d26b3206f21654ae
                    
Home page: https://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/readline/readline-8.2.13.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 05080bf3801e6874bb115cd6700b708f
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/sed/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sed/sed-4.9.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 6aac9b2dbafcd5b7a67a8a9bcb8036c3
                    
Home page: https://pypi.org/project/setuptools/
Download: https://pypi.org/packages/source/s/setuptools/setuptools-75.8.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 7dc3d3f529b76b10e35326e25c676b30
                    
Home page: https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/
Download: https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/releases/download/4.17.3/shadow-4.17.3.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 0da190e53ecee76237e4c8f3f39531ed
                    
Home page: https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/
Download: https://github.com/systemd/systemd/archive/v257.3/systemd-257.3.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 8e4fc90c7aead651fa5c50bd1b34abc2
                    
Home page: https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/
Download: https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/LFS/systemd-man-pages-257.3.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 9b77c3b066723d490cb10aed4fb05696
                    
The Linux From Scratch team generates its own tarball of the man pages using the systemd source. This is done in order to avoid unnecessary dependencies.
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/tar/tar-1.35.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: a2d8042658cfd8ea939e6d911eaf4152
                    
Home page: https://tcl.sourceforge.net/
Download: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.16-src.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: eaef5d0a27239fb840f04af8ec608242
                    
Download: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.16-html.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 750c221bcb6f8737a6791c1fbe98b684
                    
Home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
Download: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo-7.2.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 11939a7624572814912a18e76c8d8972
                    
Home page: https://www.iana.org/time-zones
Download: https://www.iana.org/time-zones/repository/releases/tzdata2025a.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 404229390c06b7440f5e48d12c1a3251
                    
Home page: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/utils/util-linux/util-linux.git/
Download: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/v2.40/util-linux-2.40.4.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: f9cbb1c8315d8ccbeb0ec36d10350304
                    
Home page: https://www.vim.org
Download: https://github.com/vim/vim/archive/v9.1.1122/vim-9.1.1122.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: c6980db0c12e69dd5086b151b4958360
                    
The version of vim changes daily. To get the latest version, go to https://github.com/vim/vim/tags.
Home page: https://pypi.org/project/wheel/
Download: https://pypi.org/packages/source/w/wheel/wheel-0.45.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: dddc505d0573d03576c7c6c5a4fe0641
                    
Home page: https://github.com/chorny/XML-Parser
Download: https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TO/TODDR/XML-Parser-2.47.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 89a8e82cfd2ad948b349c0a69c494463
                    
Home page: https://tukaani.org/xz
Download: https://github.com//tukaani-project/xz/releases/download/v5.6.4/xz-5.6.4.tar.xz
                      MD5 sum: 4b1cf07d45ec7eb90a01dd3c00311a3e
                    
Home page: https://zlib.net/
Download: https://zlib.net/fossils/zlib-1.3.1.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 9855b6d802d7fe5b7bd5b196a2271655
                    
Home page: https://facebook.github.io/zstd/
Download: https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/download/v1.5.7/zstd-1.5.7.tar.gz
                      MD5 sum: 780fc1896922b1bc52a4e90980cdda48
                    
Total size of these packages: about 527 MB
In addition to the packages, several patches are also required. These patches correct any mistakes in the packages that should be fixed by the maintainer. The patches also make small modifications to make the packages easier to work with. The following patches will be needed to build an LFS system:
Download: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/12.3-rc2/bzip2-1.0.8-install_docs-1.patch
                      MD5 sum: 6a5ac7e89b791aae556de0f745916f7f
                    
Download: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/12.3-rc2/coreutils-9.6-i18n-1.patch
                      MD5 sum: 6aee45dd3e05b7658971c321d92f44b7
                    
Download: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/12.3-rc2/expect-5.45.4-gcc14-1.patch
                      MD5 sum: 0b8b5ac411d011263ad40b0664c669f0
                    
Download: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/12.3-rc2/glibc-2.41-fhs-1.patch
                      MD5 sum: 9a5997c3452909b1769918c759eff8a2
                    
Download: https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/lfs/12.3-rc2/kbd-2.7.1-backspace-1.patch
                      MD5 sum: f75cca16a38da6caa7d52151f7136895
                    
Total size of these patches: about 188.2 KB
In addition to the above required patches, there exist a number of optional patches created by the LFS community. These optional patches solve minor problems or enable functionality that is not enabled by default. Feel free to peruse the patches database located at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/downloads/ and acquire any additional patches to suit your system needs.
              In this chapter, we will perform a few additional tasks to
              prepare for building the temporary system. We will create a set
              of directories in $LFS (in which
              we will install the temporary tools), add an unprivileged user,
              and create an appropriate build environment for that user. We
              will also explain the units of time (“SBUs”) we use to
              measure how long it takes to build LFS packages, and provide
              some information about package test suites.
            
In this section, we begin populating the LFS filesystem with the pieces that will constitute the final Linux system. The first step is to create a limited directory hierarchy, so that the programs compiled in Chapter 6 (as well as glibc and libstdc++ in Chapter 5) can be installed in their final location. We do this so those temporary programs will be overwritten when the final versions are built in Chapter 8.
              Create the required directory layout by issuing the following
              commands as root:
            
mkdir -pv $LFS/{etc,var} $LFS/usr/{bin,lib,sbin}
for i in bin lib sbin; do
  ln -sv usr/$i $LFS/$i
done
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64) mkdir -pv $LFS/lib64 ;;
esac
            
              Programs in Chapter 6
              will be compiled with a cross-compiler (more details can be
              found in section Toolchain Technical Notes).
              This cross-compiler will be installed in a special directory,
              to separate it from the other programs. Still acting as
              root, create that directory
              with this command:
            
mkdir -pv $LFS/tools
                The LFS editors have deliberately decided not to use a
                /usr/lib64 directory. Several
                steps are taken to be sure the toolchain will not use it. If
                for any reason this directory appears (either because you
                made an error in following the instructions, or because you
                installed a binary package that created it after finishing
                LFS), it may break your system. You should always be sure
                this directory does not exist.
              
              When logged in as user root,
              making a single mistake can damage or destroy a system.
              Therefore, the packages in the next two chapters are built as
              an unprivileged user. You could use your own user name, but to
              make it easier to set up a clean working environment, we will
              create a new user called lfs as
              a member of a new group (also named lfs) and run commands as lfs during the installation process. As
              root, issue the following
              commands to add the new user:
            
groupadd lfs useradd -s /bin/bash -g lfs -m -k /dev/null lfs
This is what the command line options mean:
-s
                  /bin/bash
                
                    This makes bash the default shell
                    for user lfs.
                  
-g
                  lfs
                
                    This option adds user lfs
                    to group lfs.
                  
-m
                
                    This creates a home directory for lfs.
                  
-k
                  /dev/null
                
                    This parameter prevents possible copying of files from a
                    skeleton directory (the default is /etc/skel) by changing the input
                    location to the special null device.
                  
lfs
                This is the name of the new user.
              If you want to log in as lfs or
              switch to lfs from a
              non-root user (as opposed to
              switching to user lfs when
              logged in as root, which does
              not require the lfs user to
              have a password), you need to set a password for lfs. Issue the following command as the
              root user to set the password:
            
passwd lfs
              Grant lfs full access to all
              the directories under $LFS by
              making lfs the owner:
            
chown -v lfs $LFS/{usr{,/*},var,etc,tools}
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64) chown -v lfs $LFS/lib64 ;;
esac
            
                In some host systems, the following su command does not
                complete properly and suspends the login for the lfs user to the background. If the prompt
                "lfs:~$" does not appear immediately, entering the
                fg command will
                fix the issue.
              
              Next, start a shell running as user lfs. This can be done by logging in as
              lfs on a virtual console, or
              with the following substitute/switch user command:
            
su - lfs
              The “-” instructs
              su to start a
              login shell as opposed to a non-login shell. The difference
              between these two types of shells is described in detail in
              bash(1) and
              info bash.
            
              Set up a good working environment by creating two new startup
              files for the bash shell. While logged in
              as user lfs, issue the
              following command to create a new .bash_profile:
            
cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"
exec env -i HOME=$HOME TERM=$TERM PS1='\u:\w\$ ' /bin/bash
EOF
            
              When logged on as user lfs, or
              when switched to the lfs user
              using an su
              command with the “-” option, the
              initial shell is a login
              shell which reads the /etc/profile of the host (probably containing
              some settings and environment variables) and then .bash_profile. The exec env -i.../bin/bash
              command in the .bash_profile file
              replaces the running shell with a new one with a completely
              empty environment, except for the HOME, TERM, and
              PS1 variables. This ensures that no
              unwanted and potentially hazardous environment variables from
              the host system leak into the build environment.
            
              The new instance of the shell is a non-login shell, which does not
              read, and execute, the contents of the /etc/profile or .bash_profile files, but rather reads, and
              executes, the .bashrc file
              instead. Create the .bashrc file
              now:
            
cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
set +h
umask 022
LFS=/mnt/lfs
LC_ALL=POSIX
LFS_TGT=$(uname -m)-lfs-linux-gnu
PATH=/usr/bin
if [ ! -L /bin ]; then PATH=/bin:$PATH; fi
PATH=$LFS/tools/bin:$PATH
CONFIG_SITE=$LFS/usr/share/config.site
export LFS LC_ALL LFS_TGT PATH CONFIG_SITE
EOF
            
                The meaning of the settings in .bashrc
              
set
                  +h
                
                    The set +h
                    command turns off bash's hash function.
                    Hashing is ordinarily a useful feature—bash uses a hash table
                    to remember the full path to executable files to avoid
                    searching the PATH time and
                    again to find the same executable. However, the new tools
                    should be used as soon as they are installed. Switching
                    off the hash function forces the shell to search the
                    PATH whenever a program is to
                    be run. As such, the shell will find the newly compiled
                    tools in $LFS/tools/bin as
                    soon as they are available without remembering a previous
                    version of the same program provided by the host distro,
                    in /usr/bin or /bin.
                  
umask
                  022
                Setting the umask as we've already explained in Section 2.6, “Setting the $LFS Variable and the Umask.”
LFS=/mnt/lfs
                
                    The LFS variable should be set
                    to the chosen mount point.
                  
LC_ALL=POSIX
                
                    The LC_ALL variable controls
                    the localization of certain programs, making their
                    messages follow the conventions of a specified country.
                    Setting LC_ALL to “POSIX” or
                    “C”
                    (the two are equivalent) ensures that everything will
                    work as expected in the cross-compilation environment.
                  
LFS_TGT=$(uname
                  -m)-lfs-linux-gnu
                
                    The LFS_TGT variable sets a
                    non-default, but compatible machine description for use
                    when building our cross-compiler and linker and when
                    cross-compiling our temporary toolchain. More information
                    is provided by Toolchain Technical
                    Notes.
                  
PATH=/usr/bin
                
                    Many modern Linux distributions have merged /bin and /usr/bin. When this is the case, the
                    standard PATH variable should
                    be set to /usr/bin/ for the
                    Chapter 6
                    environment. When this is not the case, the following
                    line adds /bin to the path.
                  
if [ ! -L
                  /bin ]; then PATH=/bin:$PATH; fi
                
                    If /bin is not a symbolic
                    link, it must be added to the PATH variable.
                  
PATH=$LFS/tools/bin:$PATH
                
                    By putting $LFS/tools/bin
                    ahead of the standard PATH,
                    the cross-compiler installed at the beginning of
                    Chapter 5
                    is picked up by the shell immediately after its
                    installation. This, combined with turning off hashing,
                    limits the risk that the compiler from the host is used
                    instead of the cross-compiler.
                  
CONFIG_SITE=$LFS/usr/share/config.site
                
                    In Chapter 5
                    and 
                    Chapter 6, if this variable is not set,
                    configure
                    scripts may attempt to load configuration items specific
                    to some distributions from /usr/share/config.site on the host
                    system. Override it to prevent potential contamination
                    from the host.
                  
export
                  ...
                While the preceding commands have set some variables, in order to make them visible within any sub-shells, we export them.
                Several commercial distributions add an undocumented
                instantiation of /etc/bash.bashrc to the initialization of
                bash. This file
                has the potential to modify the lfs user's environment in ways that can
                affect the building of critical LFS packages. To make sure
                the lfs user's environment is
                clean, check for the presence of /etc/bash.bashrc and, if present, move it
                out of the way. As the root
                user, run:
              
[ ! -e /etc/bash.bashrc ] || mv -v /etc/bash.bashrc /etc/bash.bashrc.NOUSE
                When the lfs user is no
                longer needed (at the beginning of 
                Chapter 7), you may safely restore /etc/bash.bashrc (if desired).
              
                Note that the LFS Bash package we will build in Section 8.36, “Bash-5.2.37”
                is not configured to load or execute /etc/bash.bashrc, so this file is useless
                on a completed LFS system.
              
              For many modern systems with multiple processors (or cores) the
              compilation time for a package can be reduced by performing a
              "parallel make" by telling the make program how many processors
              are available via a command line option or an environment
              variable. For instance, an Intel Core i9-13900K processor has 8
              P (performance) cores and 16 E (efficiency) cores, and a P core
              can simultaneously run two threads so each P core are modeled
              as two logical cores by the Linux kernel. As the result there
              are 32 logical cores in total. One obvious way to use all these
              logical cores is allowing make to spawn up to 32 build
              jobs. This can be done by passing the -j32 option to make:
            
make -j32
              Or set the MAKEFLAGS environment
              variable and its content will be automatically used by
              make as command
              line options:
            
export MAKEFLAGS=-j32
                Never pass a -j
                option without a number to make or set such an option
                in MAKEFLAGS. Doing so will allow
                make to spawn
                infinite build jobs and cause system stability problems.
              
              To use all logical cores available for building packages in
              Chapter 5
              and Chapter 6,
              set MAKEFLAGS now in .bashrc:
            
cat >> ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
export MAKEFLAGS=-j$(nproc)
EOF
            
              Replace $(nproc) with
              the number of logical cores you want to use if you don't want
              to use all the logical cores.
            
Finally, to ensure the environment is fully prepared for building the temporary tools, force the bash shell to read the new user profile:
source ~/.bash_profile
Many people would like to know beforehand approximately how long it takes to compile and install each package. Because Linux From Scratch can be built on many different systems, it is impossible to provide absolute time estimates. The biggest package (gcc) will take approximately 5 minutes on the fastest systems, but could take days on slower systems! Instead of providing actual times, the Standard Build Unit (SBU) measure will be used instead.
The SBU measure works as follows. The first package to be compiled is binutils in Chapter 5. The time it takes to compile using one core is what we will refer to as the Standard Build Unit or SBU. All other compile times will be expressed in terms of this unit of time.
For example, consider a package whose compilation time is 4.5 SBUs. This means that if your system took 4 minutes to compile and install the first pass of binutils, it will take approximately 18 minutes to build the example package. Fortunately, most build times are shorter than one SBU.
SBUs are not entirely accurate because they depend on many factors, including the host system's version of GCC. They are provided here to give an estimate of how long it might take to install a package, but the numbers can vary by as much as dozens of minutes in some cases.
On some newer systems, the motherboard is capable of controlling the system clock speed. This can be controlled with a command such as powerprofilesctl. This is not available in LFS, but may be available on the host distro. After LFS is complete, it can be added to a system with the procedures at the BLFS power-profiles-daemon page. Before measuring the build time of any package it is advisable to use a system power profile set for maximum performance (and maximum power consumption). Otherwise the measured SBU value may be inaccurate because the system may react differently when building binutils-pass1 or other packages. Be aware that a significant inaccuracy can still show up even if the same profile is used for both packages because the system may respond slower if the system is idle when starting the build procedure. Setting the power profile to “performance” will minimize this problem. And obviously doing so will also make the system build LFS faster.
              If powerprofilesctl is
              available, issue the powerprofilesctl set
              performance command to select the performance profile. Some distros provides the
              tuned-adm command
              for managing the profiles instead of powerprofilesctl, on these
              distros issue the tuned-adm
              profile throughput-performance command to
              select the throughput-performance
              profile.
            
When multiple processors are used in this way, the SBU units in the book will vary even more than they normally would. In some cases, the make step will simply fail. Analyzing the output of the build process will also be more difficult because the lines from different processes will be interleaved. If you run into a problem with a build step, revert to a single processor build to properly analyze the error messages.
The times presented here for all packages (except binutils-pass1 which is based on one core) are based upon using four cores (-j4). The times in Chapter 8 also include the time to run the regression tests for the package unless specified otherwise.
Most packages provide a test suite. Running the test suite for a newly built package is a good idea because it can provide a “sanity check” indicating that everything compiled correctly. A test suite that passes its set of checks usually proves that the package is functioning as the developer intended. It does not, however, guarantee that the package is totally bug free.
Some test suites are more important than others. For example, the test suites for the core toolchain packages—GCC, binutils, and glibc—are of the utmost importance due to their central role in a properly functioning system. The test suites for GCC and glibc can take a very long time to complete, especially on slower hardware, but are strongly recommended.
Running the test suites in Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 is pointless; since the test programs are compiled with a cross-compiler, they probably can't run on the build host.
              A common issue with running the test suites for binutils and
              GCC is running out of pseudo terminals (PTYs). This can result
              in a large number of failing tests. This may happen for several
              reasons, but the most likely cause is that the host system does
              not have the devpts file system
              set up correctly. This issue is discussed in greater detail at
              https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/faq.html#no-ptys.
            
Sometimes package test suites will fail for reasons which the developers are aware of and have deemed non-critical. Consult the logs located at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/build-logs/12.3-rc2/ to verify whether or not these failures are expected. This site is valid for all test suites throughout this book.
This part is divided into three stages: first, building a cross compiler and its associated libraries; second, using this cross toolchain to build several utilities in a way that isolates them from the host distribution; and third, entering the chroot environment (which further improves host isolation) and constructing the remaining tools needed to build the final system.
This is where the real work of building a new system begins. Be very careful to follow the instructions exactly as the book shows them. You should try to understand what each command does, and no matter how eager you are to finish your build, you should refrain from blindly typing the commands as shown. Read the documentation when there is something you do not understand. Also, keep track of your typing and of the output of commands, by using the tee utility to send the terminal output to a file. This makes debugging easier if something goes wrong.
The next section is a technical introduction to the build process, while the following one presents very important general instructions.
This section explains some of the rationale and technical details behind the overall build method. Don't try to immediately understand everything in this section. Most of this information will be clearer after performing an actual build. Come back and re-read this chapter at any time during the build process.
The overall goal of Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 is to produce a temporary area containing a set of tools that are known to be good, and that are isolated from the host system. By using the chroot command, the compilations in the remaining chapters will be isolated within that environment, ensuring a clean, trouble-free build of the target LFS system. The build process has been designed to minimize the risks for new readers, and to provide the most educational value at the same time.
This build process is based on cross-compilation. Cross-compilation is normally used to build a compiler and its associated toolchain for a machine different from the one that is used for the build. This is not strictly necessary for LFS, since the machine where the new system will run is the same as the one used for the build. But cross-compilation has one great advantage: anything that is cross-compiled cannot depend on the host environment.
The LFS book is not (and does not contain) a general tutorial to build a cross- (or native) toolchain. Don't use the commands in the book for a cross-toolchain for some purpose other than building LFS, unless you really understand what you are doing.
Cross-compilation involves some concepts that deserve a section of their own. Although this section may be omitted on a first reading, coming back to it later will help you gain a fuller understanding of the process.
Let us first define some terms used in this context.
is the machine where we build programs. Note that this machine is also referred to as the “host.”
is the machine/system where the built programs will run. Note that this use of “host” is not the same as in other sections.
is only used for compilers. It is the machine the compiler produces code for. It may be different from both the build and the host.
As an example, let us imagine the following scenario (sometimes referred to as “Canadian Cross”). We have a compiler on a slow machine only, let's call it machine A, and the compiler ccA. We also have a fast machine (B), but no compiler for (B), and we want to produce code for a third, slow machine (C). We will build a compiler for machine C in three stages.
| Stage | Build | Host | Target | Action | 
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | A | A | B | Build cross-compiler cc1 using ccA on machine A. | 
| 2 | A | B | C | Build cross-compiler cc2 using cc1 on machine A. | 
| 3 | B | C | C | Build compiler ccC using cc2 on machine B. | 
Then, all the programs needed by machine C can be compiled using cc2 on the fast machine B. Note that unless B can run programs produced for C, there is no way to test the newly built programs until machine C itself is running. For example, to run a test suite on ccC, we may want to add a fourth stage:
| Stage | Build | Host | Target | Action | 
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4 | C | C | C | Rebuild and test ccC using ccC on machine C. | 
In the example above, only cc1 and cc2 are cross-compilers, that is, they produce code for a machine different from the one they are run on. The other compilers ccA and ccC produce code for the machine they are run on. Such compilers are called native compilers.
All the cross-compiled packages in this book use an autoconf-based building system. The autoconf-based building system accepts system types in the form cpu-vendor-kernel-os, referred to as the system triplet. Since the vendor field is often irrelevant, autoconf lets you omit it.
                  An astute reader may wonder why a “triplet” refers
                  to a four component name. The kernel field and the os field
                  began as a single “system” field. Such a three-field
                  form is still valid today for some systems, for example,
                  x86_64-unknown-freebsd. But
                  two systems can share the same kernel and still be too
                  different to use the same triplet to describe them. For
                  example, Android running on a mobile phone is completely
                  different from Ubuntu running on an ARM64 server, even
                  though they are both running on the same type of CPU
                  (ARM64) and using the same kernel (Linux).
                
                  Without an emulation layer, you cannot run an executable
                  for a server on a mobile phone or vice versa. So the
                  “system” field has been divided into
                  kernel and os fields, to designate these systems
                  unambiguously. In our example, the Android system is
                  designated aarch64-unknown-linux-android, and the
                  Ubuntu system is designated aarch64-unknown-linux-gnu.
                
                  The word “triplet” remains embedded in the
                  lexicon. A simple way to determine your system triplet is
                  to run the config.guess script that
                  comes with the source for many packages. Unpack the
                  binutils sources, run the script ./config.guess, and note
                  the output. For example, for a 32-bit Intel processor the
                  output will be i686-pc-linux-gnu. On a 64-bit
                  system it will be x86_64-pc-linux-gnu. On most
                  Linux systems the even simpler gcc -dumpmachine command
                  will give you similar information.
                
                  You should also be aware of the name of the platform's
                  dynamic linker, often referred to as the dynamic loader
                  (not to be confused with the standard linker ld that is part of
                  binutils). The dynamic linker provided by package glibc
                  finds and loads the shared libraries needed by a program,
                  prepares the program to run, and then runs it. The name of
                  the dynamic linker for a 32-bit Intel machine is
                  ld-linux.so.2; it's
                  ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 on
                  64-bit systems. A sure-fire way to determine the name of
                  the dynamic linker is to inspect a random binary from the
                  host system by running: readelf -l <name of binary> | grep
                  interpreter and noting the output. The
                  authoritative reference covering all platforms is in
                  a Glibc wiki
                  page.
                
                In order to fake a cross-compilation in LFS, the name of the
                host triplet is slightly adjusted by changing the "vendor"
                field in the LFS_TGT variable so
                it says "lfs". We also use the --with-sysroot option when
                building the cross-linker and cross-compiler, to tell them
                where to find the needed host files. This ensures that none
                of the other programs built in Chapter 6
                can link to libraries on the build machine. Only two stages
                are mandatory, plus one more for tests.
              
| Stage | Build | Host | Target | Action | 
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | pc | pc | lfs | Build cross-compiler cc1 using cc-pc on pc. | 
| 2 | pc | lfs | lfs | Build compiler cc-lfs using cc1 on pc. | 
| 3 | lfs | lfs | lfs | Rebuild and test cc-lfs using cc-lfs on lfs. | 
In the preceding table, “on pc” means the commands are run on a machine using the already installed distribution. “On lfs” means the commands are run in a chrooted environment.
This is not yet the end of the story. The C language is not merely a compiler; it also defines a standard library. In this book, the GNU C library, named glibc, is used (there is an alternative, "musl"). This library must be compiled for the LFS machine; that is, using the cross-compiler cc1. But the compiler itself uses an internal library providing complex subroutines for functions not available in the assembler instruction set. This internal library is named libgcc, and it must be linked to the glibc library to be fully functional. Furthermore, the standard library for C++ (libstdc++) must also be linked with glibc. The solution to this chicken and egg problem is first to build a degraded cc1-based libgcc, lacking some functionalities such as threads and exception handling, and then to build glibc using this degraded compiler (glibc itself is not degraded), and also to build libstdc++. This last library will lack some of the functionality of libgcc.
The upshot of the preceding paragraph is that cc1 is unable to build a fully functional libstdc++ with the degraded libgcc, but cc1 is the only compiler available for building the C/C++ libraries during stage 2. There are two reasons we don't immediately use the compiler built in stage 2, cc-lfs, to build those libraries.
Generally speaking, cc-lfs cannot run on pc (the host system). Even though the triplets for pc and lfs are compatible with each other, an executable for lfs must depend on glibc-2.41; the host distro may utilize either a different implementation of libc (for example, musl), or a previous release of glibc (for example, glibc-2.13).
Even if cc-lfs can run on pc, using it on pc would create a risk of linking to the pc libraries, since cc-lfs is a native compiler.
So when we build gcc stage 2, we instruct the building system to rebuild libgcc and libstdc++ with cc1, but we link libstdc++ to the newly rebuilt libgcc instead of the old, degraded build. This makes the rebuilt libstdc++ fully functional.
In Chapter 8 (or “stage 3”), all the packages needed for the LFS system are built. Even if a package has already been installed into the LFS system in a previous chapter, we still rebuild the package. The main reason for rebuilding these packages is to make them stable: if we reinstall an LFS package on a completed LFS system, the reinstalled content of the package should be the same as the content of the same package when first installed in Chapter 8. The temporary packages installed in Chapter 6 or Chapter 7 cannot satisfy this requirement, because some of them are built without optional dependencies, and autoconf cannot perform some feature checks in Chapter 6 because of cross-compilation, causing the temporary packages to lack optional features, or use suboptimal code routines. Additionally, a minor reason for rebuilding the packages is to run the test suites.
                The cross-compiler will be installed in a separate
                $LFS/tools directory, since it
                will not be part of the final system.
              
Binutils is installed first because the configure runs of both gcc and glibc perform various feature tests on the assembler and linker to determine which software features to enable or disable. This is more important than one might realize at first. An incorrectly configured gcc or glibc can result in a subtly broken toolchain, where the impact of such breakage might not show up until near the end of the build of an entire distribution. A test suite failure will usually highlight this error before too much additional work is performed.
                Binutils installs its assembler and linker in two locations,
                $LFS/tools/bin and $LFS/tools/$LFS_TGT/bin. The tools in one
                location are hard linked to the other. An important facet of
                the linker is its library search order. Detailed information
                can be obtained from ld by passing it the
                --verbose flag. For
                example, $LFS_TGT-ld --verbose
                | grep SEARCH will illustrate the current
                search paths and their order. (Note that this example can be
                run as shown only while logged in as user lfs. If you come back to this page later,
                replace $LFS_TGT-ld with
                ld).
              
The next package installed is gcc. An example of what can be seen during its run of configure is:
checking what assembler to use... /mnt/lfs/tools/i686-lfs-linux-gnu/bin/as
checking what linker to use... /mnt/lfs/tools/i686-lfs-linux-gnu/bin/ldThis is important for the reasons mentioned above. It also demonstrates that gcc's configure script does not search the PATH directories to find which tools to use. However, during the actual operation of gcc itself, the same search paths are not necessarily used. To find out which standard linker gcc will use, run: $LFS_TGT-gcc -print-prog-name=ld. (Again, remove the $LFS_TGT- prefix if coming back to this later.)
                Detailed information can be obtained from gcc by passing it the
                -v command line
                option while compiling a program. For example, $LFS_TGT-gcc -v example.c (or
                without $LFS_TGT- if coming back
                later) will show detailed information about the preprocessor,
                compilation, and assembly stages, including gcc's search paths for
                included headers and their order.
              
Next up: sanitized Linux API headers. These allow the standard C library (glibc) to interface with features that the Linux kernel will provide.
                Next comes glibc. The most important considerations for
                building glibc are the compiler, binary tools, and kernel
                headers. The compiler and binary tools are generally not an
                issue since glibc will always use those relating to the
                --host parameter
                passed to its configure script; e.g., in our case, the
                compiler will be $LFS_TGT-gcc and the
                readelf tool
                will be $LFS_TGT-readelf. The
                kernel headers can be a bit more complicated. Therefore, we
                take no risks and use the available configure switch to
                enforce the correct selection. After the run of configure, check the
                contents of the config.make
                file in the build directory for
                all important details. These items highlight an important
                aspect of the glibc package—it is very self-sufficient in
                terms of its build machinery, and generally does not rely on
                toolchain defaults.
              
                As mentioned above, the standard C++ library is compiled
                next, followed in Chapter 6
                by other programs that must be cross-compiled to break
                circular dependencies at build time. The install step of all
                those packages uses the DESTDIR
                variable to force installation in the LFS filesystem.
              
                At the end of Chapter 6
                the native LFS compiler is installed. First binutils-pass2 is
                built, in the same DESTDIR
                directory as the other programs, then the second pass of gcc
                is constructed, omitting some non-critical libraries. Due to
                some weird logic in gcc's configure script, CC_FOR_TARGET ends up as cc when the host is the
                same as the target, but different from the build system. This
                is why CC_FOR_TARGET=$LFS_TGT-gcc is
                declared explicitly as one of the configuration options.
              
Upon entering the chroot environment in Chapter 7, the temporary installations of programs needed for the proper operation of the toolchain are performed. From this point onwards, the core toolchain is self-contained and self-hosted. In Chapter 8, final versions of all the packages needed for a fully functional system are built, tested, and installed.
During a development cycle of LFS, the instructions in the book are often modified to adapt for a package update or take the advantage of new features from updated packages. Mixing up the instructions of different versions of the LFS book can cause subtle breakages. This kind of issue is generally a result from reusing some script created for a prior LFS release. Such a reuse is strongly discouraged. If you are reusing scripts for a prior LFS release for any reason, you'll need to be very careful to update the scripts to match current version of the LFS book.
Here are some things you should know about building each package:
Several packages are patched before compilation, but only when the patch is needed to circumvent a problem. A patch is often needed in both the current and the following chapters, but sometimes, when the same package is built more than once, the patch is not needed right away. Therefore, do not be concerned if instructions for a downloaded patch seem to be missing. Warning messages about offset or fuzz may also be encountered when applying a patch. Do not worry about these warnings; the patch was still successfully applied.
During the compilation of most packages, some warnings will scroll by on the screen. These are normal and can safely be ignored. These warnings are usually about deprecated, but not invalid, use of the C or C++ syntax. C standards change fairly often, and some packages have not yet been updated. This is not a serious problem, but it does cause the warnings to appear.
                    Check one last time that the LFS environment variable is set up
                    properly:
                  
echo $LFS
                    Make sure the output shows the path to the LFS
                    partition's mount point, which is /mnt/lfs, using our example.
                  
Finally, two important items must be emphasized:
The build instructions assume that the Host System Requirements, including symbolic links, have been set properly:
bash is the shell in use.
sh is a symbolic link to bash.
/usr/bin/awk is a symbolic link to gawk.
/usr/bin/yacc is a symbolic link to bison, or to a small script that executes bison.
Here is a synopsis of the build process.
                            Place all the sources and patches in a directory
                            that will be accessible from the chroot
                            environment, such as /mnt/lfs/sources/.
                          
                            Change to the /mnt/lfs/sources/ directory.
                          
Using the tar program, extract the package to be built. In Chapter 5 and Chapter 6, ensure you are the lfs user when extracting the package.
Do not use any method except the tar command to extract the source code. Notably, using the cp -R command to copy the source code tree somewhere else can destroy timestamps in the source tree, and cause the build to fail.
Change to the directory created when the package was extracted.
Follow the instructions for building the package.
Change back to the sources directory when the build is complete.
Delete the extracted source directory unless instructed otherwise.
This chapter shows how to build a cross-compiler and its associated tools. Although here cross-compilation is faked, the principles are the same as for a real cross-toolchain.
              The programs compiled in this chapter will be installed under
              the $LFS/tools directory to keep
              them separate from the files installed in the following
              chapters. The libraries, on the other hand, are installed into
              their final place, since they pertain to the system we want to
              build.
            
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
Go back and re-read the notes in the section titled General Compilation Instructions. Understanding the notes labeled important can save you a lot of problems later.
It is important that Binutils be the first package compiled because both Glibc and GCC perform various tests on the available linker and assembler to determine which of their own features to enable.
The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
                  In order for the SBU values listed in the rest of the book
                  to be of any use, measure the time it takes to build this
                  package from the configuration, up to and including the
                  first install. To achieve this easily, wrap the commands in
                  a time
                  command like this: time {
                  ../configure ... && make && make install;
                  }.
                
Now prepare Binutils for compilation:
../configure --prefix=$LFS/tools \
             --with-sysroot=$LFS \
             --target=$LFS_TGT   \
             --disable-nls       \
             --enable-gprofng=no \
             --disable-werror    \
             --enable-new-dtags  \
             --enable-default-hash-style=gnu
              The meaning of the configure options:
--prefix=$LFS/tools
                  
                      This tells the configure script to prepare to install
                      the Binutils programs in the $LFS/tools directory.
                    
--with-sysroot=$LFS
                  For cross compilation, this tells the build system to look in $LFS for the target system libraries as needed.
--target=$LFS_TGT
                  
                      Because the machine description in the LFS_TGT variable is slightly different
                      than the value returned by the config.guess script,
                      this switch will tell the configure script to
                      adjust binutil's build system for building a cross
                      linker.
                    
--disable-nls
                  This disables internationalization as i18n is not needed for the temporary tools.
--enable-gprofng=no
                  This disables building gprofng which is not needed for the temporary tools.
--disable-werror
                  This prevents the build from stopping in the event that there are warnings from the host's compiler.
--enable-new-dtags
                  This makes the linker use the “runpath” tag for embedding library search paths into executables and shared libraries, instead of the traditional “rpath” tag. It makes debugging dynamically linked executables easier and works around potential issues in the test suite of some packages.
--enable-default-hash-style=gnu
                  By default, the linker would generate both the GNU-style hash table and the classic ELF hash table for shared libraries and dynamically linked executables. The hash tables are only intended for a dynamic linker to perform symbol lookup. On LFS the dynamic linker (provided by the Glibc package) will always use the GNU-style hash table which is faster to query. So the classic ELF hash table is completely useless. This makes the linker only generate the GNU-style hash table by default, so we can avoid wasting time to generate the classic ELF hash table when we build the packages, or wasting disk space to store it.
Continue with compiling the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.20.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
GCC requires the GMP, MPFR and MPC packages. As these packages may not be included in your host distribution, they will be built with GCC. Unpack each package into the GCC source directory and rename the resulting directories so the GCC build procedures will automatically use them:
There are frequent misunderstandings about this chapter. The procedures are the same as every other chapter, as explained earlier (Package build instructions). First, extract the gcc-14.2.0 tarball from the sources directory, and then change to the directory created. Only then should you proceed with the instructions below.
tar -xf ../mpfr-4.2.1.tar.xz mv -v mpfr-4.2.1 mpfr tar -xf ../gmp-6.3.0.tar.xz mv -v gmp-6.3.0 gmp tar -xf ../mpc-1.3.1.tar.gz mv -v mpc-1.3.1 mpc
On x86_64 hosts, set the default directory name for 64-bit libraries to “lib”:
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64)
    sed -e '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' \
        -i.orig gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
 ;;
esac
              The GCC documentation recommends building GCC in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare GCC for compilation:
../configure                  \
    --target=$LFS_TGT         \
    --prefix=$LFS/tools       \
    --with-glibc-version=2.41 \
    --with-sysroot=$LFS       \
    --with-newlib             \
    --without-headers         \
    --enable-default-pie      \
    --enable-default-ssp      \
    --disable-nls             \
    --disable-shared          \
    --disable-multilib        \
    --disable-threads         \
    --disable-libatomic       \
    --disable-libgomp         \
    --disable-libquadmath     \
    --disable-libssp          \
    --disable-libvtv          \
    --disable-libstdcxx       \
    --enable-languages=c,c++
              The meaning of the configure options:
--with-glibc-version=2.41
                  This option specifies the version of Glibc which will be used on the target. It is not relevant to the libc of the host distro because everything compiled by pass1 GCC will run in the chroot environment, which is isolated from libc of the host distro.
--with-newlib
                  Since a working C library is not yet available, this ensures that the inhibit_libc constant is defined when building libgcc. This prevents the compiling of any code that requires libc support.
--without-headers
                  When creating a complete cross-compiler, GCC requires standard headers compatible with the target system. For our purposes these headers will not be needed. This switch prevents GCC from looking for them.
--enable-default-pie and
                    --enable-default-ssp
                  Those switches allow GCC to compile programs with some hardening security features (more information on those in the note on PIE and SSP in chapter 8) by default. They are not strictly needed at this stage, since the compiler will only produce temporary executables. But it is cleaner to have the temporary packages be as close as possible to the final ones.
--disable-shared
                  This switch forces GCC to link its internal libraries statically. We need this because the shared libraries require Glibc, which is not yet installed on the target system.
--disable-multilib
                  On x86_64, LFS does not support a multilib configuration. This switch is harmless for x86.
--disable-threads, --disable-libatomic,
                    --disable-libgomp, --disable-libquadmath,
                    --disable-libssp, --disable-libvtv,
                    --disable-libstdcxx
                  These switches disable support for threading, libatomic, libgomp, libquadmath, libssp, libvtv, and the C++ standard library respectively. These features may fail to compile when building a cross-compiler and are not necessary for the task of cross-compiling the temporary libc.
--enable-languages=c,c++
                  This option ensures that only the C and C++ compilers are built. These are the only languages needed now.
Compile GCC by running:
make
Install the package:
make install
                This build of GCC has installed a couple of internal system
                headers. Normally one of them, limits.h, would in turn include the
                corresponding system limits.h
                header, in this case, $LFS/usr/include/limits.h. However, at the
                time of this build of GCC $LFS/usr/include/limits.h does not exist,
                so the internal header that has just been installed is a
                partial, self-contained file and does not include the
                extended features of the system header. This is adequate for
                building Glibc, but the full internal header will be needed
                later. Create a full version of the internal header using a
                command that is identical to what the GCC build system does
                in normal circumstances:
              
                  The command below shows an example of nested command
                  substitution using two methods: backquotes and a
                  $() construct. It could be
                  rewritten using the same method for both substitutions, but
                  is shown this way to demonstrate how they can be mixed.
                  Generally the $() method is
                  preferred.
                
cd .. cat gcc/limitx.h gcc/glimits.h gcc/limity.h > \ `dirname $($LFS_TGT-gcc -print-libgcc-file-name)`/include/limits.h
Details on this package are located in Section 8.29.2, “Contents of GCC.”
The Linux API Headers (in linux-6.13.4.tar.xz) expose the kernel's API for use by Glibc.
The Linux kernel needs to expose an Application Programming Interface (API) for the system's C library (Glibc in LFS) to use. This is done by way of sanitizing various C header files that are shipped in the Linux kernel source tarball.
Make sure there are no stale files embedded in the package:
make mrproper
                Now extract the user-visible kernel headers from the source.
                The recommended make target “headers_install” cannot be used,
                because it requires rsync,
                which may not be available. The headers are first placed in
                ./usr, then copied to the
                needed location.
              
make headers find usr/include -type f ! -name '*.h' -delete cp -rv usr/include $LFS/usr
| The Linux API ASM Headers | |
| The Linux API ASM Generic Headers | |
| The Linux API DRM Headers | |
| The Linux API Linux Headers | |
| The Linux API Miscellaneous Headers | |
| The Linux API MTD Headers | |
| The Linux API RDMA Headers | |
| The Linux API SCSI Headers | |
| The Linux API Sound Headers | |
| The Linux API Video Headers | |
| The Linux API Xen Headers | 
The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.
First, create a symbolic link for LSB compliance. Additionally, for x86_64, create a compatibility symbolic link required for proper operation of the dynamic library loader:
case $(uname -m) in
    i?86)   ln -sfv ld-linux.so.2 $LFS/lib/ld-lsb.so.3
    ;;
    x86_64) ln -sfv ../lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 $LFS/lib64
            ln -sfv ../lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 $LFS/lib64/ld-lsb-x86-64.so.3
    ;;
esac
              The above command is correct. The ln command has several syntactic versions, so be sure to check info coreutils ln and ln(1) before reporting what may appear to be an error.
                Some of the Glibc programs use the non-FHS-compliant
                /var/db directory to store
                their runtime data. Apply the following patch to make such
                programs store their runtime data in the FHS-compliant
                locations:
              
patch -Np1 -i ../glibc-2.41-fhs-1.patch
The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
                Ensure that the ldconfig and sln utilities are installed
                into /usr/sbin:
              
echo "rootsbindir=/usr/sbin" > configparms
Next, prepare Glibc for compilation:
../configure                             \
      --prefix=/usr                      \
      --host=$LFS_TGT                    \
      --build=$(../scripts/config.guess) \
      --enable-kernel=5.4                \
      --with-headers=$LFS/usr/include    \
      --disable-nscd                     \
      libc_cv_slibdir=/usr/lib
              The meaning of the configure options:
--host=$LFS_TGT,
                    --build=$(../scripts/config.guess)
                  
                      The combined effect of these switches is that Glibc's
                      build system configures itself to be cross-compiled,
                      using the cross-linker and cross-compiler in
                      $LFS/tools.
                    
--enable-kernel=5.4
                  This tells Glibc to compile the library with support for 5.4 and later Linux kernels. Workarounds for older kernels are not enabled.
--with-headers=$LFS/usr/include
                  This tells Glibc to compile itself against the headers recently installed to the $LFS/usr/include directory, so that it knows exactly what features the kernel has and can optimize itself accordingly.
libc_cv_slibdir=/usr/lib
                  This ensures that the library is installed in /usr/lib instead of the default /lib64 on 64-bit machines.
--disable-nscd
                  Do not build the name service cache daemon which is no longer used.
During this stage the following warning might appear:
configure: WARNING: *** These auxiliary programs are missing or *** incompatible versions: msgfmt *** some features will be disabled. *** Check the INSTALL file for required versions.
The missing or incompatible msgfmt program is generally harmless. This msgfmt program is part of the Gettext package, which the host distribution should provide.
                  There have been reports that this package may fail when
                  building as a “parallel make.” If that occurs, rerun
                  the make command with the -j1
                  option.
                
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
                  If LFS is not properly set, and
                  despite the recommendations, you are building as
                  root, the next command will
                  install the newly built Glibc to your host system, which
                  will almost certainly render it unusable. So double-check
                  that the environment is correctly set, and that you are not
                  root, before running the
                  following command.
                
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
The meaning of the make install option:
DESTDIR=$LFS
                  
                      The DESTDIR make variable is
                      used by almost all packages to define the location
                      where the package should be installed. If it is not
                      set, it defaults to the root (/) directory. Here we specify that
                      the package is installed in $LFS, which will become the root
                      directory in Section 7.4,
                      “Entering the Chroot Environment”.
                    
Fix a hard coded path to the executable loader in the ldd script:
sed '/RTLDLIST=/s@/usr@@g' -i $LFS/usr/bin/ldd
At this point, it is imperative to stop and ensure that the basic functions (compiling and linking) of the new toolchain are working as expected. To perform a sanity check, run the following commands:
echo 'int main(){}' | $LFS_TGT-gcc -xc -
readelf -l a.out | grep ld-linux
                If everything is working correctly, there should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be of the form:
[Requesting program interpreter: /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2]
                  Note that for 32-bit machines, the interpreter name will be
                  /lib/ld-linux.so.2.
                
If the output is not as shown above, or there is no output at all, then something is wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. This issue must be resolved before continuing.
Once all is well, clean up the test file:
rm -v a.out
Building the packages in the next chapter will serve as an additional check that the toolchain has been built properly. If some package, especially Binutils-pass2 or GCC-pass2, fails to build, it is an indication that something has gone wrong with the preceding Binutils, GCC, or Glibc installations.
Details on this package are located in Section 8.5.3, “Contents of Glibc.”
Libstdc++ is the standard C++ library. It is needed to compile C++ code (part of GCC is written in C++), but we had to defer its installation when we built gcc-pass1 because Libstdc++ depends on Glibc, which was not yet available in the target directory.
                  Libstdc++ is part of the
                  GCC sources. You should first unpack the GCC tarball and
                  change to the gcc-14.2.0
                  directory.
                
Create a separate build directory for Libstdc++ and enter it:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare Libstdc++ for compilation:
../libstdc++-v3/configure           \
    --host=$LFS_TGT                 \
    --build=$(../config.guess)      \
    --prefix=/usr                   \
    --disable-multilib              \
    --disable-nls                   \
    --disable-libstdcxx-pch         \
    --with-gxx-include-dir=/tools/$LFS_TGT/include/c++/14.2.0
              The meaning of the configure options:
--host=...
                  
                      Specifies that the cross-compiler we have just built
                      should be used instead of the one in /usr/bin.
                    
--disable-libstdcxx-pch
                  This switch prevents the installation of precompiled include files, which are not needed at this stage.
--with-gxx-include-dir=/tools/$LFS_TGT/include/c++/14.2.0
                  
                      This specifies the installation directory for include
                      files. Because Libstdc++ is the standard C++ library
                      for LFS, this directory should match the location where
                      the C++ compiler ($LFS_TGT-g++) would
                      search for the standard C++ include files. In a normal
                      build, this information is automatically passed to the
                      Libstdc++ configure options
                      from the top level directory. In our case, this
                      information must be explicitly given. The C++ compiler
                      will prepend the sysroot path $LFS (specified when building
                      GCC-pass1) to the include file search path, so it will
                      actually search in $LFS/tools/$LFS_TGT/include/c++/14.2.0.
                      The combination of the DESTDIR variable (in the
                      make
                      install command below) and this switch
                      causes the headers to be installed there.
                    
Compile Libstdc++ by running:
make
Install the library:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Remove the libtool archive files because they are harmful for cross-compilation:
rm -v $LFS/usr/lib/lib{stdc++{,exp,fs},supc++}.la
            Details on this package are located in Section 8.29.2, “Contents of GCC.”
This chapter shows how to cross-compile basic utilities using the just built cross-toolchain. Those utilities are installed into their final location, but cannot be used yet. Basic tasks still rely on the host's tools. Nevertheless, the installed libraries are used when linking.
Using the utilities will be possible in the next chapter after entering the “chroot” environment. But all the packages built in the present chapter need to be built before we do that. Therefore we cannot be independent of the host system yet.
              Once again, let us recall that improper setting of LFS together with building as root, may render your computer unusable.
              This whole chapter must be done as user lfs, with the environment as described in
              Section 4.4,
              “Setting Up the Environment.”
            
The M4 package contains a macro processor.
Prepare M4 for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.13.2, “Contents of M4.”
The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.
First, run the following commands to build the “tic” program on the build host:
mkdir build pushd build ../configure AWK=gawk make -C include make -C progs tic popd
Prepare Ncurses for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --host=$LFS_TGT              \
            --build=$(./config.guess)    \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man      \
            --with-manpage-format=normal \
            --with-shared                \
            --without-normal             \
            --with-cxx-shared            \
            --without-debug              \
            --without-ada                \
            --disable-stripping          \
            AWK=gawk
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--with-manpage-format=normal
                  This prevents Ncurses from installing compressed manual pages, which may happen if the host distribution itself has compressed manual pages.
--with-shared
                  This makes Ncurses build and install shared C libraries.
--without-normal
                  This prevents Ncurses from building and installing static C libraries.
--without-debug
                  This prevents Ncurses from building and installing debug libraries.
--with-cxx-shared
                  This makes Ncurses build and install shared C++ bindings. It also prevents it building and installing static C++ bindings.
--without-ada
                  This ensures that Ncurses does not build support for the Ada compiler, which may be present on the host but will not be available once we enter the chroot environment.
--disable-stripping
                  This switch prevents the building system from using the strip program from the host. Using host tools on cross-compiled programs can cause failure.
AWK=gawk
                  This switch prevents the building system from using the mawk program from the host. Some versions of mawk can cause this package to fail to build.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS TIC_PATH=$(pwd)/build/progs/tic install
ln -sv libncursesw.so $LFS/usr/lib/libncurses.so
sed -e 's/^#if.*XOPEN.*$/#if 1/' \
    -i $LFS/usr/include/curses.h
              The meaning of the install options:
TIC_PATH=$(pwd)/build/progs/tic
                  We need to pass the path of the newly built tic program that runs on the building machine, so the terminal database can be created without errors.
                      The libncurses.so library
                      is needed by a few packages we will build soon. We
                      create this symlink to use libncursesw.so as a replacement.
                    
                      The header file curses.h
                      contains the definition of various Ncurses data
                      structures. With different preprocessor macro
                      definitions two different sets of the data structure
                      definition may be used: the 8-bit definition is
                      compatible with libncurses.so and the wide-character
                      definition is compatible with libncursesw.so. Since we are using
                      libncursesw.so as a
                      replacement of libncurses.so, edit the header file
                      so it will always use the wide-character data structure
                      definition compatible with libncursesw.so.
                    
Details on this package are located in Section 8.30.2, “Contents of Ncurses.”
The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again Shell.
Prepare Bash for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                      \
            --build=$(sh support/config.guess) \
            --host=$LFS_TGT                    \
            --without-bash-malloc
              The meaning of the configure options:
--without-bash-malloc
                  
                      This option turns off the use of Bash's memory
                      allocation (malloc)
                      function which is known to cause segmentation faults.
                      By turning this option off, Bash will use the
                      malloc functions from
                      Glibc which are more stable.
                    
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Make a link for the programs that use sh for a shell:
ln -sv bash $LFS/bin/sh
Details on this package are located in Section 8.36.2, “Contents of Bash.”
The Coreutils package contains the basic utility programs needed by every operating system.
Prepare Coreutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --host=$LFS_TGT                   \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess) \
            --enable-install-program=hostname \
            --enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime
              The meaning of the configure options:
--enable-install-program=hostname
                  This enables the hostname binary to be built and installed – it is disabled by default but is required by the Perl test suite.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Move programs to their final expected locations. Although this is not necessary in this temporary environment, we must do so because some programs hardcode executable locations:
mv -v $LFS/usr/bin/chroot $LFS/usr/sbin mkdir -pv $LFS/usr/share/man/man8 mv -v $LFS/usr/share/man/man1/chroot.1 $LFS/usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8 sed -i 's/"1"/"8"/' $LFS/usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8
Details on this package are located in Section 8.58.2, “Contents of Coreutils.”
The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.
Prepare Diffutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(./build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.60.2, “Contents of Diffutils.”
The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.
The file command on the build host needs to be the same version as the one we are building in order to create the signature file. Run the following commands to make a temporary copy of the file command:
mkdir build
pushd build
  ../configure --disable-bzlib      \
               --disable-libseccomp \
               --disable-xzlib      \
               --disable-zlib
  make
popd
              The meaning of the new configure option:
--disable-*
                  The configuration script attempts to use some packages from the host distribution if the corresponding library files exist. It may cause compilation failure if a library file exists, but the corresponding header files do not. These options prevent using these unneeded capabilities from the host.
Prepare File for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --host=$LFS_TGT --build=$(./config.guess)
Compile the package:
make FILE_COMPILE=$(pwd)/build/src/file
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Remove the libtool archive file because it is harmful for cross compilation:
rm -v $LFS/usr/lib/libmagic.la
Details on this package are located in Section 8.11.2, “Contents of File.”
The Findutils package contains programs to find files. Programs are provided to search through all the files in a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable unless the database has been updated recently). Findutils also supplies the xargs program, which can be used to run a specified command on each file selected by a search.
Prepare Findutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                   \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib/locate \
            --host=$LFS_TGT                 \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.62.2, “Contents of Findutils.”
The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.
First, ensure some unneeded files are not installed:
sed -i 's/extras//' Makefile.in
Prepare Gawk for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.61.2, “Contents of Gawk.”
The Grep package contains programs for searching through the contents of files.
Prepare Grep for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(./build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.35.2, “Contents of Grep.”
The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.
Prepare Gzip for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --host=$LFS_TGT
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.65.2, “Contents of Gzip.”
The Make package contains a program for controlling the generation of executables and other non-source files of a package from source files.
Prepare Make for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --without-guile \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              The meaning of the new configure option:
--without-guile
                  Although we are cross-compiling, configure tries to use guile from the build host if it finds it. This makes compilation fail, so this switch prevents using it.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.69.2, “Contents of Make.”
The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.
Prepare Patch for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.70.2, “Contents of Patch.”
The Sed package contains a stream editor.
Prepare Sed for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --host=$LFS_TGT \
            --build=$(./build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.31.2, “Contents of Sed.”
The Tar package provides the ability to create tar archives as well as perform various other kinds of archive manipulation. Tar can be used on previously created archives to extract files, to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already stored.
Prepare Tar for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --host=$LFS_TGT                   \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess)
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.71.2, “Contents of Tar.”
The Xz package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides capabilities for the lzma and the newer xz compression formats. Compressing text files with xz yields a better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip or bzip2 commands.
Prepare Xz for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --host=$LFS_TGT                   \
            --build=$(build-aux/config.guess) \
            --disable-static                  \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/xz-5.6.4
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Remove the libtool archive file because it is harmful for cross compilation:
rm -v $LFS/usr/lib/liblzma.la
Details on this package are located in Section 8.8.2, “Contents of Xz.”
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
Binutils building system relies on an shipped libtool copy to link against internal static libraries, but the libiberty and zlib copies shipped in the package do not use libtool. This inconsistency may cause produced binaries mistakenly linked against libraries from the host distro. Work around this issue:
sed '6031s/$add_dir//' -i ltmain.sh
Create a separate build directory again:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare Binutils for compilation:
../configure                   \
    --prefix=/usr              \
    --build=$(../config.guess) \
    --host=$LFS_TGT            \
    --disable-nls              \
    --enable-shared            \
    --enable-gprofng=no        \
    --disable-werror           \
    --enable-64-bit-bfd        \
    --enable-new-dtags         \
    --enable-default-hash-style=gnu
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--enable-shared
                  
                      Builds libbfd as a shared
                      library.
                    
--enable-64-bit-bfd
                  Enables 64-bit support (on hosts with smaller word sizes). This may not be needed on 64-bit systems, but it does no harm.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
Remove the libtool archive files because they are harmful for cross compilation, and remove unnecessary static libraries:
rm -v $LFS/usr/lib/lib{bfd,ctf,ctf-nobfd,opcodes,sframe}.{a,la}
            Details on this package are located in Section 8.20.2, “Contents of Binutils.”
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
As in the first build of GCC, the GMP, MPFR, and MPC packages are required. Unpack the tarballs and move them into the required directories:
tar -xf ../mpfr-4.2.1.tar.xz mv -v mpfr-4.2.1 mpfr tar -xf ../gmp-6.3.0.tar.xz mv -v gmp-6.3.0 gmp tar -xf ../mpc-1.3.1.tar.gz mv -v mpc-1.3.1 mpc
If building on x86_64, change the default directory name for 64-bit libraries to “lib”:
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64)
    sed -e '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' \
        -i.orig gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
  ;;
esac
              Override the building rule of libgcc and libstdc++ headers, to allow building these libraries with POSIX threads support:
sed '/thread_header =/s/@.*@/gthr-posix.h/' \
    -i libgcc/Makefile.in libstdc++-v3/include/Makefile.in
              Create a separate build directory again:
mkdir -v build cd build
Before starting to build GCC, remember to unset any environment variables that override the default optimization flags.
Now prepare GCC for compilation:
../configure                                       \
    --build=$(../config.guess)                     \
    --host=$LFS_TGT                                \
    --target=$LFS_TGT                              \
    LDFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=-L$PWD/$LFS_TGT/libgcc      \
    --prefix=/usr                                  \
    --with-build-sysroot=$LFS                      \
    --enable-default-pie                           \
    --enable-default-ssp                           \
    --disable-nls                                  \
    --disable-multilib                             \
    --disable-libatomic                            \
    --disable-libgomp                              \
    --disable-libquadmath                          \
    --disable-libsanitizer                         \
    --disable-libssp                               \
    --disable-libvtv                               \
    --enable-languages=c,c++
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--with-build-sysroot=$LFS
                  
                      Normally, using --host ensures that a
                      cross-compiler is used for building GCC, and that
                      compiler knows that it has to look for headers and
                      libraries in $LFS. But
                      the build system for GCC uses other tools, which are
                      not aware of this location. This switch is needed so
                      those tools will find the needed files in $LFS, and not on the host.
                    
--target=$LFS_TGT
                  
                      We are cross-compiling GCC, so it's impossible to build
                      target libraries (libgcc
                      and libstdc++) with the
                      GCC binaries compiled in this pass—those binaries won't
                      run on the host. The GCC build system will attempt to
                      use the host's C and C++ compilers as a workaround by
                      default. Building the GCC target libraries with a
                      different version of GCC is not supported, so using the
                      host's compilers may cause the build to fail. This
                      parameter ensures the libraries are built by GCC pass
                      1.
                    
LDFLAGS_FOR_TARGET=...
                  
                      Allow libstdc++ to use
                      the libgcc being built in
                      this pass, instead of the previous version built in
                      gcc-pass1. The
                      previous version cannot properly support C++ exception
                      handling because it was built without libc support.
                    
--disable-libsanitizer
                  
                      Disable GCC sanitizer runtime libraries. They are not
                      needed for the temporary installation. In gcc-pass1 it was
                      implied by --disable-libstdcxx, and
                      now we can explicitly pass it.
                    
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make DESTDIR=$LFS install
As a finishing touch, create a utility symlink. Many programs and scripts run cc instead of gcc, which is used to keep programs generic and therefore usable on all kinds of UNIX systems where the GNU C compiler is not always installed. Running cc leaves the system administrator free to decide which C compiler to install:
ln -sv gcc $LFS/usr/bin/cc
Details on this package are located in Section 8.29.2, “Contents of GCC.”
This chapter shows how to build the last missing bits of the temporary system: the tools needed to build the various packages. Now that all circular dependencies have been resolved, a “chroot” environment, completely isolated from the host operating system (except for the running kernel), can be used for the build.
For proper operation of the isolated environment, some communication with the running kernel must be established. This is done via the so-called Virtual Kernel File Systems, which will be mounted before entering the chroot environment. You may want to verify that they are mounted by issuing the findmnt command.
              Until Section 7.4,
              “Entering the Chroot Environment”, the commands must be run
              as root, with the LFS variable set. After entering chroot, all
              commands are run as root,
              fortunately without access to the OS of the computer you built
              LFS on. Be careful anyway, as it is easy to destroy the whole
              LFS system with bad commands.
            
                The commands in the remainder of this book must be performed
                while logged in as user root
                and no longer as user lfs.
                Also, double check that $LFS is
                set in root's environment.
              
              Currently, the whole directory hierarchy in $LFS is owned by the user lfs, a user that exists only on the host
              system. If the directories and files under $LFS are kept as they are, they will be owned
              by a user ID without a corresponding account. This is dangerous
              because a user account created later could get this same user
              ID and would own all the files under $LFS, thus exposing these files to possible
              malicious manipulation.
            
              To address this issue, change the ownership of the $LFS/* directories to user root by running the following command:
            
chown --from lfs -R root:root $LFS/{usr,lib,var,etc,bin,sbin,tools}
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64) chown --from lfs -R root:root $LFS/lib64 ;;
esac
          Applications running in userspace utilize various file systems created by the kernel to communicate with the kernel itself. These file systems are virtual: no disk space is used for them. The content of these file systems resides in memory. These file systems must be mounted in the $LFS directory tree so the applications can find them in the chroot environment.
Begin by creating the directories on which these virtual file systems will be mounted:
mkdir -pv $LFS/{dev,proc,sys,run}
            
                During a normal boot of an LFS system, the kernel
                automatically mounts the devtmpfs file system on the /dev directory; the kernel creates device
                nodes on that virtual file system during the boot process, or
                when a device is first detected or accessed. The udev daemon
                may change the ownership or permissions of the device nodes
                created by the kernel, and create new device nodes or
                symlinks, to ease the work of distro maintainers and system
                administrators. (See Section 9.3.2.2,
                “Device Node Creation” for details.) If the host kernel
                supports devtmpfs, we can
                simply mount a devtmpfs at
                $LFS/dev and rely on the kernel
                to populate it.
              
                But some host kernels lack devtmpfs support; these host distros use
                different methods to create the content of /dev. So the only host-agnostic way to
                populate the $LFS/dev directory
                is by bind mounting the host system's /dev directory. A bind mount is a special
                type of mount that makes a directory subtree or a file
                visible at some other location. Use the following command to
                do this.
              
mount -v --bind /dev $LFS/dev
Now mount the remaining virtual kernel file systems:
mount -vt devpts devpts -o gid=5,mode=0620 $LFS/dev/pts mount -vt proc proc $LFS/proc mount -vt sysfs sysfs $LFS/sys mount -vt tmpfs tmpfs $LFS/run
The meaning of the mount options for devpts:
gid=5
                  
                      This ensures that all devpts-created device nodes are
                      owned by group ID 5. This is the ID we will use later
                      on for the tty group.
                      We use the group ID instead of a name, since the host
                      system might use a different ID for its tty group.
                    
mode=0620
                  This ensures that all devpts-created device nodes have mode 0620 (user readable and writable, group writable). Together with the option above, this ensures that devpts will create device nodes that meet the requirements of grantpt(), meaning the Glibc pt_chown helper binary (which is not installed by default) is not necessary.
                In some host systems, /dev/shm
                is a symbolic link to a directory, typically /run/shm. The /run tmpfs was mounted above
                so in this case only a directory needs to be created with the
                correct permissions.
              
                In other host systems /dev/shm
                is a mount point for a tmpfs. In that case the mount of /dev
                above will only create /dev/shm as a directory in the chroot
                environment. In this situation we must explicitly mount a
                tmpfs:
              
if [ -h $LFS/dev/shm ]; then install -v -d -m 1777 $LFS$(realpath /dev/shm) else mount -vt tmpfs -o nosuid,nodev tmpfs $LFS/dev/shm fi
              Now that all the packages which are required to build the rest
              of the needed tools are on the system, it is time to enter the
              chroot environment and finish installing the temporary tools.
              This environment will also be used to install the final system.
              As user root, run the following
              command to enter the environment that is, at the moment,
              populated with nothing but temporary tools:
            
chroot "$LFS" /usr/bin/env -i   \
    HOME=/root                  \
    TERM="$TERM"                \
    PS1='(lfs chroot) \u:\w\$ ' \
    PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/sbin     \
    MAKEFLAGS="-j$(nproc)"      \
    TESTSUITEFLAGS="-j$(nproc)" \
    /bin/bash --login
            
              If you don't want to use all available logical cores, replace
              $(nproc) with the
              number of logical cores you want to use for building packages
              in this chapter and the following chapters. The test suites of
              some packages (notably Autoconf, Libtool, and Tar) in Chapter 8
              are not affected by MAKEFLAGS, they
              use a TESTSUITEFLAGS environment
              variable instead. We set that here as well for running these
              test suites with multiple cores.
            
              The -i option given to
              the env command
              will clear all the variables in the chroot environment. After
              that, only the HOME, TERM, PS1, and
              PATH variables are set again. The
              TERM=$TERM construct
              sets the TERM variable inside chroot
              to the same value as outside chroot. This variable is needed so
              programs like vim
              and less can
              operate properly. If other variables are desired, such as
              CFLAGS or CXXFLAGS, this is a good place to set them.
            
              From this point on, there is no need to use the LFS variable any more because all work will be
              restricted to the LFS file system; the chroot command runs the Bash
              shell with the root (/) directory
              set to $LFS.
            
              Notice that /tools/bin is not in
              the PATH. This means that the cross
              toolchain will no longer be used.
            
              Also note that the bash prompt will say
              I have no name! This is
              normal because the /etc/passwd
              file has not been created yet.
            
It is important that all the commands throughout the remainder of this chapter and the following chapters are run from within the chroot environment. If you leave this environment for any reason (rebooting for example), ensure that the virtual kernel filesystems are mounted as explained in Section 7.3.1, “Mounting and Populating /dev” and Section 7.3.2, “Mounting Virtual Kernel File Systems” and enter chroot again before continuing with the installation.
It is time to create the full directory structure in the LFS file system.
Some of the directories mentioned in this section may have already been created earlier with explicit instructions, or when installing some packages. They are repeated below for completeness.
Create some root-level directories that are not in the limited set required in the previous chapters by issuing the following command:
mkdir -pv /{boot,home,mnt,opt,srv}
            Create the required set of subdirectories below the root-level by issuing the following commands:
mkdir -pv /etc/{opt,sysconfig}
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware
mkdir -pv /media/{floppy,cdrom}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}{include,src}
mkdir -pv /usr/lib/locale
mkdir -pv /usr/local/{bin,lib,sbin}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/{color,dict,doc,info,locale,man}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/{misc,terminfo,zoneinfo}
mkdir -pv /usr/{,local/}share/man/man{1..8}
mkdir -pv /var/{cache,local,log,mail,opt,spool}
mkdir -pv /var/lib/{color,misc,locate}
ln -sfv /run /var/run
ln -sfv /run/lock /var/lock
install -dv -m 0750 /root
install -dv -m 1777 /tmp /var/tmp
            
              Directories are, by default, created with permission mode 755,
              but this is not desirable everywhere. In the commands above,
              two changes are made—one to the home directory of user
              root, and another to the
              directories for temporary files.
            
              The first mode change ensures that not just anybody can enter
              the /root directory—just like a
              normal user would do with his or her own home directory. The
              second mode change makes sure that any user can write to the
              /tmp and /var/tmp directories, but cannot remove
              another user's files from them. The latter is prohibited by the
              so-called “sticky
              bit,” the highest bit (1) in the 1777 bit mask.
            
                This directory tree is based on the Filesystem Hierarchy
                Standard (FHS) (available at https://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/fhs.shtml).
                The FHS also specifies the optional existence of additional
                directories such as /usr/local/games and /usr/share/games. In LFS, we create only
                the directories that are really necessary. However, feel free
                to create more directories, if you wish.
              
                  The FHS does not mandate the existence of the directory
                  /usr/lib64, and the LFS
                  editors have decided not to use it. For the instructions in
                  LFS and BLFS to work correctly, it is imperative that this
                  directory be non-existent. From time to time you should
                  verify that it does not exist, because it is easy to create
                  it inadvertently, and this will probably break your system.
                
              Historically, Linux maintained a list of the mounted file
              systems in the file /etc/mtab.
              Modern kernels maintain this list internally and expose it to
              the user via the /proc
              filesystem. To satisfy utilities that expect to find
              /etc/mtab, create the following
              symbolic link:
            
ln -sv /proc/self/mounts /etc/mtab
              Create a basic /etc/hosts file to
              be referenced in some test suites, and in one of Perl's
              configuration files as well:
            
cat > /etc/hosts << EOF
127.0.0.1  localhost $(hostname)
::1        localhost
EOF
            
              In order for user root to be
              able to login and for the name “root” to be
              recognized, there must be relevant entries in the /etc/passwd and /etc/group files.
            
              Create the /etc/passwd file by
              running the following command:
            
cat > /etc/passwd << "EOF"
root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
bin:x:1:1:bin:/dev/null:/usr/bin/false
daemon:x:6:6:Daemon User:/dev/null:/usr/bin/false
messagebus:x:18:18:D-Bus Message Daemon User:/run/dbus:/usr/bin/false
systemd-journal-gateway:x:73:73:systemd Journal Gateway:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-journal-remote:x:74:74:systemd Journal Remote:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-journal-upload:x:75:75:systemd Journal Upload:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-network:x:76:76:systemd Network Management:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-resolve:x:77:77:systemd Resolver:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-timesync:x:78:78:systemd Time Synchronization:/:/usr/bin/false
systemd-coredump:x:79:79:systemd Core Dumper:/:/usr/bin/false
uuidd:x:80:80:UUID Generation Daemon User:/dev/null:/usr/bin/false
systemd-oom:x:81:81:systemd Out Of Memory Daemon:/:/usr/bin/false
nobody:x:65534:65534:Unprivileged User:/dev/null:/usr/bin/false
EOF
            
              The actual password for root
              will be set later.
            
              Create the /etc/group file by
              running the following command:
            
cat > /etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:daemon
sys:x:2:
kmem:x:3:
tape:x:4:
tty:x:5:
daemon:x:6:
floppy:x:7:
disk:x:8:
lp:x:9:
dialout:x:10:
audio:x:11:
video:x:12:
utmp:x:13:
cdrom:x:15:
adm:x:16:
messagebus:x:18:
systemd-journal:x:23:
input:x:24:
mail:x:34:
kvm:x:61:
systemd-journal-gateway:x:73:
systemd-journal-remote:x:74:
systemd-journal-upload:x:75:
systemd-network:x:76:
systemd-resolve:x:77:
systemd-timesync:x:78:
systemd-coredump:x:79:
uuidd:x:80:
systemd-oom:x:81:
wheel:x:97:
users:x:999:
nogroup:x:65534:
EOF
            
              The created groups are not part of any standard—they are groups
              decided on in part by the requirements of the Udev
              configuration in Chapter 9, and in part by common conventions
              employed by a number of existing Linux distributions. In
              addition, some test suites rely on specific users or groups.
              The Linux Standard Base (LSB, available at https://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/lsb.shtml)
              only recommends that, besides the group root with a Group ID (GID) of 0, a group
              bin with a GID of 1 be present.
              The GID of 5 is widely used for the tty group, and the number 5 is also used in
              systemd for the devpts filesystem. All other group names
              and GIDs can be chosen freely by the system administrator since
              well-written programs do not depend on GID numbers, but rather
              use the group's name.
            
              The ID 65534 is used by the kernel for NFS and separate user
              namespaces for unmapped users and groups (those exist on the
              NFS server or the parent user namespace, but “do not exist” on the
              local machine or in the separate namespace). We assign
              nobody and nogroup to avoid an unnamed ID. But other
              distros may treat this ID differently, so any portable program
              should not depend on this assignment.
            
Some tests in Chapter 8 need a regular user. We add this user here and delete this account at the end of that chapter.
echo "tester:x:101:101::/home/tester:/bin/bash" >> /etc/passwd echo "tester:x:101:" >> /etc/group install -o tester -d /home/tester
              To remove the “I have
              no name!” prompt, start a new shell. Since the
              /etc/passwd and /etc/group files have been created, user name
              and group name resolution will now work:
            
exec /usr/bin/bash --login
The login, agetty, and init programs (and others) use a number of log files to record information such as who was logged into the system and when. However, these programs will not write to the log files if they do not already exist. Initialize the log files and give them proper permissions:
touch /var/log/{btmp,lastlog,faillog,wtmp}
chgrp -v utmp /var/log/lastlog
chmod -v 664  /var/log/lastlog
chmod -v 600  /var/log/btmp
            
              The /var/log/wtmp file records
              all logins and logouts. The /var/log/lastlog file records when each user
              last logged in. The /var/log/faillog file records failed login
              attempts. The /var/log/btmp file
              records the bad login attempts.
            
                The wtmp, btmp, and lastlog files use 32-bit integers for
                timestamps and they'll be fundamentally broken after year
                2038. Many packages have stopped using them and other
                packages are going to stop using them. It is probably best to
                consider them deprecated.
              
The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.
For our temporary set of tools, we only need to install three programs from Gettext.
Prepare Gettext for compilation:
./configure --disable-shared
The meaning of the configure option:
--disable-shared
                  We do not need to install any of the shared Gettext libraries at this time, therefore there is no need to build them.
Compile the package:
make
Install the msgfmt, msgmerge, and xgettext programs:
cp -v gettext-tools/src/{msgfmt,msgmerge,xgettext} /usr/bin
            Details on this package are located in Section 8.33.2, “Contents of Gettext.”
The Bison package contains a parser generator.
Prepare Bison for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bison-3.8.2
              The meaning of the new configure option:
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/bison-3.8.2
                  This tells the build system to install bison documentation into a versioned directory.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.34.2, “Contents of Bison.”
The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.
Prepare Perl for compilation:
sh Configure -des                                         \
             -D prefix=/usr                               \
             -D vendorprefix=/usr                         \
             -D useshrplib                                \
             -D privlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/core_perl     \
             -D archlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/core_perl     \
             -D sitelib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/site_perl     \
             -D sitearch=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/site_perl    \
             -D vendorlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/vendor_perl \
             -D vendorarch=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/vendor_perl
              The meaning of the Configure options:
-des
                  This is a combination of three options: -d uses defaults for all items; -e ensures completion of all tasks; -s silences non-essential output.
-D
                    vendorprefix=/usr
                  This ensures perl knows how to tell packages where they should install their Perl modules.
-D
                    useshrplib
                  
                      Build libperl needed by
                      some Perl modules as a shared library, instead of a
                      static library.
                    
-D
                    privlib,-D archlib,-D sitelib,...
                  These settings define where Perl looks for installed modules. The LFS editors chose to put them in a directory structure based on the MAJOR.MINOR version of Perl (5.40) which allows upgrading Perl to newer patch levels (the patch level is the last dot separated part in the full version string like 5.40.1) without reinstalling all of the modules.
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.43.2, “Contents of Perl.”
The Python 3 package contains the Python development environment. It is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs, and developing entire applications. Python is an interpreted computer language.
                  There are two package files whose name starts with the
                  “python” prefix. The one to extract
                  from is Python-3.13.2.tar.xz
                  (notice the uppercase first letter).
                
Prepare Python for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr   \
            --enable-shared \
            --without-ensurepip
              The meaning of the configure option:
--enable-shared
                  This switch prevents installation of static libraries.
--without-ensurepip
                  This switch disables the Python package installer, which is not needed at this stage.
Compile the package:
make
                  Some Python 3 modules can't be built now because the
                  dependencies are not installed yet. For the ssl module, a message Python requires a OpenSSL 1.1.1 or
                  newer is outputted. The message should be ignored.
                  Just make sure the toplevel make command has not
                  failed. The optional modules are not needed now and they
                  will be built in Chapter 8.
                
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.51.2, “Contents of Python 3.”
The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.
Prepare Texinfo for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.72.2, “Contents of Texinfo.”
The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs.
                The FHS recommends using the /var/lib/hwclock directory instead of the
                usual /etc directory as the
                location for the adjtime file.
                Create this directory with:
              
mkdir -pv /var/lib/hwclock
Prepare Util-linux for compilation:
./configure --libdir=/usr/lib     \
            --runstatedir=/run    \
            --disable-chfn-chsh   \
            --disable-login       \
            --disable-nologin     \
            --disable-su          \
            --disable-setpriv     \
            --disable-runuser     \
            --disable-pylibmount  \
            --disable-static      \
            --disable-liblastlog2 \
            --without-python      \
            ADJTIME_PATH=/var/lib/hwclock/adjtime \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/util-linux-2.40.4
              The meaning of the configure options:
ADJTIME_PATH=/var/lib/hwclock/adjtime
                  This sets the location of the file recording information about the hardware clock in accordance to the FHS. This is not strictly needed for this temporary tool, but it prevents creating a file at another location, which would not be overwritten or removed when building the final util-linux package.
--libdir=/usr/lib
                  
                      This switch ensures the .so symlinks targeting the shared
                      library file in the same directory (/usr/lib) directly.
                    
--disable-*
                  These switches prevent warnings about building components that require packages not in LFS or not installed yet.
--without-python
                  This switch disables using Python. It avoids trying to build unneeded bindings.
runstatedir=/run
                  
                      This switch sets the location of the socket used by
                      uuidd and
                      libuuid correctly.
                    
Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
Details on this package are located in Section 8.80.2, “Contents of Util-linux.”
First, remove the currently installed documentation files to prevent them from ending up in the final system, and to save about 35 MB:
rm -rf /usr/share/{info,man,doc}/*
              Second, on a modern Linux system, the libtool .la files are only useful for libltdl. No libraries in LFS are loaded by libltdl, and it's known that some .la files can cause BLFS package failures. Remove those files now:
find /usr/{lib,libexec} -name \*.la -delete
              The current system size is now about 3 GB, however the /tools directory is no longer needed. It uses about 1 GB of disk space. Delete it now:
rm -rf /tools
At this point the essential programs and libraries have been created and your current LFS system is in a good state. Your system can now be backed up for later reuse. In case of fatal failures in the subsequent chapters, it often turns out that removing everything and starting over (more carefully) is the best way to recover. Unfortunately, all the temporary files will be removed, too. To avoid spending extra time to redo something which has been done successfully, creating a backup of the current LFS system may prove useful.
All the remaining steps in this section are optional. Nevertheless, as soon as you begin installing packages in Chapter 8, the temporary files will be overwritten. So it may be a good idea to do a backup of the current system as described below.
                The following steps are performed from outside the chroot
                environment. That means you have to leave the chroot
                environment first before continuing. The reason for that is
                to get access to file system locations outside of the chroot
                environment to store/read the backup archive, which ought not
                be placed within the $LFS
                hierarchy.
              
If you have decided to make a backup, leave the chroot environment:
exit
                  All of the following instructions are executed by
                  root on your host system.
                  Take extra care about the commands you're going to run as
                  mistakes made here can modify your host system. Be aware
                  that the environment variable LFS is set for user lfs by default but may not be set for root.
                
                  Whenever commands are to be executed by root, make sure you have set
                  LFS.
                
This has been discussed in Section 2.6, “Setting the $LFS Variable and the Umask.”
Before making a backup, unmount the virtual file systems:
mountpoint -q $LFS/dev/shm && umount $LFS/dev/shm
umount $LFS/dev/pts
umount $LFS/{sys,proc,run,dev}
              Make sure you have at least 1 GB free disk space (the source tarballs will be included in the backup archive) on the file system containing the directory where you create the backup archive.
                Note that the instructions below specify the home directory
                of the host system's root
                user, which is typically found on the root file system.
                Replace $HOME by a directory of
                your choice if you do not want to have the backup stored in
                root's home directory.
              
Create the backup archive by running the following command:
Because the backup archive is compressed, it takes a relatively long time (over 10 minutes) even on a reasonably fast system.
cd $LFS tar -cJpf $HOME/lfs-temp-tools-12.3-systemd-rc2.tar.xz .
If continuing to chapter 8, don't forget to reenter the chroot environment as explained in the “Important” box below.
                In case some mistakes have been made and you need to start
                over, you can use this backup to restore the system and save
                some recovery time. Since the sources are located under
                $LFS, they are included in the
                backup archive as well, so they do not need to be downloaded
                again. After checking that $LFS is
                set properly, you can restore the backup by executing the
                following commands:
              
                  The following commands are extremely dangerous. If you run
                  rm -rf ./* as
                  the root user and you do
                  not change to the $LFS directory or the LFS environment variable is not set for the
                  root user, it will destroy
                  your entire host system. YOU ARE WARNED.
                
cd $LFS
rm -rf ./*
tar -xpf $HOME/lfs-temp-tools-12.3-systemd-rc2.tar.xzAgain, double check that the environment has been set up properly and continue building the rest of the system.
If you left the chroot environment to create a backup or restart building using a restore, remember to check that the virtual file systems are still mounted (findmnt | grep $LFS). If they are not mounted, remount them now as described in Section 7.3, “Preparing Virtual Kernel File Systems” and re-enter the chroot environment (see Section 7.4, “Entering the Chroot Environment”) before continuing.
In this chapter, we start constructing the LFS system in earnest.
The installation of this software is straightforward. Although in many cases the installation instructions could be made shorter and more generic, we have opted to provide the full instructions for every package to minimize the possibilities for mistakes. The key to learning what makes a Linux system work is to know what each package is used for and why you (or the system) may need it.
              We do not recommend using customized optimizations. They can
              make a program run slightly faster, but they may also cause
              compilation difficulties, and problems when running the
              program. If a package refuses to compile with a customized
              optimization, try to compile it without optimization and see if
              that fixes the problem. Even if the package does compile when
              using a customized optimization, there is the risk it may have
              been compiled incorrectly because of the complex interactions
              between the code and the build tools. Also note that the
              -march and -mtune options using values not specified in
              the book have not been tested. This may cause problems with the
              toolchain packages (Binutils, GCC and Glibc). The small
              potential gains achieved by customizing compiler optimizations
              are often outweighed by the risks. First-time builders of LFS
              are encouraged to build without custom optimizations.
            
              On the other hand, we keep the optimizations enabled by the
              default configuration of the packages. In addition, we
              sometimes explicitly enable an optimized configuration provided
              by a package but not enabled by default. The package
              maintainers have already tested these configurations and
              consider them safe, so it's not likely they would break the
              build. Generally the default configuration already enables
              -O2 or -O3, so the resulting system will still run
              very fast without any customized optimization, and be stable at
              the same time.
            
Before the installation instructions, each installation page provides information about the package, including a concise description of what it contains, approximately how long it will take to build, and how much disk space is required during this building process. Following the installation instructions, there is a list of programs and libraries (along with brief descriptions) that the package installs.
The SBU values and required disk space include test suite data for all applicable packages in Chapter 8. SBU values have been calculated using four CPU cores (-j4) for all operations unless specified otherwise.
In general, the LFS editors discourage building and installing static libraries. Most static libraries have been made obsolete in a modern Linux system. In addition, linking a static library into a program can be detrimental. If an update to the library is needed to remove a security problem, every program that uses the static library will need to be relinked with the new library. Since the use of static libraries is not always obvious, the relevant programs (and the procedures needed to do the linking) may not even be known.
                The procedures in this chapter remove or disable installation
                of most static libraries. Usually this is done by passing a
                --disable-static option to
                configure. In
                other cases, alternate means are needed. In a few cases,
                especially Glibc and GCC, the use of static libraries remains
                an essential feature of the package building process.
              
For a more complete discussion of libraries, see Libraries: Static or shared? in the BLFS book.
Package Management is an often requested addition to the LFS Book. A Package Manager tracks the installation of files, making it easier to remove and upgrade packages. A good package manager will also handle the configuration files specially to keep the user configuration when the package is reinstalled or upgraded. Before you begin to wonder, NO—this section will not talk about nor recommend any particular package manager. What it does provide is a roundup of the more popular techniques and how they work. The perfect package manager for you may be among these techniques, or it may be a combination of two or more of these techniques. This section briefly mentions issues that may arise when upgrading packages.
Some reasons why no package manager is mentioned in LFS or BLFS include:
Dealing with package management takes the focus away from the goals of these books—teaching how a Linux system is built.
There are multiple solutions for package management, each having its strengths and drawbacks. Finding one solution that satisfies all audiences is difficult.
There are some hints written on the topic of package management. Visit the Hints Project and see if one of them fits your needs.
A Package Manager makes it easy to upgrade to newer versions when they are released. Generally the instructions in the LFS and BLFS books can be used to upgrade to the newer versions. Here are some points that you should be aware of when upgrading packages, especially on a running system.
If the Linux kernel needs to be upgraded (for example, from 5.10.17 to 5.10.18 or 5.11.1), nothing else needs to be rebuilt. The system will keep working fine thanks to the well-defined interface between the kernel and userspace. Specifically, Linux API headers need not be upgraded along with the kernel. You will merely need to reboot your system to use the upgraded kernel.
If Glibc needs to be upgraded to a newer version, (e.g., from Glibc-2.36 to Glibc-2.41), some extra steps are needed to avoid breaking the system. Read Section 8.5, “Glibc-2.41” for details.
                      If a package containing a shared library is updated,
                      and if the name of the library changes, then any
                      packages dynamically linked to the library must be
                      recompiled, to link against the newer library. (Note
                      that there is no correlation between the package
                      version and the name of the library.) For example,
                      consider a package foo-1.2.3 that installs a shared
                      library with the name libfoo.so.1. Suppose you upgrade the
                      package to a newer version foo-1.2.4 that installs a
                      shared library with the name libfoo.so.2. In this case, any
                      packages that are dynamically linked to libfoo.so.1 need to be recompiled to
                      link against libfoo.so.2
                      in order to use the new library version. You should not
                      remove the old libraries until all the dependent
                      packages have been recompiled.
                    
                      If a package is (directly or indirectly) linked to both
                      the old and new names of a shared library (for example,
                      the package links to both libfoo.so.2 and libbar.so.1, while the latter links
                      to libfoo.so.3), the
                      package may malfunction because the different revisions
                      of the shared library present incompatible definitions
                      for some symbol names. This can be caused by
                      recompiling some, but not all, of the packages linked
                      to the old shared library after the package providing
                      the shared library is upgraded. To avoid the issue,
                      users will need to rebuild every package linked to a
                      shared library with an updated revision (e.g.
                      libfoo.so.2 to libfoo.so.3) as soon as possible.
                    
                      If a package containing a shared library is updated,
                      and the name of the library doesn't change, but the
                      version number of the library file decreases (for
                      example, the library is still named libfoo.so.1, but the name of the
                      library file is changed from libfoo.so.1.25 to libfoo.so.1.24), you should remove
                      the library file from the previously installed version
                      (libfoo.so.1.25 in this
                      case). Otherwise, a ldconfig command
                      (invoked by yourself from the command line, or by the
                      installation of some package) will reset the symlink
                      libfoo.so.1 to point to
                      the old library file because it seems to be a
                      “newer” version; its version
                      number is larger. This situation may arise if you have
                      to downgrade a package, or if the authors change the
                      versioning scheme for library files.
                    
                      If a package containing a shared library is updated,
                      and the name of the library doesn't change, but a
                      severe issue (especially, a security vulnerability) is
                      fixed, all running programs linked to the shared
                      library should be restarted. The following command, run
                      as root after the
                      update is complete, will list which processes are using
                      the old versions of those libraries (replace libfoo with the name of
                      the library):
                    
grep -l 'libfoo.*deleted' /proc/*/maps | tr -cd 0-9\\n | xargs -r ps u
                    If OpenSSH is being used to access the system and it is linked to the updated library, you must restart the sshd service, then logout, login again, and run the preceding command again to confirm that nothing is still using the deleted libraries.
                      If the systemd daemon
                      (running as PID 1) is linked to the updated library,
                      you can restart it without rebooting by running
                      systemctl
                      daemon-reexec as the root user.
                    
If an executable program or a shared library is overwritten, the processes using the code or data in that program or library may crash. The correct way to update a program or a shared library without causing the process to crash is to remove it first, then install the new version. The install command provided by coreutils has already implemented this, and most packages use that command to install binary files and libraries. This means that you won't be troubled by this issue most of the time. However, the install process of some packages (notably SpiderMonkey in BLFS) just overwrites the file if it exists; this causes a crash. So it's safer to save your work and close unneeded running processes before updating a package.
The following are some common package management techniques. Before making a decision on a package manager, do some research on the various techniques, particularly the drawbacks of each particular scheme.
Yes, this is a package management technique. Some folks do not need a package manager because they know the packages intimately and know which files are installed by each package. Some users also do not need any package management because they plan on rebuilding the entire system whenever a package is changed.
                  This is a simplistic package management technique that does
                  not need a special program to manage the packages. Each
                  package is installed in a separate directory. For example,
                  package foo-1.1 is installed in /opt/foo-1.1 and a symlink is made from
                  /opt/foo to /opt/foo-1.1. When a new version foo-1.2
                  comes along, it is installed in /opt/foo-1.2 and the previous symlink is
                  replaced by a symlink to the new version.
                
                  Environment variables such as PATH, MANPATH,
                  INFOPATH, PKG_CONFIG_PATH, CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS, and the configuration file
                  /etc/ld.so.conf may need to
                  be expanded to include the corresponding subdirectories in
                  /opt/foo-x.y.
                
This scheme is used by the BLFS book to install some very large packages to make it easier to upgrade them. If you install more than a few packages, this scheme becomes unmanageable. And some packages (for example Linux API headers and Glibc) may not work well with this scheme. Never use this scheme system-wide.
                  This is a variation of the previous package management
                  technique. Each package is installed as in the previous
                  scheme. But instead of making the symlink via a generic
                  package name, each file is symlinked into the /usr hierarchy. This removes the need to
                  expand the environment variables. Though the symlinks can
                  be created by the user, many package managers use this
                  approach, and automate the creation of the symlinks. A few
                  of the popular ones include Stow, Epkg, Graft, and Depot.
                
                  The installation script needs to be fooled, so the package
                  thinks it is installed in /usr though in reality it is installed in
                  the /usr/pkg hierarchy.
                  Installing in this manner is not usually a trivial task.
                  For example, suppose you are installing a package
                  libfoo-1.1. The following instructions may not install the
                  package properly:
                
./configure --prefix=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1 make make install
                  The installation will work, but the dependent packages may
                  not link to libfoo as you would expect. If you compile a
                  package that links against libfoo, you may notice that it
                  is linked to /usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1/lib/libfoo.so.1
                  instead of /usr/lib/libfoo.so.1 as you would expect.
                  The correct approach is to use the DESTDIR variable to direct the installation.
                  This approach works as follows:
                
./configure --prefix=/usr make make DESTDIR=/usr/pkg/libfoo/1.1 install
                  Most packages support this approach, but there are some
                  which do not. For the non-compliant packages, you may
                  either need to install the package manually, or you may
                  find that it is easier to install some problematic packages
                  into /opt.
                
In this technique, a file is timestamped before the installation of the package. After the installation, a simple use of the find command with the appropriate options can generate a log of all the files installed after the timestamp file was created. A package manager that uses this approach is install-log.
Though this scheme has the advantage of being simple, it has two drawbacks. If, during installation, the files are installed with any timestamp other than the current time, those files will not be tracked by the package manager. Also, this scheme can only be used when packages are installed one at a time. The logs are not reliable if two packages are installed simultaneously from two different consoles.
In this approach, the commands that the installation scripts perform are recorded. There are two techniques that one can use:
                  The LD_PRELOAD environment
                  variable can be set to point to a library to be preloaded
                  before installation. During installation, this library
                  tracks the packages that are being installed by attaching
                  itself to various executables such as cp, install, mv and tracking the
                  system calls that modify the filesystem. For this approach
                  to work, all the executables need to be dynamically linked
                  without the suid or sgid bit. Preloading the library may
                  cause some unwanted side-effects during installation.
                  Therefore, it's a good idea to perform some tests to ensure
                  that the package manager does not break anything, and that
                  it logs all the appropriate files.
                
Another technique is to use strace, which logs all the system calls made during the execution of the installation scripts.
In this scheme, the package installation is faked into a separate tree as previously described in the symlink style package management section. After the installation, a package archive is created using the installed files. This archive is then used to install the package on the local machine or even on other machines.
This approach is used by most of the package managers found in the commercial distributions. Examples of package managers that follow this approach are RPM (which, incidentally, is required by the Linux Standard Base Specification), pkg-utils, Debian's apt, and Gentoo's Portage system. A hint describing how to adopt this style of package management for LFS systems is located at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/fakeroot.txt.
The creation of package files that include dependency information is complex, and beyond the scope of LFS.
Slackware uses a tar-based system for package archives. This system purposely does not handle package dependencies as more complex package managers do. For details of Slackware package management, see https://www.slackbook.org/html/package-management.html.
This scheme, unique to LFS, was devised by Matthias Benkmann, and is available from the Hints Project. In this scheme, each package is installed as a separate user into the standard locations. Files belonging to a package are easily identified by checking the user ID. The features and shortcomings of this approach are too complex to describe in this section. For the details please see the hint at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/more_control_and_pkg_man.txt.
                One of the advantages of an LFS system is that there are no
                files that depend on the position of files on a disk system.
                Cloning an LFS build to another computer with the same
                architecture as the base system is as simple as using
                tar on the LFS
                partition that contains the root directory (about 900MB
                uncompressed for a basic LFS build), copying that file via
                network transfer or CD-ROM / USB stick to the new system, and
                expanding it. After that, a few configuration files will have
                to be changed. Configuration files that may need to be
                updated include: /etc/hosts,
                /etc/fstab, /etc/passwd, /etc/group, /etc/shadow, and
                /etc/ld.so.conf.
              
A custom kernel may be needed for the new system, depending on differences in system hardware and the original kernel configuration.
There have been some reports of issues when copying between similar but not identical architectures. For instance, the instruction set for an Intel system is not identical with the AMD processor's instructions, and later versions of some processors may provide instructions that are unavailable with earlier versions.
Finally, the new system has to be made bootable via Section 10.4, “Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process”.
The Man-pages package contains over 2,400 man pages.
Remove two man pages for password hashing functions. Libxcrypt will provide a better version of these man pages:
rm -v man3/crypt*
Install Man-pages by running:
make -R GIT=false prefix=/usr install
The meaning of the options:
-R
                  
                      This prevents make from setting any
                      built-in variables. The building system of man-pages
                      does not work well with built-in variables, but
                      currently there is no way to disable them except
                      passing -R
                      explicitly via the command line.
                    
GIT=false
                  
                      This prevents the building system from emitting many
                      git: command not
                      found warnings lines.
                    
The Iana-Etc package provides data for network services and protocols.
For this package, we only need to copy the files into place:
cp services protocols /etc
The Glibc package contains the main C library. This library provides the basic routines for allocating memory, searching directories, opening and closing files, reading and writing files, string handling, pattern matching, arithmetic, and so on.
                Some of the Glibc programs use the non-FHS compliant
                /var/db directory to store
                their runtime data. Apply the following patch to make such
                programs store their runtime data in the FHS-compliant
                locations:
              
patch -Np1 -i ../glibc-2.41-fhs-1.patch
The Glibc documentation recommends building Glibc in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
                Ensure that the ldconfig and sln utilities will be
                installed into /usr/sbin:
              
echo "rootsbindir=/usr/sbin" > configparms
Prepare Glibc for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr                            \
             --disable-werror                         \
             --enable-kernel=5.4                      \
             --enable-stack-protector=strong          \
             --disable-nscd                           \
             libc_cv_slibdir=/usr/lib
              The meaning of the configure options:
--disable-werror
                  This option disables the -Werror option passed to GCC. This is necessary for running the test suite.
--enable-kernel=5.4
                  This option tells the build system that this Glibc may be used with kernels as old as 5.4 . This means generating workarounds in case a system call introduced in a later version cannot be used.
--enable-stack-protector=strong
                  
                      This option increases system security by adding extra
                      code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack
                      smashing attacks. Note that Glibc always explicitly
                      overrides the default of GCC, so this option is still
                      needed even though we've already specified --enable-default-ssp for GCC.
                    
--disable-nscd
                  Do not build the name service cache daemon which is no longer used.
libc_cv_slibdir=/usr/lib
                  This variable sets the correct library for all systems. We do not want lib64 to be used.
Compile the package:
make
In this section, the test suite for Glibc is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstance.
Generally a few tests do not pass. The test failures listed below are usually safe to ignore.
make check
You may see some test failures. The Glibc test suite is somewhat dependent on the host system. A few failures out of over 6000 tests can generally be ignored. This is a list of the most common issues seen for recent versions of LFS:
io/tst-lchmod is known to fail in the LFS chroot environment.
Some tests, for example nss/tst-nss-files-hosts-multi and nptl/tst-thread-affinity* are known to fail due to a timeout (especially when the system is relatively slow and/or running the test suite with multiple parallel make jobs). These tests can be identified with:
grep "Timed out" $(find -name \*.out)
                      It's possible to re-run a single test with enlarged
                      timeout with TIMEOUTFACTOR=<factor> make
                      test t=<test
                      name>. For example,
                      TIMEOUTFACTOR=10 make
                      test t=nss/tst-nss-files-hosts-multi
                      will re-run nss/tst-nss-files-hosts-multi
                      with ten times the original timeout.
                    
Additionally, some tests may fail with a relatively old CPU model (for example elf/tst-cpu-features-cpuinfo) or host kernel version (for example stdlib/tst-arc4random-thread).
                Though it is a harmless message, the install stage of Glibc
                will complain about the absence of /etc/ld.so.conf. Prevent this warning with:
              
touch /etc/ld.so.conf
Fix the Makefile to skip an outdated sanity check that fails with a modern Glibc configuration:
sed '/test-installation/s@$(PERL)@echo not running@' -i ../Makefile
If upgrading Glibc to a new minor version (for example, from Glibc-2.36 to Glibc-2.41) on a running LFS system, you need to take some extra precautions to avoid breaking the system:
Upgrading Glibc on a LFS system prior to 11.0 (exclusive) is not supported. Rebuild LFS if you are running such an old LFS system but you need a newer Glibc.
                        If upgrading on a LFS system prior to 12.0
                        (exclusive), install Libxcrypt following Section 8.27,
                        “Libxcrypt-4.4.38.” In addition to a normal
                        Libxcrypt
                        installation, you MUST
                        follow the note in Libxcrypt section to install
                        libcrypt.so.1*
                        (replacing libcrypt.so.1 from the prior Glibc
                        installation).
                      
If upgrading on a LFS system prior to 12.1 (exclusive), remove the nscd program:
rm -f /usr/sbin/nscd
If this system (prior to LFS 12.1, exclusive) is based on Systemd, it's also needed to disable and stop the nscd service now:
systemctl disable --now nscd
Upgrade the kernel and reboot if it's older than 5.4 (check the current version with uname -r) or if you want to upgrade it anyway, following Section 10.3, “Linux-6.13.4.”
                        Upgrade the kernel API headers if it's older than 5.4
                        (check the current version with cat
                        /usr/include/linux/version.h) or if
                        you want to upgrade it anyway, following Section 5.4,
                        “Linux-6.13.4 API Headers” (but removing
                        $LFS from the cp command).
                      
                        Perform a DESTDIR
                        installation and upgrade the Glibc shared libraries
                        on the system using one single install command:
                      
make DESTDIR=$PWD/dest install install -vm755 dest/usr/lib/*.so.* /usr/lib
It's imperative to strictly follow these steps above unless you completely understand what you are doing. Any unexpected deviation may render the system completely unusable. YOU ARE WARNED.
                  Then continue to run the make
                  install command, the sed command against
                  /usr/bin/ldd, and the
                  commands to install the locales. Once they are finished,
                  reboot the system immediately.
                
                  When the system has successfully rebooted, if you are
                  running a LFS system prior to 12.0 (exclusive) where GCC
                  was not built with the --disable-fixincludes option,
                  move two GCC headers into a better location and remove the
                  stale “fixed” copies of the Glibc headers:
                
DIR=$(dirname $(gcc -print-libgcc-file-name))
[ -e $DIR/include/limits.h ] || mv $DIR/include{-fixed,}/limits.h
[ -e $DIR/include/syslimits.h ] || mv $DIR/include{-fixed,}/syslimits.h
rm -rfv $(dirname $(gcc -print-libgcc-file-name))/include-fixed/*
              Install the package:
make install
Fix a hardcoded path to the executable loader in the ldd script:
sed '/RTLDLIST=/s@/usr@@g' -i /usr/bin/ldd
Next, install the locales that can make the system respond in a different language. None of these locales are required, but if some of them are missing, the test suites of some packages will skip important test cases.
                Individual locales can be installed using the localedef program. E.g.,
                the second localedef command below
                combines the /usr/share/i18n/locales/cs_CZ
                charset-independent locale definition with the /usr/share/i18n/charmaps/UTF-8.gz charmap
                definition and appends the result to the /usr/lib/locale/locale-archive file. The
                following instructions will install the minimum set of
                locales necessary for the optimal coverage of tests:
              
localedef -i C -f UTF-8 C.UTF-8 localedef -i cs_CZ -f UTF-8 cs_CZ.UTF-8 localedef -i de_DE -f ISO-8859-1 de_DE localedef -i de_DE@euro -f ISO-8859-15 de_DE@euro localedef -i de_DE -f UTF-8 de_DE.UTF-8 localedef -i el_GR -f ISO-8859-7 el_GR localedef -i en_GB -f ISO-8859-1 en_GB localedef -i en_GB -f UTF-8 en_GB.UTF-8 localedef -i en_HK -f ISO-8859-1 en_HK localedef -i en_PH -f ISO-8859-1 en_PH localedef -i en_US -f ISO-8859-1 en_US localedef -i en_US -f UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8 localedef -i es_ES -f ISO-8859-15 es_ES@euro localedef -i es_MX -f ISO-8859-1 es_MX localedef -i fa_IR -f UTF-8 fa_IR localedef -i fr_FR -f ISO-8859-1 fr_FR localedef -i fr_FR@euro -f ISO-8859-15 fr_FR@euro localedef -i fr_FR -f UTF-8 fr_FR.UTF-8 localedef -i is_IS -f ISO-8859-1 is_IS localedef -i is_IS -f UTF-8 is_IS.UTF-8 localedef -i it_IT -f ISO-8859-1 it_IT localedef -i it_IT -f ISO-8859-15 it_IT@euro localedef -i it_IT -f UTF-8 it_IT.UTF-8 localedef -i ja_JP -f EUC-JP ja_JP localedef -i ja_JP -f SHIFT_JIS ja_JP.SJIS 2> /dev/null || true localedef -i ja_JP -f UTF-8 ja_JP.UTF-8 localedef -i nl_NL@euro -f ISO-8859-15 nl_NL@euro localedef -i ru_RU -f KOI8-R ru_RU.KOI8-R localedef -i ru_RU -f UTF-8 ru_RU.UTF-8 localedef -i se_NO -f UTF-8 se_NO.UTF-8 localedef -i ta_IN -f UTF-8 ta_IN.UTF-8 localedef -i tr_TR -f UTF-8 tr_TR.UTF-8 localedef -i zh_CN -f GB18030 zh_CN.GB18030 localedef -i zh_HK -f BIG5-HKSCS zh_HK.BIG5-HKSCS localedef -i zh_TW -f UTF-8 zh_TW.UTF-8
In addition, install the locale for your own country, language and character set.
                Alternatively, install all the locales listed in the
                glibc-2.41/localedata/SUPPORTED
                file (it includes every locale listed above and many more) at
                once with the following time-consuming command:
              
make localedata/install-locales
                Then use the localedef command to create
                and install locales not listed in the glibc-2.41/localedata/SUPPORTED file when
                you need them. For instance, the following two locales are
                needed for some tests later in this chapter:
              
localedef -i C -f UTF-8 C.UTF-8 localedef -i ja_JP -f SHIFT_JIS ja_JP.SJIS 2> /dev/null || true
Glibc now uses libidn2 when resolving internationalized domain names. This is a run time dependency. If this capability is needed, the instructions for installing libidn2 are in the BLFS libidn2 page.
                  The /etc/nsswitch.conf file
                  needs to be created because the Glibc defaults do not work
                  well in a networked environment.
                
                  Create a new file /etc/nsswitch.conf by running the
                  following:
                
cat > /etc/nsswitch.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/nsswitch.conf
passwd: files systemd
group: files systemd
shadow: files systemd
hosts: mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] files myhostname dns
networks: files
protocols: files
services: files
ethers: files
rpc: files
# End /etc/nsswitch.conf
EOF
              Install and set up the time zone data with the following:
tar -xf ../../tzdata2025a.tar.gz
ZONEINFO=/usr/share/zoneinfo
mkdir -pv $ZONEINFO/{posix,right}
for tz in etcetera southamerica northamerica europe africa antarctica  \
          asia australasia backward; do
    zic -L /dev/null   -d $ZONEINFO       ${tz}
    zic -L /dev/null   -d $ZONEINFO/posix ${tz}
    zic -L leapseconds -d $ZONEINFO/right ${tz}
done
cp -v zone.tab zone1970.tab iso3166.tab $ZONEINFO
zic -d $ZONEINFO -p America/New_York
unset ZONEINFO tz
                The meaning of the zic commands:
zic -L
                      /dev/null ...
                    
                        This creates posix time zones without any leap
                        seconds. It is conventional to put these in both
                        zoneinfo and
                        zoneinfo/posix. It is
                        necessary to put the POSIX time zones in zoneinfo, otherwise various test
                        suites will report errors. On an embedded system,
                        where space is tight and you do not intend to ever
                        update the time zones, you could save 1.9 MB by not
                        using the posix
                        directory, but some applications or test suites might
                        produce some failures.
                      
zic -L
                      leapseconds ...
                    
                        This creates right time zones, including leap
                        seconds. On an embedded system, where space is tight
                        and you do not intend to ever update the time zones,
                        or care about the correct time, you could save 1.9MB
                        by omitting the right
                        directory.
                      
zic ...
                      -p ...
                    
                        This creates the posixrules file. We use New York
                        because POSIX requires the daylight saving time rules
                        to be in accordance with US rules.
                      
One way to determine the local time zone is to run the following script:
tzselect
                  After answering a few questions about the location, the
                  script will output the name of the time zone (e.g.,
                  America/Edmonton).
                  There are also some other possible time zones listed in
                  /usr/share/zoneinfo such as
                  Canada/Eastern or
                  EST5EDT that are not
                  identified by the script but can be used.
                
                  Then create the /etc/localtime file by running:
                
ln -sfv /usr/share/zoneinfo/<xxx> /etc/localtime
                
                  Replace <xxx> with the name
                  of the time zone selected (e.g., Canada/Eastern).
                
                  By default, the dynamic loader (/lib/ld-linux.so.2) searches through
                  /usr/lib for dynamic
                  libraries that are needed by programs as they are run.
                  However, if there are libraries in directories other than
                  /usr/lib, these need to be
                  added to the /etc/ld.so.conf
                  file in order for the dynamic loader to find them. Two
                  directories that are commonly known to contain additional
                  libraries are /usr/local/lib
                  and /opt/lib, so add those
                  directories to the dynamic loader's search path.
                
                  Create a new file /etc/ld.so.conf by running the following:
                
cat > /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/ld.so.conf
/usr/local/lib
/opt/lib
EOF
                If desired, the dynamic loader can also search a directory and include the contents of files found there. Generally the files in this include directory are one line specifying the desired library path. To add this capability run the following commands:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Add an include directory
include /etc/ld.so.conf.d/*.conf
EOF
mkdir -pv /etc/ld.so.conf.d
              | Generates message catalogues | |
| Displays the system configuration values for file system specific variables | |
| Gets entries from an administrative database | |
| Performs character set conversion | |
| Creates fastloading iconv module configuration files | |
| Configures the dynamic linker runtime bindings | |
| Reports which shared libraries are required by each given program or shared library | |
| Assists ldd with object files. It does not exist on newer architectures like x86_64 | |
| Prints various information about the current locale | |
| Compiles locale specifications | |
| Creates a simple database from textual input | |
| Reads and interprets a memory trace file and displays a summary in human-readable format | |
| Dump information generated by PC profiling | |
| Lists dynamic shared objects used by running processes | |
| A statically linked ln program | |
| Traces shared library procedure calls of a specified command | |
| Reads and displays shared object profiling data | |
| Asks the user about the location of the system and reports the corresponding time zone description | |
| Traces the execution of a program by printing the currently executed function | |
| The time zone dumper | |
| The time zone compiler | |
| The helper program for shared library executables | |
| 
                          Used internally by Glibc as a gross hack to get
                          broken programs (e.g., some Motif applications)
                          running. See comments in  | |
| 
                          Dummy library containing no functions. Previously
                          was the asynchronous name lookup library, whose
                          functions are now in  | |
| The main C library | |
| Turns on memory allocation checking when preloaded | |
| 
                          Dummy library containing no functions. Previously
                          was the dynamic linking interface library, whose
                          functions are now in  | |
| Dummy library containing no functions. Previously was a runtime library for g++ | |
| The mathematical library | |
| 
                          The vector math library, linked in as needed when
                           | |
| Turns on memory allocation checking when linked to | |
| Used by memusage to help collect information about the memory usage of a program | |
| The network services library, now deprecated | |
| 
                          The Name Service Switch modules, containing
                          functions for resolving host names, user names,
                          group names, aliases, services, protocols, etc.
                          Loaded by  | |
| Can be preloaded to PC profile an executable | |
| 
                          Dummy library containing no functions. Previously
                          contained functions providing most of the
                          interfaces specified by the POSIX.1c Threads
                          Extensions and the semaphore interfaces specified
                          by the POSIX.1b Real-time Extensions, now the
                          functions are in  | |
| Contains functions for creating, sending, and interpreting packets to the Internet domain name servers | |
| Contains functions providing most of the interfaces specified by the POSIX.1b Real-time Extensions | |
| Contains functions useful for building debuggers for multi-threaded programs | |
| 
                          Dummy library containing no functions. Previously
                          contained code for “standard”
                          functions used in many different Unix utilities.
                          These functions are now in  | 
The Zlib package contains compression and decompression routines used by some programs.
Prepare Zlib for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Remove a useless static library:
rm -fv /usr/lib/libz.a
The Bzip2 package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. Compressing text files with bzip2 yields a much better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip.
Apply a patch that will install the documentation for this package:
patch -Np1 -i ../bzip2-1.0.8-install_docs-1.patch
The following command ensures installation of symbolic links are relative:
sed -i 's@\(ln -s -f \)$(PREFIX)/bin/@\1@' Makefile
Ensure the man pages are installed into the correct location:
sed -i "s@(PREFIX)/man@(PREFIX)/share/man@g" Makefile
Prepare Bzip2 for compilation with:
make -f Makefile-libbz2_so make clean
The meaning of the make parameter:
-f
                    Makefile-libbz2_so
                  
                      This will cause Bzip2 to be built using a different
                      Makefile file, in this
                      case the Makefile-libbz2_so file, which
                      creates a dynamic libbz2.so library and links the Bzip2
                      utilities against it.
                    
Compile and test the package:
make
Install the programs:
make PREFIX=/usr install
Install the shared library:
cp -av libbz2.so.* /usr/lib ln -sv libbz2.so.1.0.8 /usr/lib/libbz2.so
                Install the shared bzip2 binary into the
                /usr/bin directory, and replace
                two copies of bzip2 with symlinks:
              
cp -v bzip2-shared /usr/bin/bzip2
for i in /usr/bin/{bzcat,bunzip2}; do
  ln -sfv bzip2 $i
done
              Remove a useless static library:
rm -fv /usr/lib/libbz2.a
| Decompresses bzipped files | |
| Decompresses to standard output | |
| Runs cmp on bzipped files | |
| Runs diff on bzipped files | |
| Runs egrep on bzipped files | |
| Runs fgrep on bzipped files | |
| Runs grep on bzipped files | |
| Compresses files using the Burrows-Wheeler block sorting text compression algorithm with Huffman coding; the compression rate is better than that achieved by more conventional compressors using “Lempel-Ziv” algorithms, like gzip | |
| Tries to recover data from damaged bzipped files | |
| Runs less on bzipped files | |
| Runs more on bzipped files | |
| The library implementing lossless, block-sorting data compression, using the Burrows-Wheeler algorithm | 
The Xz package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files. It provides capabilities for the lzma and the newer xz compression formats. Compressing text files with xz yields a better compression percentage than with the traditional gzip or bzip2 commands.
Prepare Xz for compilation with:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/xz-5.6.4
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Decompresses to standard output | |
| Runs cmp on LZMA compressed files | |
| Runs diff on LZMA compressed files | |
| Runs egrep on LZMA compressed files | |
| Runs fgrep on LZMA compressed files | |
| Runs grep on LZMA compressed files | |
| Runs less on LZMA compressed files | |
| Compresses or decompresses files using the LZMA format | |
| A small and fast decoder for LZMA compressed files | |
| Shows information stored in the LZMA compressed file header | |
| Runs more on LZMA compressed files | |
| Decompresses files using the LZMA format | |
| Decompresses files using the XZ format | |
| Compresses or decompresses files using the XZ format | |
| Decompresses to standard output | |
| Runs cmp on XZ compressed files | |
| A small and fast decoder for XZ compressed files | |
| Runs diff on XZ compressed files | |
| Runs egrep on XZ compressed files | |
| Runs fgrep on XZ compressed files | |
| Runs grep on XZ compressed files | |
| Runs less on XZ compressed files | |
| Runs more on XZ compressed files | |
| The library implementing lossless, block-sorting data compression, using the Lempel-Ziv-Markov chain algorithm | 
Lz4 is a lossless compression algorithm, providing compression speed greater than 500 MB/s per core. It features an extremely fast decoder, with speed in multiple GB/s per core. Lz4 can work with Zstandard to allow both algorithms to compress data faster.
Compile the package:
make BUILD_STATIC=no PREFIX=/usr
To test the results, issue:
make -j1 check
Install the package:
make BUILD_STATIC=no PREFIX=/usr install
Zstandard is a real-time compression algorithm, providing high compression ratios. It offers a very wide range of compression / speed trade-offs, while being backed by a very fast decoder.
Compile the package:
make prefix=/usr
In the test output there are several places that indicate 'failed'. These are expected and only 'FAIL' is an actual test failure. There should be no test failures.
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make prefix=/usr install
Remove the static library:
rm -v /usr/lib/libzstd.a
The File package contains a utility for determining the type of a given file or files.
Prepare File for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Readline package is a set of libraries that offer command-line editing and history capabilities.
Reinstalling Readline will cause the old libraries to be moved to <libraryname>.old. While this is normally not a problem, in some cases it can trigger a linking bug in ldconfig. This can be avoided by issuing the following two seds:
sed -i '/MV.*old/d' Makefile.in
sed -i '/{OLDSUFF}/c:' support/shlib-install
              Prevent hard coding library search paths (rpath) into the shared libraries. This package does not need rpath for an installation into the standard location, and rpath may sometimes cause unwanted effects or even security issues:
sed -i 's/-Wl,-rpath,[^ ]*//' support/shobj-conf
Prepare Readline for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --with-curses    \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/readline-8.2.13
              The meaning of the new configure option:
--with-curses
                  
                      This option tells Readline that it can find the termcap
                      library functions in the curses library, not a separate
                      termcap library. This will generate the correct
                      readline.pc file.
                    
Compile the package:
make SHLIB_LIBS="-lncursesw"
The meaning of the make option:
SHLIB_LIBS="-lncursesw"
                  
                      This option forces Readline to link against the
                      libncursesw library. For
                      details see the “Shared Libraries” section in the
                      package's README file.
                    
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make install
If desired, install the documentation:
install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,pdf,html,dvi} /usr/share/doc/readline-8.2.13
            The M4 package contains a macro processor.
Prepare M4 for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Copies the given files while expanding the macros that they contain. These macros are either built-in or user-defined and can take any number of arguments. Besides performing macro expansion, m4 has built-in functions for including named files, running Unix commands, performing integer arithmetic, manipulating text, recursion, etc. The m4 program can be used either as a front end to a compiler or as a macro processor in its own right | 
The Bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.
Prepare Bc for compilation:
CC=gcc ./configure --prefix=/usr -G -O3 -r
The meaning of the configure options:
CC=gcc
                  This parameter specifies the compiler to use.
-G
                  Omit parts of the test suite that won't work until the bc program has been installed.
-O3
                  Specify the optimization to use.
-r
                  Enable the use of Readline to improve the line editing feature of bc.
Compile the package:
make
To test bc, run:
make test
Install the package:
make install
The Flex package contains a utility for generating programs that recognize patterns in text.
Prepare Flex for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/flex-2.6.4 \
            --disable-static
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
                A few programs do not know about flex yet and try to run its
                predecessor, lex. To support those
                programs, create a symbolic link named lex that runs flex in lex emulation mode, and
                also create the man page of lex as a symlink:
              
ln -sv flex /usr/bin/lex ln -sv flex.1 /usr/share/man/man1/lex.1
| A tool for generating programs that recognize patterns in text; it allows for the versatility to specify the rules for pattern-finding, eradicating the need to develop a specialized program | |
| An extension of flex, is used for generating C++ code and classes. It is a symbolic link to flex | |
| A symbolic link that runs flex in lex emulation mode | |
| 
                          The  | 
The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language, a robust general-purpose scripting language. The Expect package is written in Tcl (pronounced "tickle").
This package and the next two (Expect and DejaGNU) are installed to support running the test suites for Binutils, GCC and other packages. Installing three packages for testing purposes may seem excessive, but it is very reassuring, if not essential, to know that the most important tools are working properly.
Prepare Tcl for compilation:
SRCDIR=$(pwd)
cd unix
./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --disable-rpath
              The meaning of the new configure parameters:
--disable-rpath
                  This parameter prevents hard coding library search paths (rpath) into the binary executable files and shared libraries. This package does not need rpath for an installation into the standard location, and rpath may sometimes cause unwanted effects or even security issues.
Build the package:
make
sed -e "s|$SRCDIR/unix|/usr/lib|" \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR|/usr/include|"  \
    -i tclConfig.sh
sed -e "s|$SRCDIR/unix/pkgs/tdbc1.1.10|/usr/lib/tdbc1.1.10|" \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.1.10/generic|/usr/include|"    \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.1.10/library|/usr/lib/tcl8.6|" \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.1.10|/usr/include|"            \
    -i pkgs/tdbc1.1.10/tdbcConfig.sh
sed -e "s|$SRCDIR/unix/pkgs/itcl4.3.2|/usr/lib/itcl4.3.2|" \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR/pkgs/itcl4.3.2/generic|/usr/include|"    \
    -e "s|$SRCDIR/pkgs/itcl4.3.2|/usr/include|"            \
    -i pkgs/itcl4.3.2/itclConfig.sh
unset SRCDIR
              The various “sed” instructions after the “make” command remove references to the build directory from the configuration files and replace them with the install directory. This is not mandatory for the remainder of LFS, but may be needed if a package built later uses Tcl.
To test the results, issue:
make test
Install the package:
make install
Make the installed library writable so debugging symbols can be removed later:
chmod -v u+w /usr/lib/libtcl8.6.so
Install Tcl's headers. The next package, Expect, requires them.
make install-private-headers
Now make a necessary symbolic link:
ln -sfv tclsh8.6 /usr/bin/tclsh
Rename a man page that conflicts with a Perl man page:
mv /usr/share/man/man3/{Thread,Tcl_Thread}.3
              Optionally, install the documentation by issuing the following commands:
cd .. tar -xf ../tcl8.6.16-html.tar.gz --strip-components=1 mkdir -v -p /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.16 cp -v -r ./html/* /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.16
The Expect package contains tools for automating, via scripted dialogues, interactive applications such as telnet, ftp, passwd, fsck, rlogin, and tip. Expect is also useful for testing these same applications as well as easing all sorts of tasks that are prohibitively difficult with anything else. The DejaGnu framework is written in Expect.
Expect needs PTYs to work. Verify that the PTYs are working properly inside the chroot environment by performing a simple test:
python3 -c 'from pty import spawn; spawn(["echo", "ok"])'
                This command should output ok. If, instead, the output includes
                OSError: out of pty
                devices, then the environment is not set up for proper
                PTY operation. You need to exit from the chroot environment,
                read Section 7.3,
                “Preparing Virtual Kernel File Systems” again, and ensure
                the devpts file system (and
                other virtual kernel file systems) mounted correctly. Then
                reenter the chroot environment following Section 7.4,
                “Entering the Chroot Environment”. This issue needs to be
                resolved before continuing, or the test suites requiring
                Expect (for example the test suites of Bash, Binutils, GCC,
                GDBM, and of course Expect itself) will fail
                catastrophically, and other subtle breakages may also happen.
              
Now, make some changes to allow the package with gcc-14.1 or later:
patch -Np1 -i ../expect-5.45.4-gcc14-1.patch
Prepare Expect for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --with-tcl=/usr/lib     \
            --enable-shared         \
            --disable-rpath         \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --with-tclinclude=/usr/include
              The meaning of the configure options:
--with-tcl=/usr/lib
                  This parameter is needed to tell configure where the tclConfig.sh script is located.
--with-tclinclude=/usr/include
                  This explicitly tells Expect where to find Tcl's internal headers.
Build the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make test
Install the package:
make install ln -svf expect5.45.4/libexpect5.45.4.so /usr/lib
The DejaGnu package contains a framework for running test suites on GNU tools. It is written in expect, which itself uses Tcl (Tool Command Language).
The upstream recommends building DejaGNU in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare DejaGNU for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/dejagnu.html ../doc/dejagnu.texi makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/dejagnu.txt ../doc/dejagnu.texi
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
install -v -dm755  /usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.6.3
install -v -m644   doc/dejagnu.{html,txt} /usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.6.3
            The pkgconf package is a successor to pkg-config and contains a tool for passing the include path and/or library paths to build tools during the configure and make phases of package installations.
Prepare Pkgconf for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr              \
            --disable-static           \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pkgconf-2.3.0
              Compile the package:
make
Install the package:
make install
To maintain compatibility with the original Pkg-config create two symlinks:
ln -sv pkgconf /usr/bin/pkg-config ln -sv pkgconf.1 /usr/share/man/man1/pkg-config.1
The Binutils package contains a linker, an assembler, and other tools for handling object files.
The Binutils documentation recommends building Binutils in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare Binutils for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr       \
             --sysconfdir=/etc   \
             --enable-ld=default \
             --enable-plugins    \
             --enable-shared     \
             --disable-werror    \
             --enable-64-bit-bfd \
             --enable-new-dtags  \
             --with-system-zlib  \
             --enable-default-hash-style=gnu
              The meaning of the new configure parameters:
--enable-ld=default
                  Build the original bfd linker and install it as both ld (the default linker) and ld.bfd.
--enable-plugins
                  Enables plugin support for the linker.
--with-system-zlib
                  Use the installed zlib library instead of building the included version.
Compile the package:
make tooldir=/usr
The meaning of the make parameter:
tooldir=/usr
                  
                      Normally, the tooldir (the directory where the
                      executables will ultimately be located) is set to
                      $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias). For
                      example, x86_64 machines would expand that to
                      /usr/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu.
                      Because this is a custom system, this target-specific
                      directory in /usr is not
                      required. $(exec_prefix)/$(target_alias) would
                      be used if the system were used to cross-compile (for
                      example, compiling a package on an Intel machine that
                      generates code that can be executed on PowerPC
                      machines).
                    
The test suite for Binutils in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results:
make -k check
For a list of failed tests, run:
grep '^FAIL:' $(find -name '*.log')
Install the package:
make tooldir=/usr install
Remove useless static libraries and other files:
rm -rfv /usr/lib/lib{bfd,ctf,ctf-nobfd,gprofng,opcodes,sframe}.a \
        /usr/share/doc/gprofng/
            | Translates program addresses to file names and line numbers; given an address and the name of an executable, it uses the debugging information in the executable to determine which source file and line number are associated with the address | |
| Creates, modifies, and extracts from archives | |
| An assembler that assembles the output of gcc into object files | |
| Used by the linker to de-mangle C++ and Java symbols and to keep overloaded functions from clashing | |
| The DWARF packaging utility | |
| Updates the ELF headers of ELF files | |
| Displays call graph profile data | |
| Gathers and analyzes performance data | |
| A linker that combines a number of object and archive files into a single file, relocating their data and tying up symbol references | |
| A hard link to ld | |
| Lists the symbols occurring in a given object file | |
| Translates one type of object file into another | |
| Displays information about the given object file, with options controlling the particular information to display; the information shown is useful to programmers who are working on the compilation tools | |
| Generates an index of the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive; the index lists all of the symbols defined by archive members that are relocatable object files | |
| Displays information about ELF type binaries | |
| Lists the section sizes and the total size for the given object files | |
| Outputs, for each given file, the sequences of printable characters that are of at least the specified length (defaulting to four); for object files, it prints, by default, only the strings from the initializing and loading sections while for other types of files, it scans the entire file | |
| Discards symbols from object files | |
| The Binary File Descriptor library | |
| The Compat ANSI-C Type Format debugging support library | |
| A libctf variant which does not use libbfd functionality | |
| A library containing most routines used by gprofng | |
| A library for dealing with opcodes—the “readable text” versions of instructions for the processor; it is used for building utilities like objdump | |
| A library to support online backtracing using a simple unwinder | 
The GMP package contains math libraries. These have useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic.
                  If you are building for 32-bit x86, but you have a CPU
                  which is capable of running 64-bit code and you have specified
                  CFLAGS in the environment, the
                  configure script will attempt to configure for 64-bits and
                  fail. Avoid this by invoking the configure command below
                  with
                
ABI=32 ./configure ...
                  The default settings of GMP produce libraries optimized for
                  the host processor. If libraries suitable for processors
                  less capable than the host's CPU are desired, generic
                  libraries can be created by appending the --host=none-linux-gnu option to the
                  configure
                  command.
                
Prepare GMP for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --enable-cxx     \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gmp-6.3.0
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--enable-cxx
                  This parameter enables C++ support
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gmp-6.3.0
                  This variable specifies the correct place for the documentation.
Compile the package and generate the HTML documentation:
make make html
The test suite for GMP in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results:
make check 2>&1 | tee gmp-check-log
                  The code in gmp is highly optimized for the processor where
                  it is built. Occasionally, the code that detects the
                  processor misidentifies the system capabilities and there
                  will be errors in the tests or other applications using the
                  gmp libraries with the message Illegal instruction. In this case,
                  gmp should be reconfigured with the option --host=none-linux-gnu and rebuilt.
                
Ensure that at least 199 tests in the test suite passed. Check the results by issuing the following command:
awk '/# PASS:/{total+=$3} ; END{print total}' gmp-check-log
              Install the package and its documentation:
make install make install-html
The MPFR package contains functions for multiple precision math.
Prepare MPFR for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --disable-static     \
            --enable-thread-safe \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/mpfr-4.2.1
              Compile the package and generate the HTML documentation:
make make html
The test suite for MPFR in this section is considered critical. Do not skip it under any circumstances.
Test the results and ensure that all 198 tests passed:
make check
Install the package and its documentation:
make install make install-html
The MPC package contains a library for the arithmetic of complex numbers with arbitrarily high precision and correct rounding of the result.
Prepare MPC for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/mpc-1.3.1
              Compile the package and generate the HTML documentation:
make make html
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package and its documentation:
make install make install-html
The Attr package contains utilities to administer the extended attributes of filesystem objects.
Prepare Attr for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --disable-static  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/attr-2.5.2
              Compile the package:
make
The tests must be run on a filesystem that supports extended attributes such as the ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystems. To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Acl package contains utilities to administer Access Control Lists, which are used to define fine-grained discretionary access rights for files and directories.
Prepare Acl for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr         \
            --disable-static      \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/acl-2.3.2
              Compile the package:
make
The Acl tests must be run on a filesystem that supports access controls. To test the results, issue:
make check
                One test named test/cp.test is
                known to fail because Coreutils is not built with the
                Acl support yet.
              
Install the package:
make install
The Libcap package implements the userspace interface to the POSIX 1003.1e capabilities available in Linux kernels. These capabilities partition the all-powerful root privilege into a set of distinct privileges.
Prevent static libraries from being installed:
sed -i '/install -m.*STA/d' libcap/Makefile
Compile the package:
make prefix=/usr lib=lib
The meaning of the make option:
lib=lib
                  
                      This parameter sets the library directory to
                      /usr/lib rather than
                      /usr/lib64 on x86_64. It
                      has no effect on x86.
                    
To test the results, issue:
make test
Install the package:
make prefix=/usr lib=lib install
| A shell wrapper to explore and constrain capability support | |
| Examines file capabilities | |
| Displays the capabilities of the queried process(es) | |
| Sets file capabilities | |
| Contains the library functions for manipulating POSIX 1003.1e capabilities | |
| Contains functions to support POSIX semantics for syscalls associated with the pthread library | 
The Libxcrypt package contains a modern library for one-way hashing of passwords.
Prepare Libxcrypt for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --enable-hashes=strong,glibc \
            --enable-obsolete-api=no     \
            --disable-static             \
            --disable-failure-tokens
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--enable-hashes=strong,glibc
                  
                      Build strong hash algorithms recommended for security
                      use cases, and the hash algorithms provided by
                      traditional Glibc libcrypt for compatibility.
                    
--enable-obsolete-api=no
                  Disable obsolete API functions. They are not needed for a modern Linux system built from source.
--disable-failure-tokens
                  Disable failure token feature. It's needed for compatibility with the traditional hash libraries of some platforms, but a Linux system based on Glibc does not need it.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The instructions above disabled obsolete API functions since no package installed by compiling from sources would link against them at runtime. However, the only known binary-only applications that link against these functions require ABI version 1. If you must have such functions because of some binary-only application or to be compliant with LSB, build the package again with the following commands:
make distclean
./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --enable-hashes=strong,glibc \
            --enable-obsolete-api=glibc  \
            --disable-static             \
            --disable-failure-tokens
make
cp -av --remove-destination .libs/libcrypt.so.1* /usr/lib
              The Shadow package contains programs for handling passwords in a secure way.
If you've installed Linux-PAM, you should follow the BLFS instruction instead of this page to build (or, rebuild or upgrade) shadow.
If you would like to enforce the use of strong passwords, install and configure Linux-PAM first. Then install and configure shadow with the PAM support. Finally install libpwquality and configure PAM to use it.
Disable the installation of the groups program and its man pages, as Coreutils provides a better version. Also, prevent the installation of manual pages that were already installed in Section 8.3, “Man-pages-6.12”:
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /'   {} \;
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/getspnam\.3 / /' {} \;
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/passwd\.5 / /'   {} \;
              
                Instead of using the default
                crypt method, use the
                much more secure YESCRYPT method of password
                encryption, which also allows passwords longer than 8
                characters. It is also necessary to change the obsolete
                /var/spool/mail location for
                user mailboxes that Shadow uses by default to the
                /var/mail location used
                currently. And, remove /bin and
                /sbin from the PATH, since they are simply symlinks to their
                counterparts in /usr.
              
                  Including /bin and/or
                  /sbin in the PATH variable may cause some BLFS packages
                  fail to build, so don't do that in the .bashrc file or anywhere else.
                
sed -e 's:#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES:ENCRYPT_METHOD YESCRYPT:' \
    -e 's:/var/spool/mail:/var/mail:'                   \
    -e '/PATH=/{s@/sbin:@@;s@/bin:@@}'                  \
    -i etc/login.defs
              Prepare Shadow for compilation:
touch /usr/bin/passwd
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc   \
            --disable-static    \
            --with-{b,yes}crypt \
            --without-libbsd    \
            --with-group-name-max-length=32
              The meaning of the new configuration options:
                      The file /usr/bin/passwd
                      needs to exist because its location is hardcoded in
                      some programs; if it does not already exist, the
                      installation script will create it in the wrong place.
                    
--with-{b,yes}crypt
                  
                      The shell expands this to two switches, --with-bcrypt and
                      --with-yescrypt. They
                      allow shadow to use the Bcrypt and Yescrypt algorithms
                      implemented by Libxcrypt for hashing passwords.
                      These algorithms are more secure (in particular, much
                      more resistant to GPU-based attacks) than the
                      traditional SHA algorithms.
                    
--with-group-name-max-length=32
                  The longest permissible user name is 32 characters. Make the maximum length of a group name the same.
--without-libbsd
                  Do not use the readpassphrase function from libbsd which is not in LFS. Use the internal copy instead.
Compile the package:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
make exec_prefix=/usr install make -C man install-man
                This package contains utilities to add, modify, and delete
                users and groups; set and change their passwords; and perform
                other administrative tasks. For a full explanation of what
                password shadowing
                means, see the doc/HOWTO file
                within the unpacked source tree. If you use Shadow support,
                keep in mind that programs which need to verify passwords
                (display managers, FTP programs, pop3 daemons, etc.) must be
                Shadow-compliant. That is, they must be able to work with
                shadowed passwords.
              
To enable shadowed passwords, run the following command:
pwconv
To enable shadowed group passwords, run:
grpconv
                Shadow's default configuration for the useradd utility needs some
                explanation. First, the default action for the useradd utility is to
                create the user and a group with the same name as the user.
                By default the user ID (UID) and group ID (GID) numbers will
                begin at 1000. This means if you don't pass extra parameters
                to useradd,
                each user will be a member of a unique group on the system.
                If this behavior is undesirable, you'll need to pass either
                the -g or -N parameter to useradd, or else change the
                setting of USERGROUPS_ENAB in /etc/login.defs. See useradd(8) for
                more information.
              
                Second, to change the default parameters, the file
                /etc/default/useradd must be
                created and tailored to suit your particular needs. Create it
                with:
              
mkdir -p /etc/default useradd -D --gid 999
                  /etc/default/useradd
                  parameter explanations
                
GROUP=999
                  
                      This parameter sets the beginning of the group numbers
                      used in the /etc/group
                      file. The particular value 999 comes from the
                      --gid parameter
                      above. You may set it to any desired value. Note that
                      useradd
                      will never reuse a UID or GID. If the number identified
                      in this parameter is used, it will use the next
                      available number. Note also that if you don't have a
                      group with an ID equal to this number on your system,
                      then the first time you use useradd without the
                      -g parameter,
                      an error message will be generated—useradd: unknown GID 999, even
                      though the account has been created correctly. That is
                      why we created the group users with this group ID in
                      Section 7.6,
                      “Creating Essential Files and Symlinks.”
                    
CREATE_MAIL_SPOOL=yes
                  
                      This parameter causes useradd to create a
                      mailbox file for each new user. useradd will assign
                      the group ownership of this file to the mail group with 0660 permissions.
                      If you would rather not create these files, issue the
                      following command:
                    
sed -i '/MAIL/s/yes/no/' /etc/default/useradd
Choose a password for user root and set it by running:
passwd root
| Used to change the maximum number of days between obligatory password changes | |
| Used to change a user's full name and other information | |
| Used to update group passwords in batch mode | |
| Used to update user passwords in batch mode | |
| Used to change a user's default login shell | |
| Checks and enforces the current password expiration policy | |
| Is used to examine the log of login failures, to set a maximum number of failures before an account is blocked, and to reset the failure count | |
| Is used to list the subordinate id ranges for a user | |
| Is used to add and delete members and administrators to groups | |
| Creates a group with the given name | |
| Deletes the group with the given name | |
| Allows a user to administer his/her own group membership list without the requirement of super user privileges. | |
| Is used to modify the given group's name or GID | |
| 
                          Verifies the integrity of the group files
                           | |
| Creates or updates the shadow group file from the normal group file | |
| 
                          Updates  | |
| Is used by the system to let users sign on | |
| Is a daemon used to enforce restrictions on log-on time and ports | |
| Is used to set the gid mapping of a user namespace | |
| Is used to change the current GID during a login session | |
| Is used to set the uid mapping of a user namespace | |
| Is used to create or update an entire series of user accounts | |
| Displays a message saying an account is not available; it is designed to be used as the default shell for disabled accounts | |
| Is used to change the password for a user or group account | |
| 
                          Verifies the integrity of the password files
                           | |
| Creates or updates the shadow password file from the normal password file | |
| 
                          Updates  | |
| Executes a given command while the user's GID is set to that of the given group | |
| Runs a shell with substitute user and group IDs | |
| Creates a new user with the given name, or updates the default new-user information | |
| Deletes the specified user account | |
| Is used to modify the given user's login name, user identification (UID), shell, initial group, home directory, etc. | |
| 
                          Edits the  | |
| 
                          Edits the  | |
| library to handle subordinate id ranges for users and groups | 
The GCC package contains the GNU compiler collection, which includes the C and C++ compilers.
If building on x86_64, change the default directory name for 64-bit libraries to “lib”:
case $(uname -m) in
  x86_64)
    sed -e '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' \
        -i.orig gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
  ;;
esac
              The GCC documentation recommends building GCC in a dedicated build directory:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare GCC for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr            \
             LD=ld                    \
             --enable-languages=c,c++ \
             --enable-default-pie     \
             --enable-default-ssp     \
             --enable-host-pie        \
             --disable-multilib       \
             --disable-bootstrap      \
             --disable-fixincludes    \
             --with-system-zlib
              GCC supports seven different computer languages, but the prerequisites for most of them have not yet been installed. See the BLFS Book GCC page for instructions on how to build all of GCC's supported languages.
The meaning of the new configure parameters:
LD=ld
                  This parameter makes the configure script use the ld program installed by the Binutils package built earlier in this chapter, rather than the cross-built version which would otherwise be used.
--disable-fixincludes
                  By default, during the installation of GCC some system headers would be “fixed” to be used with GCC. This is not necessary for a modern Linux system, and potentially harmful if a package is reinstalled after installing GCC. This switch prevents GCC from “fixing” the headers.
--with-system-zlib
                  This switch tells GCC to link to the system installed copy of the Zlib library, rather than its own internal copy.
PIE (position-independent executables) are binary programs that can be loaded anywhere in memory. Without PIE, the security feature named ASLR (Address Space Layout Randomization) can be applied for the shared libraries, but not for the executables themselves. Enabling PIE allows ASLR for the executables in addition to the shared libraries, and mitigates some attacks based on fixed addresses of sensitive code or data in the executables.
SSP (Stack Smashing Protection) is a technique to ensure that the parameter stack is not corrupted. Stack corruption can, for example, alter the return address of a subroutine, thus transferring control to some dangerous code (existing in the program or shared libraries, or injected by the attacker somehow).
Compile the package:
make
In this section, the test suite for GCC is considered important, but it takes a long time. First-time builders are encouraged to run the test suite. The time to run the tests can be reduced significantly by adding -jx to the make -k check command below, where x is the number of CPU cores on your system.
GCC may need more stack space compiling some extremely complex code patterns. As a precaution for the host distros with a tight stack limit, explicitly set the stack size hard limit to infinite. On most host distros (and the final LFS system) the hard limit is infinite by default, but there is no harm done by setting it explicitly. It's not necessary to change the stack size soft limit because GCC will automatically set it to an appropriate value, as long as the value does not exceed the hard limit:
ulimit -s -H unlimited
Now remove/fix several known test failures:
sed -e '/cpython/d'               -i ../gcc/testsuite/gcc.dg/plugin/plugin.exp
sed -e 's/no-pic /&-no-pie /'     -i ../gcc/testsuite/gcc.target/i386/pr113689-1.c
sed -e 's/300000/(1|300000)/'     -i ../libgomp/testsuite/libgomp.c-c++-common/pr109062.c
sed -e 's/{ target nonpic } //' \
    -e '/GOTPCREL/d'              -i ../gcc/testsuite/gcc.target/i386/fentryname3.c
              Test the results as a non-privileged user, but do not stop at errors:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make -k check"
To extract a summary of the test suite results, run:
../contrib/test_summary
                To filter out only the summaries, pipe the output through
                grep -A7
                Summ.
              
Results can be compared with those located at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/build-logs/12.3-rc2/ and https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/.
The tsan tests are known to fail on some host distros.
A few unexpected failures cannot always be avoided. In some cases test failures depend on the specific hardware of the system. Unless the test results are vastly different from those at the above URL, it is safe to continue.
Install the package:
make install
                The GCC build directory is owned by tester now, and the ownership of the
                installed header directory (and its content) is incorrect.
                Change the ownership to the root user and group:
              
chown -v -R root:root \
    /usr/lib/gcc/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/14.2.0/include{,-fixed}
              Create a symlink required by the FHS for "historical" reasons.
ln -svr /usr/bin/cpp /usr/lib
Many packages use the name cc to call the C compiler. We've already created cc as a symlink in gcc-pass2, create its man page as a symlink as well:
ln -sv gcc.1 /usr/share/man/man1/cc.1
Add a compatibility symlink to enable building programs with Link Time Optimization (LTO):
ln -sfv ../../libexec/gcc/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/14.2.0/liblto_plugin.so \
        /usr/lib/bfd-plugins/
              Now that our final toolchain is in place, it is important to again ensure that compiling and linking will work as expected. We do this by performing some sanity checks:
echo 'int main(){}' > dummy.c
cc dummy.c -v -Wl,--verbose &> dummy.log
readelf -l a.out | grep ': /lib'
              There should be no errors, and the output of the last command will be (allowing for platform-specific differences in the dynamic linker name):
[Requesting program interpreter: /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2]Now make sure that we're set up to use the correct start files:
grep -E -o '/usr/lib.*/S?crt[1in].*succeeded' dummy.log
The output of the last command should be:
/usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/14.2.0/../../../../lib/Scrt1.o succeeded
/usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/14.2.0/../../../../lib/crti.o succeeded
/usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/14.2.0/../../../../lib/crtn.o succeeded
                Depending on your machine architecture, the above may differ
                slightly. The difference will be the name of the directory
                after /usr/lib/gcc. The
                important thing to look for here is that gcc has found all three
                crt*.o files under the
                /usr/lib directory.
              
Verify that the compiler is searching for the correct header files:
grep -B4 '^ /usr/include' dummy.log
This command should return the following output:
#include <...> search starts here:
 /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/14.2.0/include
 /usr/local/include
 /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/14.2.0/include-fixed
 /usr/includeAgain, the directory named after your target triplet may be different than the above, depending on your system architecture.
Next, verify that the new linker is being used with the correct search paths:
grep 'SEARCH.*/usr/lib' dummy.log |sed 's|; |\n|g'
References to paths that have components with '-linux-gnu' should be ignored, but otherwise the output of the last command should be:
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib64")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib");A 32-bit system may use a few other directories. For example, here is the output from an i686 machine:
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/i686-pc-linux-gnu/lib32")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib32")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib32")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib32")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/i686-pc-linux-gnu/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/local/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/lib")
SEARCH_DIR("/usr/lib");Next make sure that we're using the correct libc:
grep "/lib.*/libc.so.6 " dummy.log
The output of the last command should be:
attempt to open /usr/lib/libc.so.6 succeededMake sure GCC is using the correct dynamic linker:
grep found dummy.log
The output of the last command should be (allowing for platform-specific differences in dynamic linker name):
found ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 at /usr/lib/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2If the output does not appear as shown above or is not received at all, then something is seriously wrong. Investigate and retrace the steps to find out where the problem is and correct it. Any issues should be resolved before continuing with the process.
Once everything is working correctly, clean up the test files:
rm -v dummy.c a.out dummy.log
Finally, move a misplaced file:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib
| The C++ compiler | |
| The C compiler | |
| The C preprocessor; it is used by the compiler to expand the #include, #define, and similar directives in the source files | |
| The C++ compiler | |
| The C compiler | |
| A wrapper around ar that adds a plugin to the command line. This program is only used to add "link time optimization" and is not useful with the default build options. | |
| A wrapper around nm that adds a plugin to the command line. This program is only used to add "link time optimization" and is not useful with the default build options. | |
| A wrapper around ranlib that adds a plugin to the command line. This program is only used to add "link time optimization" and is not useful with the default build options. | |
| A coverage testing tool; it is used to analyze programs to determine where optimizations will have the greatest effect | |
| Offline gcda and gcno profile dump tool | |
| Offline gcda profile processing tool | |
| Tool for dumping object files produced by GCC with LTO enabled | |
| The Address Sanitizer runtime library | |
| GCC atomic built-in runtime library | |
| A library that allows GDB to make use of GCC | |
| Contains run-time support for gcc | |
| This library is linked into a program when GCC is instructed to enable profiling | |
| GNU implementation of the OpenMP API for multi-platform shared-memory parallel programming in C/C++ and Fortran | |
| The Hardware-assisted Address Sanitizer runtime library | |
| The GNU transactional memory library | |
| The Leak Sanitizer runtime library | |
| GCC's LTO plugin allows Binutils to process object files produced by GCC with LTO enabled | |
| GCC Quad Precision Math Library API | |
| Contains routines supporting GCC's stack-smashing protection functionality. Normally it is not used, because Glibc also provides those routines. | |
| The standard C++ library | |
| Experimental C++ Contracts library | |
| ISO/IEC TS 18822:2015 Filesystem library | |
| Provides supporting routines for the C++ programming language | |
| The Thread Sanitizer runtime library | |
| The Undefined Behavior Sanitizer runtime library | 
The Ncurses package contains libraries for terminal-independent handling of character screens.
Prepare Ncurses for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --with-shared           \
            --without-debug         \
            --without-normal        \
            --with-cxx-shared       \
            --enable-pc-files       \
            --with-pkg-config-libdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--with-shared
                  This makes Ncurses build and install shared C libraries.
--without-normal
                  This prevents Ncurses building and installing static C libraries.
--without-debug
                  This prevents Ncurses building and installing debug libraries.
--with-cxx-shared
                  This makes Ncurses build and install shared C++ bindings. It also prevents it building and installing static C++ bindings.
--enable-pc-files
                  This switch generates and installs .pc files for pkg-config.
Compile the package:
make
                This package has a test suite, but it can only be run after
                the package has been installed. The tests reside in the
                test/ directory. See the
                README file in that directory
                for further details.
              
                The installation of this package will overwrite libncursesw.so.6.5 in-place. It may crash
                the shell process which is using code and data from the
                library file. Install the package with DESTDIR, and replace the library file
                correctly using install command (the header
                curses.h is also edited to
                ensure the wide-character ABI to be used as what we've done
                in Section 6.3, “Ncurses-6.5”):
              
make DESTDIR=$PWD/dest install
install -vm755 dest/usr/lib/libncursesw.so.6.5 /usr/lib
rm -v  dest/usr/lib/libncursesw.so.6.5
sed -e 's/^#if.*XOPEN.*$/#if 1/' \
    -i dest/usr/include/curses.h
cp -av dest/* /
              
                Many applications still expect the linker to be able to find
                non-wide-character Ncurses libraries. Trick such applications
                into linking with wide-character libraries by means of
                symlinks (note that the .so
                links are only safe with curses.h edited to always use the
                wide-character ABI):
              
for lib in ncurses form panel menu ; do
    ln -sfv lib${lib}w.so /usr/lib/lib${lib}.so
    ln -sfv ${lib}w.pc    /usr/lib/pkgconfig/${lib}.pc
done
              
                Finally, make sure that old applications that look for
                -lcurses at build time are
                still buildable:
              
ln -sfv libncursesw.so /usr/lib/libcurses.so
If desired, install the Ncurses documentation:
cp -v -R doc -T /usr/share/doc/ncurses-6.5
The instructions above don't create non-wide-character Ncurses libraries since no package installed by compiling from sources would link against them at runtime. However, the only known binary-only applications that link against non-wide-character Ncurses libraries require version 5. If you must have such libraries because of some binary-only application or to be compliant with LSB, build the package again with the following commands:
make distclean
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --with-shared    \
            --without-normal \
            --without-debug  \
            --without-cxx-binding \
            --with-abi-version=5
make sources libs
cp -av lib/lib*.so.5* /usr/lib
              | Converts a termcap description into a terminfo description | |
| Clears the screen, if possible | |
| Compares or prints out terminfo descriptions | |
| Converts a terminfo description into a termcap description | |
| Provides configuration information for ncurses | |
| Reinitializes a terminal to its default values | |
| Clears and sets tab stops on a terminal | |
| The terminfo entry-description compiler that translates a terminfo file from source format into the binary format needed for the ncurses library routines [A terminfo file contains information on the capabilities of a certain terminal.] | |
| Lists all available terminal types, giving the primary name and description for each | |
| Makes the values of terminal-dependent capabilities available to the shell; it can also be used to reset or initialize a terminal or report its long name | |
| Can be used to initialize terminals | |
| Contains functions to display text in many complex ways on a terminal screen; a good example of the use of these functions is the menu displayed during the kernel's make menuconfig | |
| Contains C++ binding for other libraries in this package | |
| Contains functions to implement forms | |
| Contains functions to implement menus | |
| Contains functions to implement panels | 
The Sed package contains a stream editor.
Prepare Sed for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package and generate the HTML documentation:
make make html
To test the results, issue:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make check"
Install the package and its documentation:
make install install -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sed-4.9 install -m644 doc/sed.html /usr/share/doc/sed-4.9
The Psmisc package contains programs for displaying information about running processes.
Prepare Psmisc for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To run the test suite, run:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Reports the Process IDs (PIDs) of processes that use the given files or file systems | |
| Kills processes by name; it sends a signal to all processes running any of the given commands | |
| Peek at file descriptors of a running process, given its PID | |
| Prints information about a process | |
| Reports current logs path of a process | |
| Displays running processes as a tree | |
| Same as pstree, except that it waits for confirmation before exiting | 
The Gettext package contains utilities for internationalization and localization. These allow programs to be compiled with NLS (Native Language Support), enabling them to output messages in the user's native language.
Prepare Gettext for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gettext-0.24
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install chmod -v 0755 /usr/lib/preloadable_libintl.so
| Copies standard Gettext infrastructure files into a source package | |
| Substitutes environment variables in shell format strings | |
| Translates a natural language message into the user's language by looking up the translation in a message catalog | |
| Primarily serves as a shell function library for gettext | |
| Copies all standard Gettext files into the given top-level directory of a package to begin internationalizing it | |
| Filters the messages of a translation catalog according to their attributes and manipulates the attributes | |
| 
                          Concatenates and merges the given  | |
| 
                          Compares two  | |
| 
                          Finds the messages that are common to the given
                           | |
| Converts a translation catalog to a different character encoding | |
| Creates an English translation catalog | |
| Applies a command to all translations of a translation catalog | |
| Applies a filter to all translations of a translation catalog | |
| Generates a binary message catalog from a translation catalog | |
| Extracts all messages of a translation catalog that match a given pattern or belong to some given source files | |
| 
                          Creates a new  | |
| Combines two raw translations into a single file | |
| Decompiles a binary message catalog into raw translation text | |
| Unifies duplicate translations in a translation catalog | |
| Displays native language translations of a textual message whose grammatical form depends on a number | |
| Recodes Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script | |
| Extracts the translatable message lines from the given source files to make the first translation template | |
| Defines the autosprintf class, which makes C formatted output routines usable in C++ programs, for use with the <string> strings and the <iostream> streams | |
| Contains common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use | |
| 
                          Used to write specialized programs that process
                           | |
| Provides common routines used by the various Gettext programs; these are not intended for general use | |
| Text styling library | |
| 
                          A library, intended to be used by LD_PRELOAD, that
                          helps  | 
The Bison package contains a parser generator.
Prepare Bison for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bison-3.8.2
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Generates, from a series of rules, a program for analyzing the structure of text files; Bison is a replacement for Yacc (Yet Another Compiler Compiler) | |
| 
                          A wrapper for bison, meant for
                          programs that still call yacc instead of
                          bison; it calls
                          bison
                          with the  | |
| 
                          The Yacc library containing implementations of
                          Yacc-compatible  | 
The Grep package contains programs for searching through the contents of files.
First, remove a warning about using egrep and fgrep that makes tests on some packages fail:
sed -i "s/echo/#echo/" src/egrep.sh
Prepare Grep for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Bash package contains the Bourne-Again Shell.
Prepare Bash for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr             \
            --without-bash-malloc     \
            --with-installed-readline \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bash-5.2.37
              The meaning of the new configure option:
--with-installed-readline
                  
                      This option tells Bash to use the readline library that is already
                      installed on the system rather than using its own
                      readline version.
                    
Compile the package:
make
Skip down to “Install the package” if not running the test suite.
                To prepare the tests, ensure that the tester user can write to the sources
                tree:
              
chown -R tester .
                The test suite of this package is designed to be run as a
                non-root user who owns the
                terminal connected to standard input. To satisfy the
                requirement, spawn a new pseudo terminal using Expect and run the tests as the
                tester user:
              
su -s /usr/bin/expect tester << "EOF" set timeout -1 spawn make tests expect eof lassign [wait] _ _ _ value exit $value EOF
                The test suite uses diff to detect the
                difference between test script output and the expected
                output. Any output from diff (prefixed with
                < and >) indicates a test failure,
                unless there is a message saying the difference can be
                ignored. One test named run-builtins is known to fail on some host
                distros with a difference on the first line of the output.
              
Install the package:
make install
Run the newly compiled bash program (replacing the one that is currently being executed):
exec /usr/bin/bash --login
| A widely-used command interpreter; it performs many types of expansions and substitutions on a given command line before executing it, thus making this interpreter a powerful tool | |
| A shell script to help the user compose and mail standard formatted bug reports concerning bash | |
| A symlink to the bash program; when invoked as sh, bash tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of sh as closely as possible, while conforming to the POSIX standard as well | 
The Libtool package contains the GNU generic library support script. It makes the use of shared libraries simpler with a consistent, portable interface.
Prepare Libtool for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Remove a useless static library:
rm -fv /usr/lib/libltdl.a
The GDBM package contains the GNU Database Manager. It is a library of database functions that uses extensible hashing and works like the standard UNIX dbm. The library provides primitives for storing key/data pairs, searching and retrieving the data by its key and deleting a key along with its data.
Prepare GDBM for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --enable-libgdbm-compat
              The meaning of the configure option:
--enable-libgdbm-compat
                  This switch enables building the libgdbm compatibility library. Some packages outside of LFS may require the older DBM routines it provides.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Gperf generates a perfect hash function from a key set.
Prepare Gperf for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gperf-3.1
Compile the package:
make
The tests are known to fail if running multiple simultaneous tests (-j option greater than 1). To test the results, issue:
make -j1 check
Install the package:
make install
The Expat package contains a stream oriented C library for parsing XML.
Prepare Expat for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/expat-2.6.4
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
If desired, install the documentation:
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,css} /usr/share/doc/expat-2.6.4
            The Inetutils package contains programs for basic networking.
First, make the package build with gcc-14.1 or later:
sed -i 's/def HAVE_TERMCAP_TGETENT/ 1/' telnet/telnet.c
Prepare Inetutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --bindir=/usr/bin    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-logger     \
            --disable-whois      \
            --disable-rcp        \
            --disable-rexec      \
            --disable-rlogin     \
            --disable-rsh        \
            --disable-servers
              The meaning of the configure options:
--disable-logger
                  This option prevents Inetutils from installing the logger program, which is used by scripts to pass messages to the System Log Daemon. Do not install it because Util-linux installs a more recent version.
--disable-whois
                  This option disables the building of the Inetutils whois client, which is out of date. Instructions for a better whois client are in the BLFS book.
--disable-r*
                  These parameters disable building obsolete programs that should not be used due to security issues. The functions provided by these programs can be provided by the openssh package in the BLFS book.
--disable-servers
                  This disables the installation of the various network servers included as part of the Inetutils package. These servers are deemed not appropriate in a basic LFS system. Some are insecure by nature and are only considered safe on trusted networks. Note that better replacements are available for many of these servers.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Move a program to the proper location:
mv -v /usr/{,s}bin/ifconfig
            | Show the system's DNS domain name | |
| Is the file transfer protocol program | |
| Reports or sets the name of the host | |
| Manages network interfaces | |
| Sends echo-request packets and reports how long the replies take | |
| A version of ping for IPv6 networks | |
| Is used to chat with another user | |
| An interface to the TELNET protocol | |
| A trivial file transfer program | |
| Traces the route your packets take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way | 
The Less package contains a text file viewer.
Prepare Less for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc
The meaning of the configure options:
--sysconfdir=/etc
                  
                      This option tells the programs created by the package
                      to look in /etc for the
                      configuration files.
                    
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Perl package contains the Practical Extraction and Report Language.
This version of Perl builds the Compress::Raw::Zlib and Compress::Raw::BZip2 modules. By default Perl will use an internal copy of the sources for the build. Issue the following command so that Perl will use the libraries installed on the system:
export BUILD_ZLIB=False export BUILD_BZIP2=0
To have full control over the way Perl is set up, you can remove the “-des” options from the following command and hand-pick the way this package is built. Alternatively, use the command exactly as shown below to use the defaults that Perl auto-detects:
sh Configure -des                                          \
             -D prefix=/usr                                \
             -D vendorprefix=/usr                          \
             -D privlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/core_perl      \
             -D archlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/core_perl      \
             -D sitelib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/site_perl      \
             -D sitearch=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/site_perl     \
             -D vendorlib=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/vendor_perl  \
             -D vendorarch=/usr/lib/perl5/5.40/vendor_perl \
             -D man1dir=/usr/share/man/man1                \
             -D man3dir=/usr/share/man/man3                \
             -D pager="/usr/bin/less -isR"                 \
             -D useshrplib                                 \
             -D usethreads
              The meaning of the new Configure options:
-D
                    pager="/usr/bin/less -isR"
                  
                      This ensures that less is used instead
                      of more.
                    
-D
                    man1dir=/usr/share/man/man1 -D
                    man3dir=/usr/share/man/man3
                  Since Groff is not installed yet, Configure will not create man pages for Perl. These parameters override this behavior.
-D
                    usethreads
                  Build Perl with support for threads.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
TEST_JOBS=$(nproc) make test_harness
Install the package and clean up:
make install unset BUILD_ZLIB BUILD_BZIP2
| A command line front end to Module::CoreList | |
| Interact with the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) from the command line | |
| Builds a Perl extension for the Encode module from either Unicode Character Mappings or Tcl Encoding Files | |
| Guess the encoding type of one or several files | |
| 
                          Converts  | |
| 
                          Converts  | |
| Shell script for examining installed Perl modules; it can create a tarball from an installed module | |
| Converts data between certain input and output formats | |
| 
                          Can be used to configure the  | |
| Combines some of the best features of C, sed, awk and sh into a single Swiss Army language | |
| A hard link to perl | |
| Used to generate bug reports about Perl, or the modules that come with it, and mail them | |
| Displays a piece of documentation in pod format that is embedded in the Perl installation tree or in a Perl script | |
| The Perl Installation Verification Procedure; it can be used to verify that Perl and its libraries have been installed correctly | |
| Used to generate thank you messages to mail to the Perl developers | |
| A Perl version of the character encoding converter iconv | |
| 
                          A rough tool for converting Perl4  | |
| Converts files from pod format to HTML format | |
| Converts pod data to formatted *roff input | |
| Converts pod data to formatted ASCII text | |
| Prints usage messages from embedded pod docs in files | |
| Checks the syntax of pod format documentation files | |
| Displays selected sections of pod documentation | |
| Command line tool for running tests against the Test::Harness module | |
| A tar-like program written in Perl | |
| A Perl program that compares an extracted archive with an unextracted one | |
| A Perl program that applies pattern matching to the contents of files in a tar archive | |
| Prints or checks SHA checksums | |
| Is used to force verbose warning diagnostics in Perl | |
| Converts Perl XS code into C code | |
| Displays details about the internal structure of a Zip file | 
The XML::Parser module is a Perl interface to James Clark's XML parser, Expat.
Prepare XML::Parser for compilation:
perl Makefile.PL
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make test
Install the package:
make install
The Intltool is an internationalization tool used for extracting translatable strings from source files.
First fix a warning that is caused by perl-5.22 and later:
sed -i 's:\\\${:\\\$\\{:' intltool-update.in
              The above regular expression looks unusual because of all the backslashes. What it does is add a backslash before the right brace character in the sequence '\${' resulting in '\$\{'.
Prepare Intltool for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install install -v -Dm644 doc/I18N-HOWTO /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.51.0/I18N-HOWTO
The Autoconf package contains programs for producing shell scripts that can automatically configure source code.
Prepare Autoconf for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Produces shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Unix-like systems; the configuration scripts it produces are independent—running them does not require the autoconf program | |
| A tool for creating template files of C #define statements for configure to use | |
| A wrapper for the M4 macro processor | |
| Automatically runs autoconf, autoheader, aclocal, automake, gettextize, and libtoolize in the correct order to save time when changes are made to autoconf and automake template files | |
| 
                          Helps to create a  | |
| 
                          Modifies a  | |
| 
                          Helps when writing  | 
The Automake package contains programs for generating Makefiles for use with Autoconf.
Prepare Automake for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/automake-1.17
Compile the package:
make
Using four parallel jobs speeds up the tests, even on systems with less logical cores, due to internal delays in individual tests. To test the results, issue:
make -j$(($(nproc)>4?$(nproc):4)) check
              
                Replace $((...))
                with the number of logical cores you want to use if you don't
                want to use all.
              
Install the package:
make install
| 
                          Generates  | |
| A hard link to aclocal | |
| 
                          A tool for automatically generating  | |
| A hard link to automake | 
The OpenSSL package contains management tools and libraries relating to cryptography. These are useful for providing cryptographic functions to other packages, such as OpenSSH, email applications, and web browsers (for accessing HTTPS sites).
Prepare OpenSSL for compilation:
./config --prefix=/usr         \
         --openssldir=/etc/ssl \
         --libdir=lib          \
         shared                \
         zlib-dynamic
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
HARNESS_JOBS=$(nproc) make test
              
                One test, 30-test_afalg.t, is known to fail if the host
                kernel does not have CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER enabled, or
                does not have any options providing an AES with CBC
                implementation (for example, the combination of CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES and CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC, or CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_NI_INTEL if the CPU
                supports AES-NI) enabled. If it fails, it can safely be
                ignored.
              
Install the package:
sed -i '/INSTALL_LIBS/s/libcrypto.a libssl.a//' Makefile make MANSUFFIX=ssl install
Add the version to the documentation directory name, to be consistent with other packages:
mv -v /usr/share/doc/openssl /usr/share/doc/openssl-3.4.1
If desired, install some additional documentation:
cp -vfr doc/* /usr/share/doc/openssl-3.4.1
                  You should update OpenSSL when a new version which fixes
                  vulnerabilities is announced. Since OpenSSL 3.0.0, the
                  OpenSSL versioning scheme follows the MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH
                  format. API/ABI compatibility is guaranteed for the same
                  MAJOR version number. Because LFS installs only the shared
                  libraries, there is no need to recompile packages which
                  link to libcrypto.so or
                  libssl.so when upgrading to a version with the same
                  MAJOR version number.
                
However, any running programs linked to those libraries need to be stopped and restarted. Read the related entries in Section 8.2.1, “Upgrade Issues” for details.
| is a Perl script that scans all files in a directory and adds symbolic links to their hash values. Use of c_rehash is considered obsolete and should be replaced by openssl rehash command | |
| is a command-line tool for using the various cryptography functions of OpenSSL's crypto library from the shell. It can be used for various functions which are documented in openssl(1) | |
| implements a wide range of cryptographic algorithms used in various Internet standards. The services provided by this library are used by the OpenSSL implementations of SSL, TLS and S/MIME, and they have also been used to implement OpenSSH, OpenPGP, and other cryptographic standards | |
| implements the Transport Layer Security (TLS v1) protocol. It provides a rich API, documentation on which can be found in ssl(7) | 
Libelf is a library for handling ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) files.
Libelf is part of the elfutils-0.192 package. Use the elfutils-0.192.tar.bz2 file as the source tarball.
Prepare Libelf for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --disable-debuginfod         \
            --enable-libdebuginfod=dummy
              Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install only Libelf:
make -C libelf install install -vm644 config/libelf.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig rm /usr/lib/libelf.a
The Libffi library provides a portable, high level programming interface to various calling conventions. This allows a programmer to call any function specified by a call interface description at run time.
FFI stands for Foreign Function Interface. An FFI allows a program written in one language to call a program written in another language. Specifically, Libffi can provide a bridge between an interpreter like Perl, or Python, and shared library subroutines written in C, or C++.
                  Like GMP, Libffi builds with optimizations specific to the
                  processor in use. If building for another system, change
                  the value of the --with-gcc-arch= parameter in
                  the following command to an architecture name fully
                  implemented by the CPU on that system. If this is not done,
                  all applications that link to libffi will trigger Illegal Operation
                  Errors.
                
Prepare Libffi for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --disable-static       \
            --with-gcc-arch=native
              The meaning of the configure option:
--with-gcc-arch=native
                  Ensure GCC optimizes for the current system. If this is not specified, the system is guessed and the code generated may not be correct. If the generated code will be copied from the native system to a less capable system, use the less capable system as a parameter. For details about alternative system types, see the x86 options in the GCC manual.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Python 3 package contains the Python development environment. It is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs, and developing entire applications. Python is an interpreted computer language.
Prepare Python for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --enable-shared      \
            --with-system-expat  \
            --enable-optimizations
              The meaning of the configure options:
--with-system-expat
                  This switch enables linking against the system version of Expat.
--enable-optimizations
                  This switch enables extensive, but time-consuming, optimization steps. The interpreter is built twice; tests performed on the first build are used to improve the optimized final version.
Compile the package:
make
Some tests are known to occasionally hang indefinitely. So to test the results, run the test suite but set a 2-minute time limit for each test case:
make test TESTOPTS="--timeout 120"
For a relatively slow system you may need to increase the time limit and 1 SBU (measured when building Binutils pass 1 with one CPU core) should be enough. Some tests are flaky, so the test suite will automatically re-run failed tests. If a test failed but then passed when re-run, it should be considered as passed. One test, test_ssl, is known to fail in the chroot environment.
Install the package:
make install
                We use the pip3
                command to install Python 3 programs and modules for all
                users as root in several
                places in this book. This conflicts with the Python
                developers' recommendation: to install packages into a
                virtual environment, or into the home directory of a regular
                user (by running pip3 as this user). A
                multi-line warning is triggered whenever pip3 is issued by the
                root user.
              
The main reason for the recommendation is to avoid conflicts with the system's package manager (dpkg, for example). LFS does not have a system-wide package manager, so this is not a problem. Also, pip3 will check for a new version of itself whenever it's run. Since domain name resolution is not yet configured in the LFS chroot environment, pip3 cannot check for a new version of itself, and will produce a warning.
After we boot the LFS system and set up a network connection, a different warning will be issued, telling the user to update pip3 from a pre-built wheel on PyPI (whenever a new version is available). But LFS considers pip3 to be a part of Python 3, so it should not be updated separately. Also, an update from a pre-built wheel would deviate from our objective: to build a Linux system from source code. So the warning about a new version of pip3 should be ignored as well. If you wish, you can suppress all these warnings by running the following command, which creates a configuration file:
cat > /etc/pip.conf << EOF
[global]
root-user-action = ignore
disable-pip-version-check = true
EOF
              
                  In LFS and BLFS we normally build and install Python
                  modules with the pip3 command. Please be
                  sure that the pip3
                  install commands in both books are run as
                  the root user (unless it's
                  for a Python virtual environment). Running pip3 install as a
                  non-root user may seem to
                  work, but it will cause the installed module to be
                  inaccessible by other users.
                
                  pip3 install
                  will not reinstall an already installed module
                  automatically. When using the pip3 install command to
                  upgrade a module (for example, from meson-0.61.3 to
                  meson-0.62.0), insert the option --upgrade into the command
                  line. If it's really necessary to downgrade a module, or
                  reinstall the same version for some reason, insert
                  --force-reinstall
                  --no-deps into the command line.
                
If desired, install the preformatted documentation:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-3.13.2/html
tar --strip-components=1  \
    --no-same-owner       \
    --no-same-permissions \
    -C /usr/share/doc/python-3.13.2/html \
    -xvf ../python-3.13.2-docs-html.tar.bz2
              The meaning of the documentation install commands:
--no-same-owner and --no-same-permissions
                  Ensure the installed files have the correct ownership and permissions. Without these options, tar will install the package files with the upstream creator's values.
| is a Python program that reads Python 2.x source code and applies a series of fixes to transform it into valid Python 3.x code | |
| is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor. For this script to run, you must have installed Tk before Python, so that the Tkinter Python module is built. | |
| The package installer for Python. You can use pip to install packages from Python Package Index and other indexes. | |
| is the Python documentation tool | |
| is the interpreter for Python, an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language | 
Flit-core is the distribution-building parts of Flit (a packaging tool for simple Python modules).
Build the package:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install the package:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist flit_core
The meaning of the pip3 configuration options and commands:
This command builds the wheel archive for this package.
-w
                    dist
                  
                      Instructs pip to put the created wheel into the
                      dist directory.
                    
--no-cache-dir
                  
                      Prevents pip from copying the created wheel into the
                      /root/.cache/pip
                      directory.
                    
This command installs the package.
--no-build-isolation,
                    --no-deps, and
                    --no-index
                  These options prevent fetching files from the online package repository (PyPI). If packages are installed in the correct order, pip won't need to fetch any files in the first place; these options add some safety in case of user error.
--find-links dist
                  
                      Instructs pip to search for wheel archives in the
                      dist directory.
                    
Wheel is a Python library that is the reference implementation of the Python wheel packaging standard.
Compile Wheel with the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install Wheel with the following command:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist wheel
Setuptools is a tool used to download, build, install, upgrade, and uninstall Python packages.
Build the package:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install the package:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist setuptools
Ninja is a small build system with a focus on speed.
When run, ninja normally utilizes the greatest possible number of processes in parallel. By default this is the number of cores on the system, plus two. This may overheat the CPU, or make the system run out of memory. When ninja is invoked from the command line, passing the -jN parameter will limit the number of parallel processes. Some packages embed the execution of ninja, and do not pass the -j parameter on to it.
Using the optional procedure below allows a user to limit the number of parallel processes via an environment variable, NINJAJOBS. For example, setting:
export NINJAJOBS=4
will limit ninja to four parallel processes.
If desired, make ninja recognize the environment variable NINJAJOBS by running the stream editor:
sed -i '/int Guess/a \ int j = 0;\ char* jobs = getenv( "NINJAJOBS" );\ if ( jobs != NULL ) j = atoi( jobs );\ if ( j > 0 ) return j;\ ' src/ninja.cc
Build Ninja with:
python3 configure.py --bootstrap --verbose
The meaning of the build option:
--bootstrap
                  This parameter forces Ninja to rebuild itself for the current system.
--verbose
                  This parameter makes configure.py show the progress building Ninja.
                The package tests cannot run in the chroot environment. They
                require 
                cmake. But the basic function of this package is already
                tested by rebuilding itself (with the --bootstrap option) anyway.
              
Install the package:
install -vm755 ninja /usr/bin/ install -vDm644 misc/bash-completion /usr/share/bash-completion/completions/ninja install -vDm644 misc/zsh-completion /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_ninja
Meson is an open source build system designed to be both extremely fast and as user friendly as possible.
Compile Meson with the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
The test suite requires some packages outside the scope of LFS.
Install the package:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist meson install -vDm644 data/shell-completions/bash/meson /usr/share/bash-completion/completions/meson install -vDm644 data/shell-completions/zsh/_meson /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_meson
The meaning of the install parameters:
-w
                    dist
                  
                      Puts the created wheels into the dist directory.
                    
--find-links dist
                  
                      Installs wheels from the dist directory.
                    
The Kmod package contains libraries and utilities for loading kernel modules
Prepare Kmod for compilation:
mkdir -p build
cd       build
meson setup --prefix=/usr ..    \
            --sbindir=/usr/sbin \
            --buildtype=release \
            -D manpages=false
              The meaning of the configure options:
-D
                    manpages=false
                  This option disables generating the man pages which requires an external program.
Compile the package:
ninja
The test suite of this package requires raw kernel headers (not the “sanitized” kernel headers installed earlier), which are beyond the scope of LFS.
Now install the package:
ninja install
| Creates a dependency file based on the symbols it finds in the existing set of modules; this dependency file is used by modprobe to automatically load the required modules | |
| Installs a loadable module in the running kernel | |
| Loads and unloads kernel modules | |
| Lists currently loaded modules | |
| Examines an object file associated with a kernel module and displays any information that it can glean | |
| Uses a dependency file, created by depmod, to automatically load relevant modules | |
| Unloads modules from the running kernel | |
| This library is used by other programs to load and unload kernel modules | 
The Coreutils package contains the basic utility programs needed by every operating system.
POSIX requires that programs from Coreutils recognize character boundaries correctly even in multibyte locales. The following patch fixes this non-compliance and other internationalization-related bugs.
patch -Np1 -i ../coreutils-9.6-i18n-1.patch
Many bugs have been found in this patch. When reporting new bugs to the Coreutils maintainers, please check first to see if those bugs are reproducible without this patch.
Now prepare Coreutils for compilation:
autoreconf -fv
automake -af
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 ./configure \
            --prefix=/usr            \
            --enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime
              The meaning of the commands and configure options:
                      The patch for internationalization has modified the
                      build system, so the configuration files must be
                      regenerated. Normally we would use the -i option to update the
                      standard auxiliary files, but for this package it does
                      not work because configure.ac specified an old gettext
                      version.
                    
                      The automake auxiliary files were not updated by
                      autoreconf due to the
                      missing -i
                      option. This command updates them to prevent a build
                      failure.
                    
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1
                  
                      This environment variable allows the package to be
                      built by the root user.
                    
--enable-no-install-program=kill,uptime
                  The purpose of this switch is to prevent Coreutils from installing programs that will be installed by other packages.
Compile the package:
make
Skip down to “Install the package” if not running the test suite.
                Now the test suite is ready to be run. First, run the tests
                that are meant to be run as user root:
              
make NON_ROOT_USERNAME=tester check-root
                We're going to run the remainder of the tests as the
                tester user. Certain tests
                require that the user be a member of more than one group. So
                that these tests are not skipped, add a temporary group and
                make the user tester a part
                of it:
              
groupadd -g 102 dummy -U tester
                Fix some of the permissions so that the non-root user can compile and run the tests:
              
chown -R tester .
                Now run the tests (using /dev/null for the standard input, or two
                tests may be broken if building LFS in a graphical terminal
                or a session in SSH or GNU Screen because the standard input
                is connected to a PTY from host distro, and the device node
                for such a PTY cannot be accessed from the LFS chroot
                environment):
              
su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make -k RUN_EXPENSIVE_TESTS=yes check" \ < /dev/null
Remove the temporary group:
groupdel dummy
Install the package:
make install
Move programs to the locations specified by the FHS:
mv -v /usr/bin/chroot /usr/sbin mv -v /usr/share/man/man1/chroot.1 /usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8 sed -i 's/"1"/"8"/' /usr/share/man/man8/chroot.8
| Is an actual command, /usr/bin/[; it is a synonym for the test command | |
| Encodes and decodes data according to the base32 specification (RFC 4648) | |
| Encodes and decodes data according to the base64 specification (RFC 4648) | |
| Prints or checks BLAKE2 (512-bit) checksums | |
| Strips any path and a given suffix from a file name | |
| Encodes or decodes data using various algorithms | |
| Concatenates files to standard output | |
| Changes security context for files and directories | |
| Changes the group ownership of files and directories | |
| Changes the permissions of each file to the given mode; the mode can be either a symbolic representation of the changes to be made, or an octal number representing the new permissions | |
| Changes the user and/or group ownership of files and directories | |
| 
                          Runs a command with the specified directory as the
                           | |
| Prints the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) checksum and the byte counts of each specified file | |
| Compares two sorted files, outputting in three columns the lines that are unique and the lines that are common | |
| Copies files | |
| Splits a given file into several new files, separating them according to given patterns or line numbers, and outputting the byte count of each new file | |
| Prints sections of lines, selecting the parts according to given fields or positions | |
| Displays the current date and time in the given format, or sets the system date and time | |
| Copies a file using the given block size and count, while optionally performing conversions on it | |
| Reports the amount of disk space available (and used) on all mounted file systems, or only on the file systems holding the selected files | |
| Lists the contents of each given directory (the same as the ls command) | |
| 
                          Outputs commands to set the  | |
| Extracts the directory portion(s) of the given name(s) | |
| Reports the amount of disk space used by the current directory, by each of the given directories (including all subdirectories) or by each of the given files | |
| Displays the given strings | |
| Runs a command in a modified environment | |
| Converts tabs to spaces | |
| Evaluates expressions | |
| Prints the prime factors of the specified integers | |
| Does nothing, unsuccessfully; it always exits with a status code indicating failure | |
| Reformats the paragraphs in the given files | |
| Wraps the lines in the given files | |
| Reports a user's group memberships | |
| Prints the first ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file | |
| Reports the numeric identifier (in hexadecimal) of the host | |
| Reports the effective user ID, group ID, and group memberships of the current user or specified user | |
| Copies files while setting their permission modes and, if possible, their owner and group | |
| Joins the lines that have identical join fields from two separate files | |
| Creates a hard link (with the given name) to a file | |
| Makes hard links or soft (symbolic) links between files | |
| Reports the current user's login name | |
| Lists the contents of each given directory | |
| Reports or checks Message Digest 5 (MD5) checksums | |
| Creates directories with the given names | |
| Creates First-In, First-Outs (FIFOs), "named pipes" in UNIX parlance, with the given names | |
| Creates device nodes with the given names; a device node is a character special file, a block special file, or a FIFO | |
| Creates temporary files in a secure manner; it is used in scripts | |
| Moves or renames files or directories | |
| Runs a program with modified scheduling priority | |
| Numbers the lines from the given files | |
| Runs a command immune to hangups, with its output redirected to a log file | |
| Prints the number of processing units available to a process | |
| Converts numbers to or from human-readable strings | |
| Dumps files in octal and other formats | |
| Merges the given files, joining sequentially corresponding lines side by side, separated by tab characters | |
| Checks if file names are valid or portable | |
| Is a lightweight finger client; it reports some information about the given users | |
| Paginates and columnates files for printing | |
| Prints the environment | |
| Prints the given arguments according to the given format, much like the C printf function | |
| Produces a permuted index from the contents of the given files, with each keyword in its context | |
| Reports the name of the current working directory | |
| Reports the value of the given symbolic link | |
| Prints the resolved path | |
| Removes files or directories | |
| Removes directories if they are empty | |
| Runs a command with specified security context | |
| Prints a sequence of numbers within a given range and with a given increment | |
| Prints or checks 160-bit Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) checksums | |
| Prints or checks 224-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums | |
| Prints or checks 256-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums | |
| Prints or checks 384-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums | |
| Prints or checks 512-bit Secure Hash Algorithm checksums | |
| Overwrites the given files repeatedly with complex patterns, making it difficult to recover the data | |
| Shuffles lines of text | |
| Pauses for the given amount of time | |
| Sorts the lines from the given files | |
| Splits the given file into pieces, by size or by number of lines | |
| Displays file or filesystem status | |
| Runs commands with altered buffering operations for its standard streams | |
| Sets or reports terminal line settings | |
| Prints checksum and block counts for each given file | |
| Flushes file system buffers; it forces changed blocks to disk and updates the super block | |
| Concatenates the given files in reverse | |
| Prints the last ten lines (or the given number of lines) of each given file | |
| Reads from standard input while writing both to standard output and to the given files | |
| Compares values and checks file types | |
| Runs a command with a time limit | |
| Changes file timestamps, setting the access and modification times of the given files to the current time; files that do not exist are created with zero length | |
| Translates, squeezes, and deletes the given characters from standard input | |
| Does nothing, successfully; it always exits with a status code indicating success | |
| Shrinks or expands a file to the specified size | |
| Performs a topological sort; it writes a completely ordered list according to the partial ordering in a given file | |
| Reports the file name of the terminal connected to standard input | |
| Reports system information | |
| Converts spaces to tabs | |
| Discards all but one of successive identical lines | |
| Removes the given file | |
| Reports the names of the users currently logged on | |
| Is the same as ls -l | |
| Reports the number of lines, words, and bytes for each given file, as well as grand totals when more than one file is given | |
| Reports who is logged on | |
| Reports the user name associated with the current effective user ID | |
| 
                          Repeatedly outputs  | |
| Library used by stdbuf | 
Check is a unit testing framework for C.
Prepare Check for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static
Build the package:
make
Compilation is now complete. To run the Check test suite, issue the following command:
make check
Install the package:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/check-0.15.2 install
The Diffutils package contains programs that show the differences between files or directories.
Prepare Diffutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Gawk package contains programs for manipulating text files.
First, ensure some unneeded files are not installed:
sed -i 's/extras//' Makefile.in
Prepare Gawk for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make check"
Install the package:
rm -f /usr/bin/gawk-5.3.1 make install
The meaning of the command:
                      The building system will not recreate the hard link
                      gawk-5.3.1 if it already
                      exists. Remove it to ensure that the previous hard link
                      installed in Section 6.9,
                      “Gawk-5.3.1” is updated here.
                    
The installation process already created awk as a symlink to gawk, create its man page as a symlink as well:
ln -sv gawk.1 /usr/share/man/man1/awk.1
If desired, install the documentation:
install -vDm644 doc/{awkforai.txt,*.{eps,pdf,jpg}} -t /usr/share/doc/gawk-5.3.1
            The Findutils package contains programs to find files. Programs are provided to search through all the files in a directory tree and to create, maintain, and search a database (often faster than the recursive find, but unreliable unless the database has been updated recently). Findutils also supplies the xargs program, which can be used to run a specified command on each file selected by a search.
Prepare Findutils for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --localstatedir=/var/lib/locate
The meaning of the configure options:
--localstatedir
                  
                      This option moves the locate database to
                      /var/lib/locate, which is
                      the FHS-compliant location.
                    
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make check"
Install the package:
make install
| Searches given directory trees for files matching the specified criteria | |
| Searches through a database of file names and reports the names that contain a given string or match a given pattern | |
| Updates the locate database; it scans the entire file system (including other file systems that are currently mounted, unless told not to) and puts every file name it finds into the database | |
| Can be used to apply a given command to a list of files | 
The Groff package contains programs for processing and formatting text and images.
                Groff expects the environment variable PAGE to contain the default paper size. For
                users in the United States, PAGE=letter is appropriate.
                Elsewhere, PAGE=A4
                may be more suitable. While the default paper size is
                configured during compilation, it can be overridden later by
                echoing either “A4” or “letter” to the
                /etc/papersize file.
              
Prepare Groff for compilation:
PAGE=<paper_size> ./configure --prefix=/usr
              Build the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Reads a troff font file and adds some additional font-metric information that is used by the groff system | |
| Creates a font file for use with groff and grops | |
| Groff preprocessor for producing chemical structure diagrams | |
| Compiles descriptions of equations embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff | |
| Converts a troff EQN (equation) into a cropped image | |
| Marks differences between groff/nroff/troff files | |
| Transforms sheet music written in the lilypond language into the groff language | |
| Preprocessor for groff, allowing the insertion of perl code into groff files | |
| Preprocessor for groff, allowing the insertion of Pinyin (Mandarin Chinese spelled with the Roman alphabet) into groff files. | |
| Converts a grap program file into a cropped bitmap image (grap is an old Unix programming language for creating diagrams) | |
| A groff preprocessor for gremlin files | |
| A driver for groff that produces TeX dvi format output files | |
| A front end to the groff document formatting system; normally, it runs the troff program and a post-processor appropriate for the selected device | |
| Displays groff files and man pages on X and tty terminals | |
| 
                          Reads files and guesses which of the groff options
                           | |
| Is a groff driver for Canon CAPSL printers (LBP-4 and LBP-8 series laser printers) | |
| Is a driver for groff that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP LaserJet 4 printer | |
| Translates the output of GNU troff to PDF | |
| Translates the output of GNU troff to PostScript | |
| Translates the output of GNU troff into a form suitable for typewriter-like devices | |
| Creates a font file for use with groff -Tlj4 from an HP-tagged font metric file | |
| Creates an inverted index for the bibliographic databases with a specified file for use with refer, lookbib, and lkbib | |
| Searches bibliographic databases for references that contain specified keys and reports any references found | |
| Prints a prompt on the standard error (unless the standard input is not a terminal), reads a line containing a set of keywords from the standard input, searches the bibliographic databases in a specified file for references containing those keywords, prints any references found on the standard output, and repeats this process until the end of input | |
| A simple preprocessor for groff | |
| Formats equations for American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) output | |
| A script that emulates the nroff command using groff | |
| Is a wrapper around groff that facilitates the production of PDF documents from files formatted with the mom macros. | |
| Creates pdf documents using groff | |
| 
                          Translates a PostScript font in  | |
| Compiles descriptions of pictures embedded within troff or TeX input files into commands understood by TeX or troff | |
| Converts a PIC diagram into a cropped image | |
| Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML | |
| Converts encoding of input files to something GNU troff understands | |
| Translates the output of GNU troff to HTML | |
| Copies the contents of a file to the standard output, except that lines between .[ and .] are interpreted as citations, and lines between .R1 and .R2 are interpreted as commands for how citations are to be processed | |
| Transforms roff files into DVI format | |
| Transforms roff files into HTML format | |
| Transforms roff files into PDFs | |
| Transforms roff files into ps files | |
| Transforms roff files into text files | |
| Transforms roff files into other formats | |
| Reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of the mentioned file | |
| Compiles descriptions of tables embedded within troff input files into commands that are understood by troff | |
| Creates a font file for use with groff -Tdvi | |
| Is highly compatible with Unix troff; it should usually be invoked using the groff command, which will also run preprocessors and post-processors in the appropriate order and with the appropriate options | 
The GRUB package contains the GRand Unified Bootloader.
If your system has UEFI support and you wish to boot LFS with UEFI, you need to install GRUB with UEFI support (and its dependencies) by following the instructions on the BLFS page. You may skip this package, or install this package and the BLFS GRUB for UEFI package without conflict (the BLFS page provides instructions for both cases).
Unset any environment variables which may affect the build:
unset {C,CPP,CXX,LD}FLAGS
                Don't try “tuning” this package with custom compilation flags. This package is a bootloader. The low-level operations in the source code may be broken by aggressive optimization.
Add a file missing from the release tarball:
echo depends bli part_gpt > grub-core/extra_deps.lst
              Prepare GRUB for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --sysconfdir=/etc      \
            --disable-efiemu       \
            --disable-werror
              The meaning of the new configure options:
--disable-werror
                  This allows the build to complete with warnings introduced by more recent versions of Flex.
--disable-efiemu
                  This option minimizes what is built by disabling a feature and eliminating some test programs not needed for LFS.
Compile the package:
make
The test suite for this packages is not recommended. Most of the tests depend on packages that are not available in the limited LFS environment. To run the tests anyway, run make check.
Install the package, and move the Bash completion support file to the location recommended by the Bash completion maintainers:
make install mv -v /etc/bash_completion.d/grub /usr/share/bash-completion/completions
Making your LFS system bootable with GRUB will be discussed in Section 10.4, “Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process.”
| Is a helper program for grub-install | |
| Is a tool to edit the environment block | |
| Checks to see if the given file is of the specified type | |
| Is a tool to debug the file system driver | |
| Glues 32-bit and 64-bit binaries into a single file (for Apple machines) | |
| Installs GRUB on your drive | |
| Is a script that converts an xkb layout into one recognized by GRUB | |
| Is the Mac-style bless for HFS or HFS+ file systems (bless is peculiar to Apple machines; it makes a device bootable) | |
| 
                          Converts a GRUB Legacy  | |
| 
                          Generates a  | |
| Makes a bootable image of GRUB | |
| Generates a GRUB keyboard layout file | |
| Prepares a GRUB netboot directory | |
| Generates an encrypted PBKDF2 password for use in the boot menu | |
| Makes a system pathname relative to its root | |
| Makes a bootable image of GRUB suitable for a floppy disk, CDROM/DVD, or a USB drive | |
| Generates a standalone image | |
| Is a helper program that prints the path to a GRUB device | |
| Probes device information for a given path or device | |
| Sets the default boot entry for GRUB for the next boot only | |
| Renders Apple .disk_label for Apple Macs | |
| Checks the GRUB configuration script for syntax errors | |
| Sets the default boot entry for GRUB | |
| Is a helper program for grub-setup | |
| Transforms a syslinux config file into grub.cfg format | 
The Gzip package contains programs for compressing and decompressing files.
Prepare Gzip for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
| Decompresses gzipped files | |
| Creates self-decompressing executable files | |
| Compresses the given files using Lempel-Ziv (LZ77) coding | |
| Decompresses compressed files | |
| Decompresses the given gzipped files to standard output | |
| Runs cmp on gzipped files | |
| Runs diff on gzipped files | |
| Runs egrep on gzipped files | |
| Runs fgrep on gzipped files | |
| 
                          Forces a  | |
| Runs grep on gzipped files | |
| Runs less on gzipped files | |
| Runs more on gzipped files | |
| 
                          Re-compresses files from compress format
                          to gzip
                          format— | 
The IPRoute2 package contains programs for basic and advanced IPV4-based networking.
The arpd program included in this package will not be built since it depends on Berkeley DB, which is not installed in LFS. However, a directory and a man page for arpd will still be installed. Prevent this by running the commands shown below.
sed -i /ARPD/d Makefile rm -fv man/man8/arpd.8
Compile the package:
make NETNS_RUN_DIR=/run/netns
This package does not have a working test suite.
Install the package:
make SBINDIR=/usr/sbin install
If desired, install the documentation:
install -vDm644 COPYING README* -t /usr/share/doc/iproute2-6.13.0
| Configures network bridges | |
| Connection status utility | |
| Generic netlink utility front end | |
| Shows interface statistics, including the number of packets transmitted and received, by interface | |
| The main executable. It has several different functions, including these: 
                          ip link  ip addr allows users to look at addresses and their properties, add new addresses, and delete old ones ip neighbor allows users to look at neighbor bindings and their properties, add new neighbor entries, and delete old ones ip rule allows users to look at the routing policies and change them ip route allows users to look at the routing table and change routing table rules ip tunnel allows users to look at the IP tunnels and their properties, and change them ip maddr allows users to look at the multicast addresses and their properties, and change them ip mroute allows users to set, change, or delete the multicast routing ip monitor allows users to continuously monitor the state of devices, addresses and routes | |
| Provides Linux network statistics; it is a generalized and more feature-complete replacement for the old rtstat program | |
| Displays network statistics | |
| A component of ip route, for listing the routing tables | |
| 
                          Displays the contents of  | |
| Route monitoring utility | |
| Converts the output of ip -o into a readable form | |
| Route status utility | |
| Similar to the netstat command; shows active connections | |
| Traffic control for Quality of Service (QoS) and Class of Service (CoS) implementations tc qdisc allows users to set up the queueing discipline tc class allows users to set up classes based on the queueing discipline scheduling tc filter allows users to set up the QoS/CoS packet filtering tc monitor can be used to view changes made to Traffic Control in the kernel. | 
The Kbd package contains key-table files, console fonts, and keyboard utilities.
The behavior of the backspace and delete keys is not consistent across the keymaps in the Kbd package. The following patch fixes this issue for i386 keymaps:
patch -Np1 -i ../kbd-2.7.1-backspace-1.patch
After patching, the backspace key generates the character with code 127, and the delete key generates a well-known escape sequence.
Remove the redundant resizecons program (it requires the defunct svgalib to provide the video mode files - for normal use setfont sizes the console appropriately) together with its manpage.
sed -i '/RESIZECONS_PROGS=/s/yes/no/' configure sed -i 's/resizecons.8 //' docs/man/man8/Makefile.in
Prepare Kbd for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-vlock
The meaning of the configure option:
--disable-vlock
                  This option prevents the vlock utility from being built because it requires the PAM library, which isn't available in the chroot environment.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
For some languages (e.g., Belarusian) the Kbd package doesn't provide a useful keymap where the stock “by” keymap assumes the ISO-8859-5 encoding, and the CP1251 keymap is normally used. Users of such languages have to download working keymaps separately.
If desired, install the documentation:
cp -R -v docs/doc -T /usr/share/doc/kbd-2.7.1
| Changes the foreground virtual terminal | |
| Deallocates unused virtual terminals | |
| Dumps the keyboard translation tables | |
| Prints the number of the active virtual terminal | |
| Prints the kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table | |
| Obtains information about the status of a console | |
| Reports or sets the keyboard mode | |
| Sets the keyboard repeat and delay rates | |
| Loads the keyboard translation tables | |
| Loads the kernel unicode-to-font mapping table | |
| An obsolete program that used to load a user-defined output character mapping table into the console driver; this is now done by setfont | |
| Starts a program on a new virtual terminal (VT) | |
| Adds a Unicode character table to a console font | |
| Extracts the embedded Unicode character table from a console font | |
| Removes the embedded Unicode character table from a console font | |
| Handles Unicode character tables for console fonts | |
| Changes the Enhanced Graphic Adapter (EGA) and Video Graphics Array (VGA) fonts on the console | |
| Loads kernel scancode-to-keycode mapping table entries; this is useful if there are unusual keys on the keyboard | |
| Sets the keyboard flags and Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) | |
| Defines the keyboard meta-key handling | |
| Sets the console color map in all virtual terminals | |
| Shows the current EGA/VGA console screen font | |
| Reports the scancodes, keycodes, and ASCII codes of the keys pressed on the keyboard | |
| Puts the keyboard and console in UNICODE mode [Don't use this program unless your keymap file is in the ISO-8859-1 encoding. For other encodings, this utility produces incorrect results.] | |
| Reverts keyboard and console from UNICODE mode | 
The Libpipeline package contains a library for manipulating pipelines of subprocesses in a flexible and convenient way.
Prepare Libpipeline for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Make package contains a program for controlling the generation of executables and other non-source files of a package from source files.
Prepare Make for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make check"
Install the package:
make install
The Patch package contains a program for modifying or creating files by applying a “patch” file typically created by the diff program.
Prepare Patch for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
The Tar package provides the ability to create tar archives as well as perform various other kinds of archive manipulation. Tar can be used on previously created archives to extract files, to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already stored.
Prepare Tar for compilation:
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1 \ ./configure --prefix=/usr
The meaning of the configure option:
FORCE_UNSAFE_CONFIGURE=1
                  
                      This forces the test for mknod to be run as root. It is generally considered
                      dangerous to run this test as the root user, but as it is being run
                      on a system that has only been partially built,
                      overriding it is OK.
                    
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
One test, capabilities: binary store/restore, is known to fail if it is run because LFS lacks selinux, but will be skipped if the host kernel does not support extended attributes or security labels on the filesystem used for building LFS.
Install the package:
make install make -C doc install-html docdir=/usr/share/doc/tar-1.35
The Texinfo package contains programs for reading, writing, and converting info pages.
Prepare Texinfo for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
Optionally, install the components belonging in a TeX installation:
make TEXMF=/usr/share/texmf install-tex
The meaning of the make parameter:
TEXMF=/usr/share/texmf
                  
                      The TEXMF makefile variable
                      holds the location of the root of the TeX tree if, for
                      example, a TeX package will be installed later.
                    
                The Info documentation system uses a plain text file to hold
                its list of menu entries. The file is located at /usr/share/info/dir. Unfortunately, due to
                occasional problems in the Makefiles of various packages, it
                can sometimes get out of sync with the info pages installed
                on the system. If the /usr/share/info/dir file ever needs to be
                recreated, the following optional commands will accomplish
                the task:
              
pushd /usr/share/info
  rm -v dir
  for f in *
    do install-info $f dir 2>/dev/null
  done
popd
            | Used to read info pages which are similar to man pages, but often go much deeper than just explaining all the available command line options [For example, compare man bison and info bison.] | |
| Used to install info pages; it updates entries in the info index file | |
| Translates the given Texinfo source documents into info pages, plain text, or HTML | |
| Used to format the given Texinfo document into a Portable Document Format (PDF) file | |
| Converts Pod to Texinfo format | |
| Translate Texinfo source documentation to various other formats | |
| Used to format the given Texinfo document into a device-independent file that can be printed | |
| Used to format the given Texinfo document into a Portable Document Format (PDF) file | |
| Used to sort Texinfo index files | 
The Vim package contains a powerful text editor.
If you prefer another editor—such as Emacs, Joe, or Nano—please refer to https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/systemd/postlfs/editors.html for suggested installation instructions.
                First, change the default location of the vimrc configuration file to /etc:
              
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h
Prepare Vim for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr
Compile the package:
make
                To prepare the tests, ensure that user tester can write to the source tree and
                exclude one file containing tests requiring curl or wget:
              
chown -R tester . sed '/test_plugin_glvs/d' -i src/testdir/Make_all.mak
                Now run the tests as user tester:
              
su tester -c "TERM=xterm-256color LANG=en_US.UTF-8 make -j1 test" \ &> vim-test.log
                The test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen.
                This can cause issues with the settings of the current
                terminal (especially while we are overriding the TERM variable to satisfy some assumptions of
                the test suite). The problem can be avoided by redirecting
                the output to a log file as shown above. A successful test
                will result in the words ALL
                DONE in the log file at completion.
              
Install the package:
make install
Many users reflexively type vi instead of vim. To allow execution of vim when users habitually enter vi, create a symlink for both the binary and the man page in the provided languages:
ln -sv vim /usr/bin/vi
for L in  /usr/share/man/{,*/}man1/vim.1; do
    ln -sv vim.1 $(dirname $L)/vi.1
done
              
                By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink
                allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-9.1.1122, making it
                consistent with the location of documentation for other
                packages:
              
ln -sv ../vim/vim91/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-9.1.1122
If an X Window System is going to be installed on the LFS system, it may be necessary to recompile Vim after installing X. Vim comes with a GUI version of the editor that requires X and some additional libraries to be installed. For more information on this process, refer to the Vim documentation and the Vim installation page in the BLFS book at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/systemd/postlfs/vim.html.
By default, vim runs in vi-incompatible mode. This may be new to users who have used other editors in the past. The “nocompatible” setting is included below to highlight the fact that a new behavior is being used. It also reminds those who would change to “compatible” mode that it should be the first setting in the configuration file. This is necessary because it changes other settings, and overrides must come after this setting. Create a default vim configuration file by running the following:
cat > /etc/vimrc << "EOF"
" Begin /etc/vimrc
" Ensure defaults are set before customizing settings, not after
source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
let skip_defaults_vim=1
set nocompatible
set backspace=2
set mouse=
syntax on
if (&term == "xterm") || (&term == "putty")
  set background=dark
endif
" End /etc/vimrc
EOF
              
                The set nocompatible
                setting makes vim behave in a more useful
                way (the default) than the vi-compatible manner. Remove the
                “no” to
                keep the old vi
                behavior. The set
                backspace=2 setting allows backspacing over line
                breaks, autoindents, and the start of an insert. The
                syntax on parameter
                enables vim's syntax highlighting. The set mouse= setting enables
                proper pasting of text with the mouse when working in chroot
                or over a remote connection. Finally, the if statement with the set background=dark setting
                corrects vim's
                guess about the background color of some terminal emulators.
                This gives the highlighting a better color scheme for use on
                the black background of these programs.
              
Documentation for other available options can be obtained by running the following command:
vim -c ':options'
                  By default, vim only installs spell-checking files for the
                  English language. To install spell-checking files for your
                  preferred language, copy the .spl and optionally, the .sug files for your language and
                  character encoding from runtime/spell into /usr/share/vim/vim91/spell/.
                
                  To use these spell-checking files, some configuration in
                  /etc/vimrc is needed, e.g.:
                
set spelllang=en,ru
set spell
                  For more information, see runtime/spell/README.txt.
                
| Starts vim in ex mode | |
| Is a restricted version of view; no shell commands can be started and view cannot be suspended | |
| Is a restricted version of vim; no shell commands can be started and vim cannot be suspended | |
| Link to vim | |
| Starts vim in read-only mode | |
| Is the editor | |
| Edits two or three versions of a file with vim and shows differences | |
| Teaches the basic keys and commands of vim | |
| Creates a hex dump of the given file; it can also perform the inverse operation, so it can be used for binary patching | 
MarkupSafe is a Python module that implements an XML/HTML/XHTML Markup safe string.
Compile MarkupSafe with the following command:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install the package:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist Markupsafe
Jinja2 is a Python module that implements a simple pythonic template language.
Build the package:
pip3 wheel -w dist --no-cache-dir --no-build-isolation --no-deps $PWD
Install the package:
pip3 install --no-index --find-links dist Jinja2
The systemd package contains programs for controlling the startup, running, and shutdown of the system.
                Remove two unneeded groups, render and sgx, from the default udev rules:
              
sed -e 's/GROUP="render"/GROUP="video"/' \
    -e 's/GROUP="sgx", //'               \
    -i rules.d/50-udev-default.rules.in
              Prepare systemd for compilation:
mkdir -p build
cd       build
meson setup ..                \
      --prefix=/usr           \
      --buildtype=release     \
      -D default-dnssec=no    \
      -D firstboot=false      \
      -D install-tests=false  \
      -D ldconfig=false       \
      -D sysusers=false       \
      -D rpmmacrosdir=no      \
      -D homed=disabled       \
      -D userdb=false         \
      -D man=disabled         \
      -D mode=release         \
      -D pamconfdir=no        \
      -D dev-kvm-mode=0660    \
      -D nobody-group=nogroup \
      -D sysupdate=disabled   \
      -D ukify=disabled       \
      -D docdir=/usr/share/doc/systemd-257.3
              The meaning of the meson options:
--buildtype=release
                  This switch overrides the default buildtype (“debug”), which produces unoptimized binaries.
-D
                    default-dnssec=no
                  This switch turns off the experimental DNSSEC support.
-D
                    firstboot=false
                  This switch prevents installation of systemd services responsible for setting up the system for the first time. These are not useful in LFS, because everything is done manually.
-D
                    install-tests=false
                  This switch prevents installation of the compiled tests.
-D
                    ldconfig=false
                  This switch prevents installation of a systemd unit that runs ldconfig at boot; this is not useful for source distributions such as LFS, and makes the boot time longer. Remove this option to enable running ldconfig at boot.
-D
                    sysusers=false
                  
                      This switch prevents installation of systemd services
                      responsible for setting up the /etc/group and /etc/passwd files. Both files were
                      created in the previous chapter. This daemon is not
                      useful on an LFS system since user accounts are
                      manually created.
                    
-D
                    rpmmacrosdir=no
                  This switch disables installation of RPM Macros for use with systemd, because LFS does not support RPM.
-D
                    homed=disabled and -D userdb=false
                  Remove two daemons with dependencies that do not fit within the scope of LFS.
-D
                    man=disabled
                  Prevent the generation of man pages to avoid extra dependencies. We will install pre-generated man pages for systemd from a tarball.
-D
                    mode=release
                  Disable some features considered experimental by upstream.
-D
                    pamconfdir=no
                  Prevent the installation of a PAM configuration file not functional on LFS.
-D
                    dev-kvm-mode=0660
                  
                      The default udev rule would allow all users to access
                      /dev/kvm. The editors
                      consider it dangerous. This option overrides it.
                    
-D
                    nobody-group=nogroup
                  
                      Tell the package the group name with GID 65534 is
                      nogroup.
                    
-D
                    sysupdate=disabled
                  Do not install the systemd-sysupdate tool. It's designed for automatically upgrading binary distros, so it's useless for a basic Linux system built from source. And it will report errors on boot if it's enabled but not properly configured.
-D
                    ukify=disabled
                  Do not install the systemd-ukify script. At runtime this script requires the pefile Python module that neither LFS nor BLFS provides.
Compile the package:
ninja
                Some tests need a basic /etc/os-release file. To test the results,
                issue:
              
echo 'NAME="Linux From Scratch"' > /etc/os-release ninja test
                One test named systemd:core /
                test-namespace is known to fail in the LFS chroot
                environment. Some other tests may fail because they depend on
                various kernel configuration options. The test named
                systemd:test / test-copy may
                time out due to an I/O congestion with a large parallel job
                number, but it would pass if running alone with meson test test-copy.
              
Install the package:
ninja install
Install the man pages:
tar -xf ../../systemd-man-pages-257.3.tar.xz \
    --no-same-owner --strip-components=1   \
    -C /usr/share/man
              
                Create the /etc/machine-id file
                needed by systemd-journald:
              
systemd-machine-id-setup
Set up the basic target structure:
systemctl preset-all
| Is used to introspect and monitor the D-Bus bus | |
| Is used to retrieve coredumps from the systemd journal | |
| 
                          Normally invokes shutdown with the
                           | |
| Is used to query and change the system hostname and related settings | |
| Is the first process to be started after the kernel has initialized the hardware; init takes over the boot process and starts the processes specified by its configuration files; in this case, it starts systemd | |
| Is used to query the contents of the systemd journal | |
| Is used to add and remove kernel and initramfs images to and from /boot; in LFS, this is done manually | |
| Is used to query and change the system locale and keyboard layout settings | |
| Is used to introspect and control the state of the systemd Login Manager | |
| Is used to introspect and control the state of the systemd Virtual Machine and Container Registration Manager | |
| Is used to introspect and configure the state of the network links configured by systemd-networkd | |
| Controls the systemd Out Of Memory daemon | |
| Is used to attach or detach portable services from the local system | |
| Instructs the kernel to halt the system and switch off the computer (see halt) | |
| Instructs the kernel to reboot the system (see halt) | |
| Registers DNS server and domain configuration with systemd-resolved | |
| Sends control commands to the network name resolution manager, or resolves domain names, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, DNS records, and services | |
| 
                          Outputs the previous and the current run-level, as
                          noted in the last run-level record in  | |
| Brings the system down in a safe and secure manner, signaling all processes and notifying all logged-in users | |
| Is used to introspect and control the state of the systemd system and service manager | |
| Reports whether the system is connected to an external power source. | |
| Is used to analyze system startup performance, as well as identify troublesome systemd units | |
| Is used to query a system password or passphrase from the user, using a message specified on the Linux command line | |
| Is used to connect the STDOUT and STDERR outputs of a process with the systemd journal | |
| Recursively shows the contents of the selected Linux control group hierarchy in a tree | |
| Shows the top control groups of the local Linux control group hierarchy, ordered by their CPU, memory and disk I/O loads | |
| Displays and processes credentials | |
| 
                          Is used to identify and compare configuration files
                          in  | |
| Detects whether the system is being run in a virtual environment, and adjusts udev accordingly | |
| Is used to inspect OS disk images | |
| Is used to escape strings for inclusion in systemd unit names | |
| Is used to manage the hardware database (hwdb) | |
| Generates and prints id128 (UUID) strings | |
| Is used to execute a program with a shutdown, sleep or idle inhibitor lock taken, preventing an action such as a system shutdown until the process is completed | |
| 
                          Is used by system installer tools to initialize the
                          machine ID stored in  | |
| Is used to temporarily mount or automount disks | |
| Is used by daemon scripts to notify the init system of status changes | |
| Is used to run a command, or an entire OS, in a light-weight namespace container | |
| Is used to query system and user paths | |
| Is used to grow and add partitions to a partition table when systemd is used with an OS image (e.g. a container) | |
| Is used to resolve domain names, IPV4 and IPv6 addresses, DNS resource records, and services | |
| Is used to create and start a transient .service or a .scope unit and run the specified command in it; this is useful for validating systemd units | |
| Is used to listen on socket devices and launch a process upon a successful connection to the socket | |
| Activates system extension images | |
| 
                          Creates, deletes, and cleans up volatile and
                          temporary files and directories, based on the
                          configuration file format and location specified in
                           | |
| Unmounts mount points | |
| Is used to list and/or process pending systemd password requests | |
| Tells init which run-level to change to | |
| Is used to query and change the system clock and its settings | |
| Is a generic udev administration tool which controls the udevd daemon, provides info from the udev hardware database, monitors uevents, waits for uevents to finish, tests udev configuration, and triggers uevents for a given device | |
| Is the main systemd utility library | |
| Is a library to access Udev device information | 
D-Bus is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another. D-Bus supplies both a system daemon (for events such as "new hardware device added" or "printer queue changed") and a per-user-login-session daemon (for general IPC needs among user applications). Also, the message bus is built on top of a general one-to-one message passing framework, which can be used by any two applications to communicate directly (without going through the message bus daemon).
Prepare D-Bus for compilation:
mkdir build cd build meson setup --prefix=/usr --buildtype=release --wrap-mode=nofallback ..
The meaning of the meson options:
--wrap-mode=nofallback
                  This switch prevents meson from attempting to download a copy of the Glib package for the tests.
Compile the package:
ninja
To test the results, issue:
ninja test
Many tests are disabled because they require additional packages that are not included in LFS. Instructions for running the comprehensive test suite can be found in the BLFS book.
Install the package:
ninja install
                Create a symlink so that D-Bus and systemd can use the same
                machine-id file:
              
ln -sfv /etc/machine-id /var/lib/dbus
| is used to remove leftover sockets in a directory | |
| is the D-Bus message bus daemon | |
| starts dbus-daemon from a shell script | |
| monitors messages passing through a D-Bus message bus | |
| starts a session bus instance of dbus-daemon from a shell script and starts a specified program in that session | |
| sends a message to a D-Bus message bus | |
| is a tool to help packages test D-Bus | |
| updates environment variables that will be set for D-Bus session services | |
| Generates a universally unique ID | |
| Contains API functions used to communicate with the D-Bus message bus | 
The Man-DB package contains programs for finding and viewing man pages.
Prepare Man-DB for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                         \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/man-db-2.13.0 \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                     \
            --disable-setuid                      \
            --enable-cache-owner=bin              \
            --with-browser=/usr/bin/lynx          \
            --with-vgrind=/usr/bin/vgrind         \
            --with-grap=/usr/bin/grap
              The meaning of the configure options:
--disable-setuid
                  
                      This disables making the man program setuid to
                      user man.
                    
--enable-cache-owner=bin
                  
                      This changes ownership of the system-wide cache files
                      to user bin.
                    
--with-...
                  These three parameters are used to set some default programs. lynx is a text-based web browser (see BLFS for installation instructions), vgrind converts program sources to Groff input, and grap is useful for typesetting graphs in Groff documents. The vgrind and grap programs are not normally needed for viewing manual pages. They are not part of LFS or BLFS, but you should be able to install them yourself after finishing LFS if you wish to do so.
Compile the package:
make
To test the results, issue:
make check
Install the package:
make install
                The following table shows the character set that Man-DB
                assumes manual pages installed under /usr/share/man/<ll> will be encoded
                with. In addition to this, Man-DB correctly determines if
                manual pages installed in that directory are UTF-8 encoded.
              
Table 8.1. Expected character encoding of legacy 8-bit manual pages
| Language (code) | Encoding | Language (code) | Encoding | 
|---|---|---|---|
| Danish (da) | ISO-8859-1 | Croatian (hr) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| German (de) | ISO-8859-1 | Hungarian (hu) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| English (en) | ISO-8859-1 | Japanese (ja) | EUC-JP | 
| Spanish (es) | ISO-8859-1 | Korean (ko) | EUC-KR | 
| Estonian (et) | ISO-8859-1 | Lithuanian (lt) | ISO-8859-13 | 
| Finnish (fi) | ISO-8859-1 | Latvian (lv) | ISO-8859-13 | 
| French (fr) | ISO-8859-1 | Macedonian (mk) | ISO-8859-5 | 
| Irish (ga) | ISO-8859-1 | Polish (pl) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| Galician (gl) | ISO-8859-1 | Romanian (ro) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| Indonesian (id) | ISO-8859-1 | Greek (el) | ISO-8859-7 | 
| Icelandic (is) | ISO-8859-1 | Slovak (sk) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| Italian (it) | ISO-8859-1 | Slovenian (sl) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| Norwegian Bokmal (nb) | ISO-8859-1 | Serbian Latin (sr@latin) | ISO-8859-2 | 
| Dutch (nl) | ISO-8859-1 | Serbian (sr) | ISO-8859-5 | 
| Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) | ISO-8859-1 | Turkish (tr) | ISO-8859-9 | 
| Norwegian (no) | ISO-8859-1 | Ukrainian (uk) | KOI8-U | 
| Portuguese (pt) | ISO-8859-1 | Vietnamese (vi) | TCVN5712-1 | 
| Swedish (sv) | ISO-8859-1 | Simplified Chinese (zh_CN) | GBK | 
| Belarusian (be) | CP1251 | Simplified Chinese, Singapore (zh_SG) | GBK | 
| Bulgarian (bg) | CP1251 | Traditional Chinese, Hong Kong (zh_HK) | BIG5HKSCS | 
| Czech (cs) | ISO-8859-2 | Traditional Chinese (zh_TW) | BIG5 | 
Manual pages in languages not in the list are not supported.
| Dumps the whatis database contents in human-readable form | |
| Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain a given string | |
| Creates or updates the pre-formatted manual pages | |
| Displays one-line summary information about a given manual page | |
| Formats and displays the requested manual page | |
| Converts manual pages to another encoding | |
| Creates or updates the whatis database | |
| Displays the contents of $MANPATH or (if $MANPATH is not set) a suitable search path based on the settings in man.conf and the user's environment | |
| Searches the whatis database and displays the short descriptions of system commands that contain the given keyword as a separate word | |
| Contains run-time support for man | |
| Contains run-time support for man | 
The Procps-ng package contains programs for monitoring processes.
Prepare Procps-ng for compilation:
./configure --prefix=/usr                           \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/procps-ng-4.0.5 \
            --disable-static                        \
            --disable-kill                          \
            --enable-watch8bit                      \
            --with-systemd
              The meaning of the configure option:
--disable-kill
                  This switch disables building the kill command; it will be installed from the Util-linux package.
--enable-watch8bit
                  This switch enables the ncursesw support for the watch command, so it can handle 8-bit characters.
Compile the package:
make
To run the test suite, run:
chown -R tester . su tester -c "PATH=$PATH make check"
                One test named ps with output flag
                bsdtime,cputime,etime,etimes is known to fail if the
                host kernel is not built with CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT enabled. In
                addition, one pgrep test may fail in the chroot environment.
              
Install the package:
make install
| Reports the amount of free and used memory (both physical and swap memory) in the system | |
| Looks up processes based on their name and other attributes | |
| Reports the PIDs of the given programs | |
| Signals processes based on their name and other attributes | |
| Reports the memory map of the given process | |
| Lists the current running processes | |
| Reports the current working directory of a process | |
| Displays detailed kernel slab cache information in real time | |
| Modifies kernel parameters at run time | |
| Prints a graph of the current system load average | |
| Displays a list of the most CPU intensive processes; it provides an ongoing look at processor activity in real time | |
| Reports how long the system has been running, how many users are logged on, and the system load averages | |
| Reports virtual memory statistics, giving information about processes, memory, paging, block Input/Output (IO), traps, and CPU activity | |
| Shows which users are currently logged on, where, and since when | |
| Runs a given command repeatedly, displaying the first screen-full of its output; this allows a user to watch the output change over time | |
| Contains the functions used by most programs in this package | 
The Util-linux package contains miscellaneous utility programs. Among them are utilities for handling file systems, consoles, partitions, and messages.
Prepare Util-linux for compilation:
./configure --bindir=/usr/bin     \
            --libdir=/usr/lib     \
            --runstatedir=/run    \
            --sbindir=/usr/sbin   \
            --disable-chfn-chsh   \
            --disable-login       \
            --disable-nologin     \
            --disable-su          \
            --disable-setpriv     \
            --disable-runuser     \
            --disable-pylibmount  \
            --disable-liblastlog2 \
            --disable-static      \
            --without-python      \
            ADJTIME_PATH=/var/lib/hwclock/adjtime \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/util-linux-2.40.4
              The --disable and --without options prevent warnings about building components that either require packages not in LFS, or are inconsistent with programs installed by other packages.
Compile the package:
make
                If desired, create a dummy /etc/fstab file to satisfy two tests and
                run the test suite as a non-root user:
              
                  Running the test suite as the root user can be harmful to your
                  system. To run it, the CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG option for the
                  kernel must be available in the currently running system
                  and must be built as a module. Building it into the kernel
                  will prevent booting. For complete coverage, other BLFS
                  packages must be installed. If desired, this test can be
                  run by booting into the completed LFS system and running:
                
bash tests/run.sh --srcdir=$PWD --builddir=$PWD
touch /etc/fstab chown -R tester . su tester -c "make -k check"
                The hardlink tests
                will fail if the host's kernel does not have the option
                CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH
                enabled or does not have any options providing a SHA256
                implementation (for example, CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256, or CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256_SSSE3 if the CPU
                supports Supplemental SSE3) enabled. In addition, the lsfd:
                inotify test will fail if the kernel option CONFIG_NETLINK_DIAG is not enabled.
              
Two other tests, lsfd: SOURCE column and utmp: last, are known to fail in the chroot environment.
Install the package:
make install
| Informs the Linux kernel of new partitions | |
| Opens a tty port, prompts for a login name, and then invokes the login program | |
| Discards sectors on a device | |
| A command line utility to locate and print block device attributes | |
| Is used to manage zoned storage block devices | |
| Allows users to call block device ioctls from the command line | |
| Displays a simple calendar | |
| Manipulates the partition table of the given device | |
| Modifies the state of CPUs | |
| Configures memory | |
| Displays and adjusts OOM-killer scores, used to determine which process to kill first when Linux is Out Of Memory | |
| Manipulates real-time attributes of a process | |
| Filters out reverse line feeds | |
| Filters nroff output for terminals that lack some capabilities, such as overstriking and half-lines | |
| Filters out the given columns | |
| Formats a given file into multiple columns | |
| Sets the function of the Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination to a hard or a soft reset | |
| Asks the Linux kernel to remove a partition | |
| Dumps the kernel boot messages | |
| Ejects removable media | |
| Preallocates space to a file | |
| Manipulates the partition table of the given device | |
| Counts pages of file contents in core | |
| Finds a file system, either by label or Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) | |
| Is a command line interface to the libmount library for working with mountinfo, fstab and mtab files | |
| Acquires a file lock and then executes a command with the lock held | |
| Is used to check, and optionally repair, file systems | |
| Performs a consistency check on the Cramfs file system on the given device | |
| Performs a consistency check on the Minix file system on the given device | |
| Is a very simple wrapper around FIFREEZE/FITHAW ioctl kernel driver operations | |
| Discards unused blocks on a mounted filesystem | |
| Parses options in the given command line | |
| Consolidates duplicate files by creating hard links | |
| Dumps the given file in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii | |
| Reads or sets the system's hardware clock, also called the Real-Time Clock (RTC) or Basic Input-Output System (BIOS) clock | |
| A symbolic link to setarch | |
| Gets or sets the io scheduling class and priority for a program | |
| Creates various IPC resources | |
| Removes the given Inter-Process Communication (IPC) resource | |
| Provides IPC status information | |
| Displays kernel interrupt counter information in top(1) style view | |
| Reports the size of an iso9660 file system | |
| Sends signals to processes | |
| 
                          Shows which users last logged in (and out),
                          searching back through the  | |
| 
                          Shows the failed login attempts, as logged in
                           | |
| Attaches a line discipline to a serial line | |
| A symbolic link to setarch | |
| A symbolic link to setarch | |
| Enters the given message into the system log | |
| Displays lines that begin with the given string | |
| Sets up and controls loop devices | |
| Lists information about all or selected block devices in a tree-like format | |
| Prints CPU architecture information | |
| Displays information about open files; replaces lsof | |
| Prints information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system | |
| Displays kernel interrupt counter information | |
| Lists local system locks | |
| Lists information about users, groups and system accounts | |
| Lists the ranges of available memory with their online status | |
| Lists namespaces | |
| Generates magic cookies (128-bit random hexadecimal numbers) for xauth | |
| Controls whether other users can send messages to the current user's terminal | |
| Builds a file system on a device (usually a hard disk partition) | |
| Creates a Santa Cruz Operations (SCO) bfs file system | |
| Creates a cramfs file system | |
| Creates a Minix file system | |
| Initializes the given device or file to be used as a swap area | |
| A filter for paging through text one screen at a time | |
| Attaches the file system on the given device to a specified directory in the file-system tree | |
| Checks if the directory is a mountpoint | |
| Shows the symbolic links in the given paths | |
| Runs a program with namespaces of other processes | |
| Tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions | |
| Makes the given file system the new root file system of the current process | |
| Gets and sets a process's resource limits | |
| Reads kernel profiling information | |
| Renames the given files, replacing a given string with another | |
| Alters the priority of running processes | |
| Asks the Linux kernel to resize a partition | |
| Reverses the lines of a given file | |
| Tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices | |
| Used to enter a system sleep state until the specified wakeup time | |
| Makes a typescript of a terminal session | |
| Re-runs session typescripts using timing information | |
| Plays back typescripts using timing information | |
| Changes reported architecture in a new program environment, and sets personality flags | |
| Runs the given program in a new session | |
| Sets terminal attributes | |
| A disk partition table manipulator | |
| 
                          Allows  | |
| Makes changes to the swap area's UUID and label | |
| Disables devices and files for paging and swapping | |
| Enables devices and files for paging and swapping, and lists the devices and files currently in use | |
| Switches to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree | |
| Retrieves or sets a process's CPU affinity | |
| Manipulates the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process | |
| A filter for translating underscores into escape sequences indicating underlining for the terminal in use | |
| Disconnects a file system from the system's file tree | |
| A symbolic link to setarch | |
| Runs a program with some namespaces unshared from parent | |
| Displays the content of the given login file in a user-friendly format | |
| A daemon used by the UUID library to generate time-based UUIDs in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion | |
| Creates new UUIDs. Each new UUID is a random number likely to be unique among all UUIDs created, on the local system and on other systems, in the past and in the future, with extremely high probability (2128 UUIDs are possible) | |
| A utility to parse unique identifiers | |
| Displays the contents of a file or, by default, its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users | |
| Shows hardware watchdog status | |
| Reports the location of the binary, source, and man page files for the given command | |
| Wipes a filesystem signature from a device | |
| A symbolic link to setarch | |
| A program to set up and control zram (compressed ram disk) devices | |
| Contains routines for device identification and token extraction | |
| Contains routines for manipulating partition tables | |
| Contains routines for block device mounting and unmounting | |
| Contains routines for aiding screen output in tabular form | |
| Contains routines for generating unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system | 
                The E2fsprogs package contains the utilities for handling the
                ext2 file system. It also
                supports the ext3 and
                ext4 journaling file systems.
              
The E2fsprogs documentation recommends that the package be built in a subdirectory of the source tree:
mkdir -v build cd build
Prepare E2fsprogs for compilation:
../configure --prefix=/usr           \
             --sysconfdir=/etc       \
             --enable-elf-shlibs     \
             --disable-libblkid      \
             --disable-libuuid       \
             --disable-uuidd         \
             --disable-fsck
              The meaning of the configure options:
--enable-elf-shlibs
                  This creates the shared libraries which some programs in this package use.
--disable-*
                  
                      These prevent building and installing the libuuid and libblkid libraries, the
                      uuidd daemon, and the
                      fsck
                      wrapper; util-linux installs more recent versions.
                    
Compile the package:
make
To run the tests, issue:
make check
                One test named m_assume_storage_prezeroed is known to
                fail. Another test named m_rootdir_acl is known to fail if the file
                system used for the LFS system is not ext4.
              
Install the package:
make install
Remove useless static libraries:
rm -fv /usr/lib/{libcom_err,libe2p,libext2fs,libss}.a
              
                This package installs a gzipped .info file but doesn't update the
                system-wide dir file. Unzip
                this file and then update the system dir file using the following commands:
              
gunzip -v /usr/share/info/libext2fs.info.gz install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir /usr/share/info/libext2fs.info
If desired, create and install some additional documentation by issuing the following commands:
makeinfo -o doc/com_err.info ../lib/et/com_err.texinfo install -v -m644 doc/com_err.info /usr/share/info install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir /usr/share/info/com_err.info
                /etc/mke2fs.conf contains the
                default value of various command line options of mke2fs. You may edit the
                file to make the default values suitable for your needs. For
                example, some utilities (not in LFS or BLFS) cannot recognize
                a ext4 file system with
                metadata_csum_seed feature
                enabled. If you
                need such an utility, you may remove the feature from the
                default ext4 feature list
                with the command:
              
sed 's/metadata_csum_seed,//' -i /etc/mke2fs.conf
Read the man page mke2fs.conf(5) for details.
| Searches a device (usually a disk partition) for bad blocks | |
| 
                          Changes the attributes of files on  | |
| 
                          An error table compiler; it converts a table of
                          error-code names and messages into a C source file
                          suitable for use with the  | |
| 
                          A file system debugger; it can be used to examine
                          and change the state of  | |
| Prints the super block and blocks group information for the file system present on a given device | |
| Reports free space fragmentation information | |
| 
                          Is used to check and optionally repair  | |
| 
                          Is used to save critical  | |
| 
                          Displays or changes the file system label on the
                           | |
| 
                          Checks MMP (Multiple Mount Protection) status of an
                           | |
| 
                          Checks the contents of a mounted  | |
| 
                          Checks all mounted  | |
| 
                          Replays the undo log for an  | |
| 
                           | |
| 
                          Online defragmenter for  | |
| Reports on how badly fragmented a particular file might be | |
| 
                          By default checks  | |
| 
                          By default checks  | |
| 
                          By default checks  | |
| Saves the output of a command in a log file | |
| Lists the attributes of files on a second extended file system | |
| 
                          Converts a table of command names and help messages
                          into a C source file suitable for use with the
                           | |
| 
                          Creates an  | |
| 
                          By default creates  | |
| 
                          By default creates  | |
| 
                          By default creates  | |
| 
                          Creates a  | |
| 
                          Can be used to enlarge or shrink  | |
| 
                          Adjusts tunable file system parameters on
                           | |
| The common error display routine | |
| Used by dumpe2fs, chattr, and lsattr | |
| 
                          Contains routines to enable user-level programs to
                          manipulate  | |
| Used by debugfs | 
              Most programs and libraries are, by default, compiled with
              debugging symbols included (with gcc's -g option). This means that when
              debugging a program or library that was compiled with debugging
              information, the debugger can provide not only memory
              addresses, but also the names of the routines and variables.
            
The inclusion of these debugging symbols enlarges a program or library significantly. Here are two examples of the amount of space these symbols occupy:
A bash binary with debugging symbols: 1200 KB
A bash binary without debugging symbols: 480 KB (60% smaller)
                    Glibc and GCC files (/lib
                    and /usr/lib) with
                    debugging symbols: 87 MB
                  
Glibc and GCC files without debugging symbols: 16 MB (82% smaller)
Sizes will vary depending on which compiler and C library were used, but a program that has been stripped of debugging symbols is usually some 50% to 80% smaller than its unstripped counterpart. Because most users will never use a debugger on their system software, a lot of disk space can be regained by removing these symbols. The next section shows how to strip all debugging symbols from the programs and libraries.
This section is optional. If the intended user is not a programmer and does not plan to do any debugging of the system software, the system's size can be decreased by some 2 GB by removing the debugging symbols, and some unnecessary symbol table entries, from binaries and libraries. This causes no real inconvenience for a typical Linux user.
Most people who use the commands mentioned below do not experience any difficulties. However, it is easy to make a mistake and render the new system unusable. So before running the strip commands, it is a good idea to make a backup of the LFS system in its current state.
              A strip command
              with the --strip-unneeded option removes
              all debug symbols from a binary or library. It also removes all
              symbol table entries not needed by the linker (for static
              libraries) or dynamic linker (for dynamically linked binaries
              and shared libraries).
            
The debugging symbols from selected libraries are compressed with Zlib and preserved in separate files. That debugging information is needed to run regression tests with valgrind or gdb later, in BLFS.
              Note that strip
              will overwrite the binary or library file it is processing.
              This can crash the processes using code or data from the file.
              If the process running strip is affected, the binary
              or library being stripped can be destroyed; this can make the
              system completely unusable. To avoid this problem we copy some
              libraries and binaries into /tmp,
              strip them there, then reinstall them with the install command. (The related
              entry in Section 8.2.1, “Upgrade
              Issues” gives the rationale for using the install command here.)
            
                The ELF loader's name is ld-linux-x86-64.so.2 on 64-bit
                systems and ld-linux.so.2 on 32-bit systems. The construct
                below selects the correct name for the current architecture,
                excluding anything ending with g, in case the commands below have already
                been run.
              
                If there is any package whose version is different from the
                version specified by the book (either following a security
                advisory or satisfying personal preference), it may be
                necessary to update the library file name in save_usrlib or online_usrlib. Failing to do so may render the system
                completely unusable.
              
save_usrlib="$(cd /usr/lib; ls ld-linux*[^g])
             libc.so.6
             libthread_db.so.1
             libquadmath.so.0.0.0
             libstdc++.so.6.0.33
             libitm.so.1.0.0
             libatomic.so.1.2.0"
cd /usr/lib
for LIB in $save_usrlib; do
    objcopy --only-keep-debug --compress-debug-sections=zlib $LIB $LIB.dbg
    cp $LIB /tmp/$LIB
    strip --strip-unneeded /tmp/$LIB
    objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=$LIB.dbg /tmp/$LIB
    install -vm755 /tmp/$LIB /usr/lib
    rm /tmp/$LIB
done
online_usrbin="bash find strip"
online_usrlib="libbfd-2.44.so
               libsframe.so.1.0.0
               libhistory.so.8.2
               libncursesw.so.6.5
               libm.so.6
               libreadline.so.8.2
               libz.so.1.3.1
               libzstd.so.1.5.7
               $(cd /usr/lib; find libnss*.so* -type f)"
for BIN in $online_usrbin; do
    cp /usr/bin/$BIN /tmp/$BIN
    strip --strip-unneeded /tmp/$BIN
    install -vm755 /tmp/$BIN /usr/bin
    rm /tmp/$BIN
done
for LIB in $online_usrlib; do
    cp /usr/lib/$LIB /tmp/$LIB
    strip --strip-unneeded /tmp/$LIB
    install -vm755 /tmp/$LIB /usr/lib
    rm /tmp/$LIB
done
for i in $(find /usr/lib -type f -name \*.so* ! -name \*dbg) \
         $(find /usr/lib -type f -name \*.a)                 \
         $(find /usr/{bin,sbin,libexec} -type f); do
    case "$online_usrbin $online_usrlib $save_usrlib" in
        *$(basename $i)* )
            ;;
        * ) strip --strip-unneeded $i
            ;;
    esac
done
unset BIN LIB save_usrlib online_usrbin online_usrlib
            A large number of files will be flagged as errors because their file format is not recognized. These warnings can be safely ignored. They indicate that those files are scripts, not binaries.
Finally, clean up some extra files left over from running tests:
rm -rf /tmp/{*,.*}
            There are also several files in the /usr/lib and /usr/libexec directories with a file name extension of .la. These are "libtool archive" files. On a modern Linux system the libtool .la files are only useful for libltdl. No libraries in LFS are expected to be loaded by libltdl, and it's known that some .la files can break BLFS package builds. Remove those files now:
find /usr/lib /usr/libexec -name \*.la -delete
For more information about libtool archive files, see the BLFS section "About Libtool Archive (.la) files".
The compiler built in Chapter 6 and Chapter 7 is still partially installed and not needed anymore. Remove it with:
find /usr -depth -name $(uname -m)-lfs-linux-gnu\* | xargs rm -rf
Finally, remove the temporary 'tester' user account created at the beginning of the previous chapter.
userdel -r tester
This chapter discusses configuration files and systemd services. First, the general configuration files needed to set up networking are presented.
Second, issues that affect the proper setup of devices are discussed.
Third, configuring the system clock and keyboard layout is shown.
Fourth, a brief introduction to the scripts and configuration files used when the user logs into the system is presented.
And finally, configuring the behavior of systemd is discussed.
This section only applies if a network card is to be configured.
                Starting with version 209, systemd ships a network
                configuration daemon called systemd-networkd which can
                be used for basic network configuration. Additionally, since
                version 213, DNS name resolution can be handled by
                systemd-resolved in place
                of a static /etc/resolv.conf
                file. Both services are enabled by default.
              
If you will not use systemd-networkd for network configuration (for example, when the system is not connected to network, or you want to use another utility like NetworkManager for network configuration), disable a service to prevent an error message during boot:
systemctl disable systemd-networkd-wait-online
                Configuration files for systemd-networkd (and
                systemd-resolved) can be
                placed in /usr/lib/systemd/network or /etc/systemd/network. Files in /etc/systemd/network have a higher priority
                than the ones in /usr/lib/systemd/network. There are three
                types of configuration files: .link, .netdev and .network files. For detailed descriptions
                and example contents of these configuration files, consult
                the systemd.link(5),
                systemd.netdev(5),
                and systemd.network(5)
                manual pages.
              
Udev normally assigns network card interface names based on physical system characteristics such as enp2s1. If you are not sure what your interface name is, you can always run ip link after you have booted your system.
The interface names depend on the implementation and configuration of the udev daemon running on the system. The udev daemon for LFS (systemd-udevd, installed in Section 8.76, “Systemd-257.3”) will not run unless the LFS system is booted. So it's unreliable to determine the interface names being used in LFS system by running those commands on the host distro, even though you are in the chroot environment.
For most systems, there is only one network interface for each type of connection. For example, the classic interface name for a wired connection is eth0. A wireless connection will usually have the name wifi0 or wlan0.
If you prefer to use the classic or customized network interface names, there are three alternative ways to do that:
                        Mask udev's .link file
                        for the default policy:
                      
ln -s /dev/null /etc/systemd/network/99-default.link
                        Create a manual naming scheme, for example by naming
                        the interfaces something like internet0, dmz0, or lan0. To do that, create
                        .link files in
                        /etc/systemd/network/ that select an explicit name or
                        a better naming scheme for your network interfaces.
                        For example:
                      
cat > /etc/systemd/network/10-ether0.link << "EOF"
[Match]
# Change the MAC address as appropriate for your network device
MACAddress=12:34:45:78:90:AB
[Link]
Name=ether0
EOF
                      See systemd.link(5) for more information.
                        In /boot/grub/grub.cfg, pass the option net.ifnames=0 on the kernel command
                        line.
                      
The command below creates a basic configuration file for a Static IP setup (using both systemd-networkd and systemd-resolved):
cat > /etc/systemd/network/10-eth-static.network << "EOF"
[Match]
Name=<network-device-name>
[Network]
Address=192.168.0.2/24
Gateway=192.168.0.1
DNS=192.168.0.1
Domains=<Your Domain Name>
EOF
                
                  Multiple DNS entries can be added if you have more than one
                  DNS server. Do not include DNS or Domains entries if you
                  intend to use a static /etc/resolv.conf file.
                
                If the system is going to be connected to the Internet, it
                will need some means of Domain Name Service (DNS) name
                resolution to resolve Internet domain names to IP addresses,
                and vice versa. This is best achieved by placing the IP
                address of the DNS server, available from the ISP or network
                administrator, into /etc/resolv.conf.
              
                    If using methods incompatible with systemd-resolved to
                    configure your network interfaces (ex: ppp, etc.), or if
                    using any type of local resolver (ex: bind, dnsmasq,
                    unbound, etc.), or any other software that generates an
                    /etc/resolv.conf (ex: a
                    resolvconf
                    program other than the one provided by systemd), the
                    systemd-resolved
                    service should not be used.
                  
To disable systemd-resolved, issue the following command:
systemctl disable systemd-resolved
                  When using systemd-resolved for DNS
                  configuration, it creates the file /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf.
                  And, if /etc/resolv.conf does
                  not exist, it will be created by systemd-resolved as a
                  symlink to /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf. So
                  it's unnecessary to create a /etc/resolv.conf manually.
                
                  If a static /etc/resolv.conf
                  is desired, create it by running the following command:
                
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/resolv.conf
domain <Your Domain Name>
nameserver <IP address of your primary nameserver>
nameserver <IP address of your secondary nameserver>
# End /etc/resolv.conf
EOF
                
                  The domain statement can be
                  omitted or replaced with a search statement. See the man page for
                  resolv.conf for more details.
                
                  Replace <IP address of the
                  nameserver> with the IP address of the DNS
                  server most appropriate for your setup. There will often be
                  more than one entry (requirements demand secondary servers
                  for fallback capability). If you only need or want one DNS
                  server, remove the second nameserver line from the file.
                  The IP address may also be a router on the local network.
                  Another option is to use the Google Public DNS service
                  using the IP addresses below as nameservers.
                
                    The Google Public IPv4 DNS addresses are 8.8.8.8 and 8.8.4.4 for IPv4, and
                    2001:4860:4860::8888 and
                    2001:4860:4860::8844 for
                    IPv6.
                  
                During the boot process, the file /etc/hostname is used for establishing the
                system's hostname.
              
                Create the /etc/hostname file
                and enter a hostname by running:
              
echo "<lfs>" > /etc/hostname
              
                <lfs> needs
                to be replaced with the name given to the computer. Do not
                enter the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) here. That
                information is put in the /etc/hosts file.
              
                Decide on a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN), and possible
                aliases for use in the /etc/hosts file. If using static IP
                addresses, you'll also need to decide on an IP address. The
                syntax for a hosts file entry is:
              
IP_address myhost.example.org aliasesUnless the computer is to be visible to the Internet (i.e., there is a registered domain and a valid block of assigned IP addresses—most users do not have this), make sure that the IP address is in the private network IP address range. Valid ranges are:
Private Network Address Range      Normal Prefix
10.0.0.1 - 10.255.255.254           8
172.x.0.1 - 172.x.255.254           16
192.168.y.1 - 192.168.y.254         24x can be any number in the range 16-31. y can be any number in the range 0-255.
A valid private IP address could be 192.168.1.1.
If the computer is to be visible to the Internet, a valid FQDN can be the domain name itself, or a string resulted by concatenating a prefix (often the hostname) and the domain name with a “.” character. And, you need to contact the domain provider to resolve the FQDN to your public IP address.
                Even if the computer is not visible to the Internet, a FQDN
                is still needed for certain programs, such as MTAs, to
                operate properly. A special FQDN, localhost.localdomain, can be used for this
                purpose.
              
                Create the /etc/hosts file
                using the following command:
              
cat > /etc/hosts << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/hosts
<192.168.0.2> <FQDN> [alias1] [alias2] ...
::1       ip6-localhost ip6-loopback
ff02::1   ip6-allnodes
ff02::2   ip6-allrouters
# End /etc/hosts
EOF
              
                The <192.168.0.2> and
                <FQDN> values
                need to be changed for specific uses or requirements (if
                assigned an IP address by a network/system administrator and
                the machine will be connected to an existing network). The
                optional alias name(s) can be omitted, and the <192.168.0.2> line can
                be omitted if you are using a connection configured with DHCP
                or IPv6 Autoconfiguration, or using localhost.localdomain as the FQDN.
              
                The /etc/hostname does not
                contain entries for localhost,
                localhost.localdomain, or the
                hostname (without a domain) because they are handled by the
                myhostname NSS module, read
                the man page nss-myhostname(8)
                for details.
              
The ::1 entry is the IPv6 counterpart of 127.0.0.1 and represents the IPv6 loopback interface.
In Chapter 8, we installed the udev daemon when systemd was built. Before we go into the details regarding how udev works, a brief history of previous methods of handling devices is in order.
              Linux systems in general traditionally used a static device
              creation method, whereby a great many device nodes were created
              under /dev (sometimes literally
              thousands of nodes), regardless of whether the corresponding
              hardware devices actually existed. This was typically done via
              a MAKEDEV script,
              which contained a number of calls to the mknod program with the
              relevant major and minor device numbers for every possible
              device that might exist in the world.
            
              Using the udev method, device nodes are only created for those
              devices which are detected by the kernel. These device nodes
              are created each time the system boots; they are stored in a
              devtmpfs file system (a virtual
              file system that resides entirely in system memory). Device
              nodes do not require much space, so the memory that is used is
              negligible.
            
                In February 2000, a new filesystem called devfs was merged into the 2.3.46 kernel
                and was made available during the 2.4 series of stable
                kernels. Although it was present in the kernel source itself,
                this method of creating devices dynamically never received
                overwhelming support from the core kernel developers.
              
                The main problem with the approach adopted by devfs was the way it handled device
                detection, creation, and naming. The latter issue, that of
                device node naming, was perhaps the most critical. It is
                generally accepted that if device names are configurable, the
                device naming policy should be chosen by system
                administrators, and not imposed on them by the developer(s).
                The devfs file system also
                suffered from race conditions that were inherent in its
                design; these could not be fixed without a substantial
                revision of the kernel. devfs
                was marked as deprecated for a long time, and was finally
                removed from the kernel in June, 2006.
              
                With the development of the unstable 2.5 kernel tree, later
                released as the 2.6 series of stable kernels, a new virtual
                filesystem called sysfs came
                to be. The job of sysfs is to
                provide information about the system's hardware configuration
                to userspace processes. With this userspace-visible
                representation, it became possible to develop a userspace
                replacement for devfs.
              
                  The sysfs filesystem was
                  mentioned briefly above. One may wonder how sysfs knows about the devices present
                  on a system and what device numbers should be used for
                  them. Drivers that have been compiled into the kernel
                  register their objects in sysfs (devtmpfs internally) as they are
                  detected by the kernel. For drivers compiled as modules,
                  registration happens when the module is loaded. Once the
                  sysfs filesystem is mounted
                  (on /sys), data which the
                  drivers have registered with sysfs are available to userspace
                  processes and to udevd for processing (including
                  modifications to device nodes).
                
                  Device files are created by the kernel in the devtmpfs file system. Any driver that
                  wishes to register a device node will use the devtmpfs (via the driver core) to do
                  it. When a devtmpfs
                  instance is mounted on /dev,
                  the device node will initially be exposed to userspace with
                  a fixed name, permissions, and owner.
                
                  A short time later, the kernel will send a uevent to
                  udevd. Based
                  on the rules specified in the files within the /etc/udev/rules.d, /usr/lib/udev/rules.d, and /run/udev/rules.d directories,
                  udevd will
                  create additional symlinks to the device node, or change
                  its permissions, owner, or group, or modify the internal
                  udevd
                  database entry (name) for that object.
                
                  The rules in these three directories are numbered and all
                  three directories are merged together. If udevd can't find a rule
                  for the device it is creating, it will leave the
                  permissions and ownership at whatever devtmpfs used initially.
                
                  Device drivers compiled as modules may have aliases built
                  into them. Aliases are visible in the output of the
                  modinfo
                  program and are usually related to the bus-specific
                  identifiers of devices supported by a module. For example,
                  the snd-fm801 driver
                  supports PCI devices with vendor ID 0x1319 and device ID
                  0x0801, and has an alias of pci:v00001319d00000801sv*sd*bc04sc01i*.
                  For most devices, the bus driver exports the alias of the
                  driver that would handle the device via sysfs. E.g., the /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0d.0/modalias
                  file might contain the string pci:v00001319d00000801sv00001319sd00001319bc04sc01i00.
                  The default rules provided with udev will cause
                  udevd to call
                  out to /sbin/modprobe with the
                  contents of the MODALIAS uevent
                  environment variable (which should be the same as the
                  contents of the modalias file
                  in sysfs), thus loading all modules whose aliases match
                  this string after wildcard expansion.
                
In this example, this means that, in addition to snd-fm801, the obsolete (and unwanted) forte driver will be loaded if it is available. See below for ways in which the loading of unwanted drivers can be prevented.
The kernel itself is also able to load modules for network protocols, filesystems, and NLS support on demand.
There are a few possible problems when it comes to automatically creating device nodes.
                  Udev will only load a module if it has a bus-specific alias
                  and the bus driver properly exports the necessary aliases
                  to sysfs. In other cases,
                  one should arrange module loading by other means. With
                  Linux-6.13.4, udev is known to load properly-written
                  drivers for INPUT, IDE, PCI, USB, SCSI, SERIO, and FireWire
                  devices.
                
                  To determine if the device driver you require has the
                  necessary support for udev, run modinfo with the module
                  name as the argument. Now try locating the device directory
                  under /sys/bus and check
                  whether there is a modalias
                  file there.
                
                  If the modalias file exists
                  in sysfs, the driver
                  supports the device and can talk to it directly, but
                  doesn't have the alias, it is a bug in the driver. Load the
                  driver without the help from udev and expect the issue to
                  be fixed later.
                
                  If there is no modalias file
                  in the relevant directory under /sys/bus, this means that the kernel
                  developers have not yet added modalias support to this bus
                  type. With Linux-6.13.4, this is the case with ISA busses.
                  Expect this issue to be fixed in later kernel versions.
                
Udev is not intended to load “wrapper” drivers such as snd-pcm-oss and non-hardware drivers such as loop at all.
                  If the “wrapper” module only enhances the
                  functionality provided by some other module (e.g.,
                  snd-pcm-oss enhances
                  the functionality of snd-pcm by making the sound
                  cards available to OSS applications), configure
                  modprobe to
                  load the wrapper after udev loads the wrapped module. To do
                  this, add a “softdep” line to the corresponding
                  /etc/modprobe.d/
                  file. For example:
                <filename>.conf
softdep snd-pcm post: snd-pcm-oss
                  Note that the “softdep” command also allows
                  pre: dependencies, or a
                  mixture of both pre: and
                  post: dependencies. See the
                  modprobe.d(5)
                  manual page for more information on “softdep” syntax
                  and capabilities.
                
                  Either don't build the module, or blacklist it in a
                  /etc/modprobe.d/blacklist.conf file as
                  done with the forte
                  module in the example below:
                
blacklist forteBlacklisted modules can still be loaded manually with the explicit modprobe command.
This usually happens if a rule unexpectedly matches a device. For example, a poorly-written rule can match both a SCSI disk (as desired) and the corresponding SCSI generic device (incorrectly) by vendor. Find the offending rule and make it more specific, with the help of the udevadm info command.
                  This may be another manifestation of the previous problem.
                  If not, and your rule uses sysfs attributes, it may be a kernel
                  timing issue, to be fixed in later kernels. For now, you
                  can work around it by creating a rule that waits for the
                  used sysfs attribute and
                  appending it to the /etc/udev/rules.d/10-wait_for_sysfs.rules
                  file (create this file if it does not exist). Please notify
                  the LFS Development list if you do so and it helps.
                
First, be certain that the driver is built into the kernel or already loaded as a module, and that udev isn't creating a misnamed device.
                  If a kernel driver does not export its data to sysfs, udev lacks the information
                  needed to create a device node. This is most likely to
                  happen with third party drivers from outside the kernel
                  tree. Create a static device node in /usr/lib/udev/devices with the
                  appropriate major/minor numbers (see the file devices.txt inside the kernel
                  documentation or the documentation provided by the third
                  party driver vendor). The static device node will be copied
                  to /dev by udev.
                
This is due to the fact that udev, by design, handles uevents and loads modules in parallel, and thus in an unpredictable order. This will never be “fixed.” You should not rely upon the kernel device names being stable. Instead, create your own rules that make symlinks with stable names based on some stable attributes of the device, such as a serial number or the output of various *_id utilities installed by udev. See Section 9.4, “Managing Devices” and Section 9.2, “General Network Configuration” for examples.
Additional helpful documentation is available at the following sites:
                      A Userspace Implementation of devfs 
                      http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2003_udev_paper/Reprint-Kroah-Hartman-OLS2003.pdf
                    
                      The sysfs Filesystem
                      
                      https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/mochel/doc/papers/ols-2005/mochel.pdf
                    
                As explained in Section 9.3,
                “Overview of Device and Module Handling,” the order in
                which devices with the same function appear in /dev is essentially random. E.g., if you
                have a USB web camera and a TV tuner, sometimes /dev/video0 refers to the camera and
                /dev/video1 refers to the
                tuner, and sometimes after a reboot the order changes. For
                all classes of hardware except sound cards and network cards,
                this is fixable by creating udev rules to create persistent
                symlinks. The case of network cards is covered separately in
                Section 9.2,
                “General Network Configuration,” and sound card
                configuration can be found in 
                BLFS.
              
                For each of your devices that is likely to have this problem
                (even if the problem doesn't exist in your current Linux
                distribution), find the corresponding directory under
                /sys/class or /sys/block. For video devices, this may be
                /sys/class/video4linux/video. Figure out the
                attributes that identify the device uniquely (usually, vendor
                and product IDs and/or serial numbers work):
              X
udevadm info -a -p /sys/class/video4linux/video0
Then write rules that create the symlinks, e.g.:
cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/83-duplicate_devs.rules << "EOF"
# Persistent symlinks for webcam and tuner
KERNEL=="video*", ATTRS{idProduct}=="1910", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0d81", SYMLINK+="webcam"
KERNEL=="video*", ATTRS{device}=="0x036f",  ATTRS{vendor}=="0x109e", SYMLINK+="tvtuner"
EOF
              
                The result is that /dev/video0
                and /dev/video1 devices still
                refer randomly to the tuner and the web camera (and thus
                should never be used directly), but there are symlinks
                /dev/tvtuner and /dev/webcam that always point to the
                correct device.
              
This section discusses how to configure the systemd-timedated system service, which configures the system clock and timezone.
              If you cannot remember whether or not the hardware clock is set
              to UTC, find out by running the hwclock --localtime --show
              command. This will display what the current time is according
              to the hardware clock. If this time matches whatever your watch
              says, then the hardware clock is set to local time. If the
              output from hwclock is not local time,
              chances are it is set to UTC time. Verify this by adding or
              subtracting the proper amount of hours for the timezone to the
              time shown by hwclock. For example, if you
              are currently in the MST timezone, which is also known as GMT
              -0700, add seven hours to the local time.
            
              systemd-timedated
              reads /etc/adjtime, and depending
              on the contents of the file, sets the clock to either UTC or
              local time.
            
              Create the /etc/adjtime file with
              the following contents if your hardware clock is set to local
              time:
            
cat > /etc/adjtime << "EOF"
0.0 0 0.0
0
LOCAL
EOF
            
              If /etc/adjtime isn't present at
              first boot, systemd-timedated will assume
              that hardware clock is set to UTC and adjust the file according
              to that.
            
You can also use the timedatectl utility to tell systemd-timedated if your hardware clock is set to UTC or local time:
timedatectl set-local-rtc 1
timedatectl can also be used to change system time and time zone.
To change your current system time, issue:
timedatectl set-time YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
The hardware clock will also be updated accordingly.
To change your current time zone, issue:
timedatectl set-timezone TIMEZONE
You can get a list of available time zones by running:
timedatectl list-timezones
Please note that the timedatectl command doesn't work in the chroot environment. It can only be used after the LFS system is booted with systemd.
Starting with version 213, systemd ships a daemon called systemd-timesyncd which can be used to synchronize the system time with remote NTP servers.
The daemon is not intended as a replacement for the well established NTP daemon, but as a client only implementation of the SNTP protocol which can be used for less advanced tasks and on resource limited systems.
Starting with systemd version 216, the systemd-timesyncd daemon is enabled by default. If you want to disable it, issue the following command:
systemctl disable systemd-timesyncd
                The /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf
                file can be used to change the NTP servers that systemd-timesyncd
                synchronizes with.
              
Please note that when system clock is set to Local Time, systemd-timesyncd won't update hardware clock.
This section discusses how to configure the systemd-vconsole-setup system service, which configures the virtual console font and console keymap.
              The systemd-vconsole-setup
              service reads the /etc/vconsole.conf file for configuration
              information. Decide which keymap and screen font will be used.
              Various language-specific HOWTOs can also help with this, see
              https://tldp.org/HOWTO/HOWTO-INDEX/other-lang.html.
              Examine the output of localectl
              list-keymaps for a list of valid console
              keymaps. Look in the /usr/share/consolefonts directory for valid
              screen fonts.
            
              The /etc/vconsole.conf file
              should contain lines of the form: VARIABLE=value. The following variables are
              recognized:
            
                    This variable specifies the key mapping table for the
                    keyboard. If unset, it defaults to us.
                  
This variable can be used to configure a second toggle keymap and is unset by default.
This variable specifies the font used by the virtual console.
This variable specifies the console map to be used.
This variable specifies the Unicode font map.
              We'll use C.UTF-8 as the locale
              for interactive sessions in the Linux console in Section 9.7,
              “Configuring the System Locale.” The console fonts shipped
              by the Kbd package containing
              the glyphs for all characters from the program messages in the
              C.UTF-8 locale are LatArCyrHeb*.psfu.gz, LatGrkCyr*.psfu.gz, Lat2-Terminus16.psfu.gz, and pancyrillic.f16.psfu.gz in /usr/share/consolefonts (the other shipped
              console fonts lack glyphs of some characters like the Unicode
              left/right quotation marks and the Unicode English dash). So
              set one of them, for example Lat2-Terminus16.psfu.gz as the default
              console font:
            
echo FONT=Lat2-Terminus16 > /etc/vconsole.conf
            An example for a German keyboard and console is given below:
cat > /etc/vconsole.conf << "EOF"
KEYMAP=de-latin1
FONT=Lat2-Terminus16
EOF
            You can change KEYMAP value at runtime by using the localectl utility:
localectl set-keymap MAP
Please note that the localectl command doesn't work in the chroot environment. It can only be used after the LFS system is booted with systemd.
You can also use localectl utility with the corresponding parameters to change X11 keyboard layout, model, variant and options:
localectl set-x11-keymap LAYOUT [MODEL] [VARIANT] [OPTIONS]
To list possible values for localectl set-x11-keymap parameters, run localectl with parameters listed below:
Shows known X11 keyboard mapping models.
Shows known X11 keyboard mapping layouts.
Shows known X11 keyboard mapping variants.
Shows known X11 keyboard mapping options.
Using any of the parameters listed above requires the XKeyboard-Config package from BLFS.
Some environment variables are necessary for native language support. Setting them properly results in:
The output of programs being translated into your native language
The correct classification of characters into letters, digits and other classes. This is necessary for bash to properly accept non-ASCII characters in command lines in non-English locales
The correct alphabetical sorting order for the country
The appropriate default paper size
The correct formatting of monetary, time, and date values
              Replace <ll>
              below with the two-letter code for your desired language (e.g.,
              en) and <CC> with the two-letter
              code for the appropriate country (e.g., GB). <charmap> should be
              replaced with the canonical charmap for your chosen locale.
              Optional modifiers such as @euro
              may also be present.
            
The list of all locales supported by Glibc can be obtained by running the following command:
locale -a
              Charmaps can have a number of aliases, e.g., ISO-8859-1 is also referred to as iso8859-1 and iso88591. Some applications cannot handle the
              various synonyms correctly (e.g., require that UTF-8 is written as UTF-8, not utf8),
              so it is the safest in most cases to choose the canonical name
              for a particular locale. To determine the canonical name, run
              the following command, where <locale name> is the
              output given by locale
              -a for your preferred locale (en_GB.iso88591 in our example).
            
LC_ALL=<locale name> locale charmap
            
              For the en_GB.iso88591 locale, the
              above command will print:
            
ISO-8859-1
              This results in a final locale setting of en_GB.ISO-8859-1. It is important that the
              locale found using the heuristic above is tested prior to it
              being added to the Bash startup files:
            
LC_ALL=<locale name> locale language LC_ALL=<locale name> locale charmap LC_ALL=<locale name> locale int_curr_symbol LC_ALL=<locale name> locale int_prefix
The above commands should print the language name, the character encoding used by the locale, the local currency, and the prefix to dial before the telephone number in order to get into the country. If any of the commands above fail with a message similar to the one shown below, this means that your locale was either not installed in Chapter 8 or is not supported by the default installation of Glibc.
locale: Cannot set LC_* to default locale: No such file or directoryIf this happens, you should either install the desired locale using the localedef command, or consider choosing a different locale. Further instructions assume that there are no such error messages from Glibc.
Other packages can also function incorrectly (but may not necessarily display any error messages) if the locale name does not meet their expectations. In those cases, investigating how other Linux distributions support your locale might provide some useful information.
              Once the proper locale settings have been determined, create
              the /etc/locale.conf file:
            
cat > /etc/locale.conf << "EOF"
LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
EOF
            
              The shell program /bin/bash (here after
              referred as “the
              shell”) uses a collection of startup files to
              help create the environment to run in. Each file has a specific
              use and may affect login and interactive environments
              differently. The files in the /etc directory provide global settings. If
              equivalent files exist in the home directory, they may override
              the global settings.
            
              An interactive login shell is started after a successful login,
              using /bin/login,
              by reading the /etc/passwd file.
              An interactive non-login shell is started at the command-line
              (e.g. [prompt]$/bin/bash). A non-interactive
              shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is
              non-interactive because it is processing a script and not
              waiting for user input between commands.
            
              The login shells are often unaffected by
              the settings in /etc/locale.conf. Create the
              /etc/profile to read the locale settings from /etc/locale.conf and export them, but
              set the C.UTF-8 locale instead if
              running in the Linux console (to prevent programs from
              outputting characters that the Linux console is unable to
              render):
            
cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile
for i in $(locale); do
  unset ${i%=*}
done
if [[ "$TERM" = linux ]]; then
  export LANG=C.UTF-8
else
  source /etc/locale.conf
  for i in $(locale); do
    key=${i%=*}
    if [[ -v $key ]]; then
      export $key
    fi
  done
fi
# End /etc/profile
EOF
            
              Note that you can modify /etc/locale.conf with the systemd
              localectl
              utility. To use localectl for the example
              above, run:
            
localectl set-locale LANG="<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>"
            
              You can also specify other language specific environment
              variables such as LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_NUMERIC
              or any other environment variable from locale output. Just separate
              them with a space. An example where LANG is set as en_US.UTF-8 but LC_CTYPE is set as just en_US is:
            
localectl set-locale LANG="en_US.UTF-8" LC_CTYPE="en_US"
Please note that the localectl command doesn't work in the chroot environment. It can only be used after the LFS system is booted with systemd.
              The C (default) and en_US (the recommended one for United States
              English users) locales are different. C uses the US-ASCII 7-bit character set, and
              treats bytes with the high bit set as invalid characters.
              That's why, e.g., the ls command substitutes them
              with question marks in that locale. Also, an attempt to send
              mail with such characters from Mutt or Pine results in
              non-RFC-conforming messages being sent (the charset in the
              outgoing mail is indicated as unknown 8-bit). It's suggested that you
              use the C locale only if you are
              certain that you will never need 8-bit characters.
            
              The inputrc file is the
              configuration file for the readline library, which provides
              editing capabilities while the user is entering a line from the
              terminal. It works by translating keyboard inputs into specific
              actions. Readline is used by bash and most other shells as well
              as many other applications.
            
              Most people do not need user-specific functionality so the
              command below creates a global /etc/inputrc used by everyone who logs in. If
              you later decide you need to override the defaults on a per
              user basis, you can create a .inputrc file in the user's home directory
              with the modified mappings.
            
              For more information on how to edit the inputrc file, see info bash under the
              Readline Init File
              section. info
              readline is also a good source of information.
            
              Below is a generic global inputrc
              along with comments to explain what the various options do.
              Note that comments cannot be on the same line as commands.
              Create the file using the following command:
            
cat > /etc/inputrc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/inputrc
# Modified by Chris Lynn <[email protected]>
# Allow the command prompt to wrap to the next line
set horizontal-scroll-mode Off
# Enable 8-bit input
set meta-flag On
set input-meta On
# Turns off 8th bit stripping
set convert-meta Off
# Keep the 8th bit for display
set output-meta On
# none, visible or audible
set bell-style none
# All of the following map the escape sequence of the value
# contained in the 1st argument to the readline specific functions
"\eOd": backward-word
"\eOc": forward-word
# for linux console
"\e[1~": beginning-of-line
"\e[4~": end-of-line
"\e[5~": beginning-of-history
"\e[6~": end-of-history
"\e[3~": delete-char
"\e[2~": quoted-insert
# for xterm
"\eOH": beginning-of-line
"\eOF": end-of-line
# for Konsole
"\e[H": beginning-of-line
"\e[F": end-of-line
# End /etc/inputrc
EOF
          
              The shells file contains a list
              of login shells on the system. Applications use this file to
              determine whether a shell is valid. For each shell a single
              line should be present, consisting of the shell's path relative
              to the root of the directory structure (/).
            
For example, this file is consulted by chsh to determine whether an unprivileged user may change the login shell for her own account. If the command name is not listed, the user will be denied the ability to change shells.
              It is a requirement for applications such as GDM which does not populate the face
              browser if it can't find /etc/shells, or FTP daemons which
              traditionally disallow access to users with shells not included
              in this file.
            
cat > /etc/shells << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/shells
/bin/sh
/bin/bash
# End /etc/shells
EOF
          
                The /etc/systemd/system.conf
                file contains a set of options to control basic systemd
                operations. The default file has all entries commented out
                with the default settings indicated. This file is where the
                log level may be changed as well as some basic logging
                settings. See the systemd-system.conf(5)
                manual page for details on each configuration option.
              
The normal behavior for systemd is to clear the screen at the end of the boot sequence. If desired, this behavior may be changed by running the following command:
mkdir -pv /etc/systemd/system/[email protected]
cat > /etc/systemd/system/[email protected]/noclear.conf << EOF
[Service]
TTYVTDisallocate=no
EOF
              
                The boot messages can always be reviewed by using the
                journalctl -b
                command as the root user.
              
                By default, /tmp is created as
                a tmpfs. If this is not desired, it can be overridden by
                executing the following command:
              
ln -sfv /dev/null /etc/systemd/system/tmp.mount
                Alternatively, if a separate partition for /tmp is desired, specify that partition in
                a /etc/fstab entry.
              
                  Do not create the symbolic link above if a separate
                  partition is used for /tmp.
                  This will prevent the root file system (/) from being
                  remounted r/w and make the system unusable when booted.
                
There are several services that create or delete files or directories:
systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
systemd-tmpfiles-setup-dev.service
systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service
                The system location for the configuration files is
                /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/*.conf. The
                local configuration files are in /etc/tmpfiles.d. Files in /etc/tmpfiles.d override files with the
                same name in /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d. See tmpfiles.d(5)
                manual page for file format details.
              
                Note that the syntax for the /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/*.conf files can be
                confusing. For example, the default deletion of files in the
                /tmp directory is located in /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf with the line:
              
q /tmp 1777 root root 10d
The type field, q, indicates the creation of a subvolume with quotas which is really only applicable to btrfs filesystems. It references type v which in turn references type d (directory). This then creates the specified directory if it is not present and adjusts the permissions and ownership as specified. Contents of the directory will be subject to time based cleanup if the age argument is specified.
                If the default parameters are not desired, then the file
                should be copied to /etc/tmpfiles.d and edited as desired. For
                example:
              
mkdir -p /etc/tmpfiles.d cp /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf /etc/tmpfiles.d
                The parameters of a unit can be overridden by creating a
                directory and a configuration file in /etc/systemd/system. For example:
              
mkdir -pv /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d
cat > /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/foobar.conf << EOF
[Service]
Restart=always
RestartSec=30
EOF
              
                See systemd.unit(5)
                manual page for more information. After creating the
                configuration file, run systemctl daemon-reload and
                systemctl restart
                foobar to activate the changes to a service.
              
Rather than plain shell scripts used in SysVinit or BSD style init systems, systemd uses a unified format for different types of startup files (or units). The command systemctl is used to enable, disable, control state, and obtain status of unit files. Here are some examples of frequently used commands:
                      systemctl list-units -t
                      <service>
                      [--all]: lists loaded unit files of
                      type service.
                    
                      systemctl list-units -t
                      <target>
                      [--all]: lists loaded unit files of
                      type target.
                    
                      systemctl show -p Wants
                      <multi-user.target>:
                      shows all units that depend on the multi-user target.
                      Targets are special unit files that are analogous to
                      runlevels under SysVinit.
                    
                      systemctl status
                      <servicename.service>:
                      shows the status of the servicename service. The
                      .service extension can be omitted if there are no other
                      unit files with the same name, such as .socket files
                      (which create a listening socket that provides similar
                      functionality to inetd/xinetd).
                    
Logging on a system booted with systemd is handled with systemd-journald (by default), rather than a typical unix syslog daemon. You can also add a normal syslog daemon and have both operate side by side if desired. The systemd-journald program stores journal entries in a binary format rather than a plain text log file. To assist with parsing the file, the command journalctl is provided. Here are some examples of frequently used commands:
journalctl -r: shows all contents of the journal in reverse chronological order.
                      journalctl -u UNIT:
                      shows the journal entries associated with the specified
                      UNIT file.
                    
journalctl -b[=ID] -r: shows the journal entries since last successful boot (or for boot ID) in reverse chronological order.
journalctl -f: provides functionality similar to tail -f (follow).
                Core dumps are useful to debug crashed programs, especially
                when a daemon process crashes. On systemd booted systems the
                core dumping is handled by systemd-coredump. It will
                log the core dump in the journal and store the core dump
                itself in /var/lib/systemd/coredump. To retrieve and
                process core dumps, the coredumpctl tool is
                provided. Here are some examples of frequently used commands:
              
coredumpctl -r: lists all core dumps in reverse chronological order.
coredumpctl -1 info: shows the information from the last core dump.
coredumpctl -1 debug: loads the last core dump into GDB.
                Core dumps may use a lot of disk space. The maximum disk
                space used by core dumps can be limited by creating a
                configuration file in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf.d. For example:
              
mkdir -pv /etc/systemd/coredump.conf.d
cat > /etc/systemd/coredump.conf.d/maxuse.conf << EOF
[Coredump]
MaxUse=5G
EOF
              See the systemd-coredump(8), coredumpctl(1), and coredump.conf.d(5) manual pages for more information.
                Beginning with systemd-230, all user processes are killed
                when a user session is ended, even if nohup is used, or the
                process uses the daemon() or
                setsid() functions. This is a
                deliberate change from a historically permissive environment
                to a more restrictive one. The new behavior may cause issues
                if you depend on long running programs (e.g., screen or tmux) to remain active
                after ending your user session. There are three ways to
                enable lingering processes to remain after a user session is
                ended.
              
                      Enable process lingering for
                      only selected users: Normal users have
                      permission to enable process lingering with the command
                      loginctl
                      enable-linger for their own user.
                      System administrators can use the same command with a
                      user argument
                      to enable for a user. That user can then use the
                      systemd-run command
                      to start long running processes. For example:
                      systemd-run --scope
                      --user /usr/bin/screen. If you enable
                      lingering for your user, the [email protected] will remain
                      even after all login sessions are closed, and will
                      automatically start at system boot. This has the
                      advantage of explicitly allowing and disallowing
                      processes to run after the user session has ended, but
                      breaks backwards compatibility with tools like
                      nohup and
                      utilities that use daemon().
                    
                      Enable system-wide process
                      lingering: You can set KillUserProcesses=no in
                      /etc/systemd/logind.conf
                      to enable process lingering globally for all users.
                      This has the benefit of leaving the old method
                      available to all users at the expense of explicit
                      control.
                    
                      Disable at
                      build-time: You can disable lingering by
                      default while building systemd by adding the switch
                      -D
                      default-kill-user-processes=false to the
                      meson
                      command for systemd. This completely disables the
                      ability of systemd to kill user processes at session
                      end.
                    
              It is time to make the LFS system bootable. This chapter
              discusses creating the /etc/fstab
              file, building a kernel for the new LFS system, and installing
              the GRUB boot loader so that the LFS system can be selected for
              booting at startup.
            
              The /etc/fstab file is used by
              some programs to determine where file systems are to be mounted
              by default, in which order, and which must be checked (for
              integrity errors) prior to mounting. Create a new file systems
              table like this:
            
cat > /etc/fstab << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/fstab
# file system  mount-point  type     options             dump  fsck
#                                                              order
/dev/<xxx>     /            <fff>    defaults            1     1
/dev/<yyy>     swap         swap     pri=1               0     0
# End /etc/fstab
EOF
            
              Replace <xxx>,
              <yyy>, and
              <fff> with the
              values appropriate for the system, for example, sda2, sda5, and
              ext4. For details on the six
              fields in this file, see fstab(5).
            
              Filesystems with MS-DOS or Windows origin (i.e. vfat, ntfs,
              smbfs, cifs, iso9660, udf) need a special option, utf8, in
              order for non-ASCII characters in file names to be interpreted
              properly. For non-UTF-8 locales, the value of iocharset should be set to be the same as the
              character set of the locale, adjusted in such a way that the
              kernel understands it. This works if the relevant character set
              definition (found under File systems -> Native Language
              Support when configuring the kernel) has been compiled into the
              kernel or built as a module. However, if the character set of
              the locale is UTF-8, the corresponding option iocharset=utf8 would make the file system case
              sensitive. To fix this, use the special option utf8 instead of iocharset=utf8, for UTF-8 locales. The
              “codepage” option is also needed for vfat
              and smbfs filesystems. It should be set to the codepage number
              used under MS-DOS in your country. For example, in order to
              mount USB flash drives, a ru_RU.KOI8-R user would need the
              following in the options portion of its mount line in
              /etc/fstab:
            
noauto,user,quiet,showexec,codepage=866,iocharset=koi8rThe corresponding options fragment for ru_RU.UTF-8 users is:
noauto,user,quiet,showexec,codepage=866,utf8
              Note that using iocharset is the
              default for iso8859-1 (which keeps
              the file system case insensitive), and the utf8 option tells the kernel to convert the
              file names using UTF-8 so they can be interpreted in the UTF-8
              locale.
            
              It is also possible to specify default codepage and iocharset
              values for some filesystems during kernel configuration. The
              relevant parameters are named “Default NLS Option” (CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT), “Default Remote NLS
              Option” (CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT), “Default codepage for
              FAT” (CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE), and “Default iocharset for
              FAT” (CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET). There is no way
              to specify these settings for the ntfs filesystem at kernel
              compilation time.
            
              It is possible to make the ext3 filesystem reliable across
              power failures for some hard disk types. To do this, add the
              barrier=1 mount option to the
              appropriate entry in /etc/fstab.
              To check if the disk drive supports this option, run 
              hdparm on the applicable disk drive. For example, if:
            
hdparm -I /dev/sda | grep NCQ
returns non-empty output, the option is supported.
              Note: Logical Volume Management (LVM) based partitions cannot
              use the barrier option.
            
The Linux package contains the Linux kernel.
                Building the kernel involves a few steps—configuration,
                compilation, and installation. Read the README file in the kernel source tree for
                alternative methods to the way this book configures the
                kernel.
              
Building the linux kernel for the first time is one of the most challenging tasks in LFS. Getting it right depends on the specific hardware for the target system and your specific needs. There are almost 12,000 configuration items that are available for the kernel although only about a third of them are needed for most computers. The LFS editors recommend that users not familiar with this process follow the procedures below fairly closely. The objective is to get an initial system to a point where you can log in at the command line when you reboot later in Section 11.3, “Rebooting the System.” At this point optimization and customization is not a goal.
For general information on kernel configuration see https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/kernel-configuration.txt. Additional information about configuring and building the kernel can be found at https://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/LFS/kernel-nutshell/. These references are a bit dated, but still give a reasonable overview of the process.
If all else fails, you can ask for help on the lfs-support mailing list. Note that subscribing is required in order for the list to avoid spam.
Prepare for compilation by running the following command:
make mrproper
This ensures that the kernel tree is absolutely clean. The kernel team recommends that this command be issued prior to each kernel compilation. Do not rely on the source tree being clean after un-tarring.
There are several ways to configure the kernel options. Usually, this is done through a menu-driven interface, for example:
make menuconfig
The meaning of optional make environment variables:
LANG=<host_LANG_value>
                    LC_ALL=
                  This establishes the locale setting to the one used on the host. This may be needed for a proper menuconfig ncurses interface line drawing on a UTF-8 linux text console.
                      If used, be sure to replace <host_LANG_value>
                      by the value of the $LANG
                      variable from your host. You can alternatively use
                      instead the host's value of $LC_ALL or $LC_CTYPE.
                    
This launches an ncurses menu-driven interface. For other (graphical) interfaces, type make help.
A good starting place for setting up the kernel configuration is to run make defconfig. This will set the base configuration to a good state that takes your current system architecture into account.
Be sure to enable/disable/set the following features or the system might not work correctly or boot at all:
General setup ---> [ ] Compile the kernel with warnings as errors [WERROR] CPU/Task time and stats accounting ---> [*] Pressure stall information tracking [PSI] [ ] Require boot parameter to enable pressure stall information tracking ... [PSI_DEFAULT_DISABLED] < > Enable kernel headers through /sys/kernel/kheaders.tar.xz [IKHEADERS] [*] Control Group support ---> [CGROUPS] [*] Memory controller [MEMCG] [ /*] CPU controller ---> [CGROUP_SCHED] # This may cause some systemd features malfunction: [ ] Group scheduling for SCHED_RR/FIFO [RT_GROUP_SCHED] [ ] Configure standard kernel features (expert users) ---> [EXPERT] Processor type and features ---> [*] Build a relocatable kernel [RELOCATABLE] [*] Randomize the address of the kernel image (KASLR) [RANDOMIZE_BASE] General architecture-dependent options ---> [*] Stack Protector buffer overflow detection [STACKPROTECTOR] [*] Strong Stack Protector [STACKPROTECTOR_STRONG] [*] Networking support ---> [NET] Networking options ---> [*] TCP/IP networking [INET] <*> The IPv6 protocol ---> [IPV6] Device Drivers ---> Generic Driver Options ---> [ ] Support for uevent helper [UEVENT_HELPER] [*] Maintain a devtmpfs filesystem to mount at /dev [DEVTMPFS] [*] Automount devtmpfs at /dev, after the kernel mounted the rootfs ... [DEVTMPFS_MOUNT] Firmware loader ---> < /*> Firmware loading facility [FW_LOADER] [ ] Enable the firmware sysfs fallback mechanism ... [FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER] Firmware Drivers ---> [*] Export DMI identification via sysfs to userspace [DMIID] [*] Mark VGA/VBE/EFI FB as generic system framebuffer [SYSFB_SIMPLEFB] Graphics support ---> <*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 4.1.0 and higher DRI support) ---> ... [DRM] [*] Display a user-friendly message when a kernel panic occurs ... [DRM_PANIC] (kmsg) Panic screen formatter [DRM_PANIC_SCREEN] Supported DRM clients ---> [*] Enable legacy fbdev support for your modesetting driver ... [DRM_FBDEV_EMULATION] <*> Simple framebuffer driver [DRM_SIMPLEDRM] Console display driver support ---> [*] Framebuffer Console support [FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE] File systems ---> [*] Inotify support for userspace [INOTIFY_USER] Pseudo filesystems ---> [*] Tmpfs virtual memory file system support (former shm fs) [TMPFS] [*] Tmpfs POSIX Access Control Lists [TMPFS_POSIX_ACL]
                  Enable some additional features if you are building a
                  64-bit system. If you are using menuconfig, enable them in
                  the order of CONFIG_PCI_MSI first, then
                  CONFIG_IRQ_REMAP,
                  at last CONFIG_X86_X2APIC because an
                  option only shows up after its dependencies are selected.
                
Processor type and features ---> [*] Support x2apic [X86_X2APIC] Device Drivers ---> [*] PCI support ---> [PCI] [*] Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI and MSI-X) [PCI_MSI] [*] IOMMU Hardware Support ---> [IOMMU_SUPPORT] [*] Support for Interrupt Remapping [IRQ_REMAP]
If you are building a 32-bit system running on a hardware with RAM more than 4GB, adjust the configuration so the kernel will be able to use up to 64GB physical RAM:
Processor type and features ---> High Memory Support ---> (X) 64GB [HIGHMEM64G]
                  If the partition for the LFS system is in a NVME SSD (i. e.
                  the device node for the partition is /dev/nvme* instead of /dev/sd*), enable NVME support or the LFS
                  system won't boot:
                
Device Drivers ---> NVME Support ---> <*> NVM Express block device [BLK_DEV_NVME]
While "The IPv6 Protocol" is not strictly required, it is highly recommended by the systemd developers.
There are several other options that may be desired depending on the requirements for the system. For a list of options needed for BLFS packages, see the BLFS Index of Kernel Settings.
If your host hardware is using UEFI and you wish to boot the LFS system with it, you should adjust some kernel configuration following the BLFS page even if you'll use the UEFI bootloader from the host distro.
The rationale for the above configuration items:
Randomize
                    the address of the kernel image
                    (KASLR)
                  Enable ASLR for kernel image, to mitigate some attacks based on fixed addresses of sensitive data or code in the kernel.
Compile
                    the kernel with warnings as errors
                  This may cause building failure if the compiler and/or configuration are different from those of the kernel developers.
Enable
                    kernel headers through
                    /sys/kernel/kheaders.tar.xz
                  This will require cpio building the kernel. cpio is not installed by LFS.
Configure
                    standard kernel features (expert
                    users)
                  This will make some options show up in the configuration interface but changing those options may be dangerous. Do not use this unless you know what you are doing.
Strong
                    Stack Protector
                  
                      Enable SSP for the kernel. We've enabled it for the
                      entire userspace with --enable-default-ssp
                      configuring GCC, but the kernel does not use GCC
                      default setting for SSP. We enable it explicitly here.
                    
Support
                    for uevent helper
                  Having this option set may interfere with device management when using Udev.
Maintain a
                    devtmpfs
                  This will create automated device nodes which are populated by the kernel, even without Udev running. Udev then runs on top of this, managing permissions and adding symlinks. This configuration item is required for all users of Udev.
Automount
                    devtmpfs at /dev
                  This will mount the kernel view of the devices on /dev upon switching to root filesystem just before starting init.
Display a
                    user-friendly message when a kernel panic
                    occurs
                  
                      This will make the kernel correctly display the message
                      in case a kernel panic happens and a running DRM driver
                      supports to do so. Without this, it would be more
                      difficult to diagnose a panic: if no DRM driver is
                      running, we'd be on the VGA console which can only hold
                      24 lines and the relevant kernel message is often
                      flushed away; if a DRM driver is running, the display
                      is often completely messed up on panic. As of
                      Linux-6.12, none of the dedicated drivers for
                      mainstream GPU models really supports this, but it's
                      supported by the “Simple framebuffer driver” which
                      runs on the VESA (or EFI) framebuffer before the
                      dedicated GPU driver is loaded. If the dedicated GPU
                      driver is built as a module (instead of a part of the
                      kernel image) and no initramfs is used, this
                      functionality will work just fine before the root file
                      system is mounted and it's already enough for providing
                      information about most LFS configuration errors causing
                      a panic (for example, an incorrect root= setting in
                      Section 10.4,
                      “Using GRUB to Set Up the Boot Process”).
                    
Panic
                    screen formatter
                  
                      Set this kmsg to make sure
                      the last kernel messages lines are displayed when a
                      kernel panic happens. The default, user, would make the kernel show only
                      a “user
                      friendly” panic message which is not
                      helpful on diagnostic. The third choice, qr_code, would make the kernel to
                      compress the last kernel message lines into a QR code
                      and display it. The QR code can hold more message lines
                      than plain text and it can be decoded with an external
                      device (like a smart phone). But it requires a Rust
                      compiler that LFS does not provide.
                    
Mark
                    VGA/VBE/EFI FB as generic system framebuffer
                    and Simple framebuffer
                    driver
                  These allow to use the VESA framebuffer (or the EFI framebuffer if booting the LFS system via UEFI) as a DRM device. The VESA framebuffer will be set up by GRUB (or the EFI framebuffer will be set up by the UEFI firmware), so the DRM panic handler can function before the GPU-specific DRM driver is loaded.
Enable
                    legacy fbdev support for your modesetting
                    driver and Framebuffer Console
                    support
                  
                      These are needed to display the Linux console on a GPU
                      driven by a DRI (Direct Rendering Infrastructure)
                      driver. As CONFIG_DRM
                      (Direct Rendering Manager) is enabled, we should enable
                      these two options as well or we'll see a blank screen
                      once the DRI driver is loaded.
                    
Support
                    x2apic
                  Support running the interrupt controller of 64-bit x86 processors in x2APIC mode. x2APIC may be enabled by firmware on 64-bit x86 systems, and a kernel without this option enabled will panic on boot if x2APIC is enabled by firmware. This option has no effect, but also does no harm if x2APIC is disabled by the firmware.
                Alternatively, make
                oldconfig may be more appropriate in some
                situations. See the README file
                for more information.
              
                If desired, skip kernel configuration by copying the kernel
                config file, .config, from the
                host system (assuming it is available) to the unpacked
                linux-6.13.4 directory.
                However, we do not recommend this option. It is often better
                to explore all the configuration menus and create the kernel
                configuration from scratch.
              
Compile the kernel image and modules:
make
                If using kernel modules, module configuration in /etc/modprobe.d may be required.
                Information pertaining to modules and kernel configuration is
                located in Section 9.3,
                “Overview of Device and Module Handling” and in the
                kernel documentation in the linux-6.13.4/Documentation directory. Also,
                modprobe.d(5)
                may be of interest.
              
Unless module support has been disabled in the kernel configuration, install the modules with:
make modules_install
                After kernel compilation is complete, additional steps are
                required to complete the installation. Some files need to be
                copied to the /boot directory.
              
                  If you've decided to use a separate /boot partition for the LFS system (maybe
                  sharing a /boot partition
                  with the host distro), the files copied below should go
                  there. The easiest way to do that is to create the entry
                  for /boot in /etc/fstab first (read the previous
                  section for details), then issue the following command as
                  the root user in the
                  chroot environment:
                
mount /boot
                  The path to the device node is omitted in the command
                  because mount
                  can read it from /etc/fstab.
                
The path to the kernel image may vary depending on the platform being used. The filename below can be changed to suit your taste, but the stem of the filename should be vmlinuz to be compatible with the automatic setup of the boot process described in the next section. The following command assumes an x86 architecture:
cp -iv arch/x86/boot/bzImage /boot/vmlinuz-6.13.4-lfs-12.3-systemd-rc2
                System.map is a symbol file for
                the kernel. It maps the function entry points of every
                function in the kernel API, as well as the addresses of the
                kernel data structures for the running kernel. It is used as
                a resource when investigating kernel problems. Issue the
                following command to install the map file:
              
cp -iv System.map /boot/System.map-6.13.4
                The kernel configuration file .config produced by the make menuconfig step above
                contains all the configuration selections for the kernel that
                was just compiled. It is a good idea to keep this file for
                future reference:
              
cp -iv .config /boot/config-6.13.4
Install the documentation for the Linux kernel:
cp -r Documentation -T /usr/share/doc/linux-6.13.4
It is important to note that the files in the kernel source directory are not owned by root. Whenever a package is unpacked as user root (like we did inside chroot), the files have the user and group IDs of whatever they were on the packager's computer. This is usually not a problem for any other package to be installed because the source tree is removed after the installation. However, the Linux source tree is often retained for a long time. Because of this, there is a chance that whatever user ID the packager used will be assigned to somebody on the machine. That person would then have write access to the kernel source.
In many cases, the configuration of the kernel will need to be updated for packages that will be installed later in BLFS. Unlike other packages, it is not necessary to remove the kernel source tree after the newly built kernel is installed.
                  If the kernel source tree is going to be retained, run
                  chown -R 0:0
                  on the linux-6.13.4 directory
                  to ensure all files are owned by user root.
                
                  If you are updating the configuration and rebuilding the
                  kernel from a retained kernel source tree, normally you
                  should not run
                  the make
                  mrproper command. The command would purge
                  the .config file and all the
                  .o files from the previous
                  build. Despite it's easy to restore .config from the copy in /boot, purging all the .o files is still a waste: for a simple
                  configuration change, often only a few .o files need to be (re)built and the
                  kernel build system will correctly skip other .o files if they are not purged.
                
                  On the other hand, if you've upgraded GCC, you should run
                  make clean to
                  purge all the .o files from
                  the previous build, or the new build may fail.
                
                  Some kernel documentation recommends creating a symlink
                  from /usr/src/linux pointing
                  to the kernel source directory. This is specific to kernels
                  prior to the 2.6 series and must
                  not be created on an LFS system as it can cause
                  problems for packages you may wish to build once your base
                  LFS system is complete.
                
                Most of the time Linux modules are loaded automatically, but
                sometimes it needs some specific direction. The program that
                loads modules, modprobe or insmod, uses /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf for this purpose.
                This file needs to be created so that if the USB drivers
                (ehci_hcd, ohci_hcd and uhci_hcd) have been built as modules,
                they will be loaded in the correct order; ehci_hcd needs to
                be loaded prior to ohci_hcd and uhci_hcd in order to avoid a
                warning being output at boot time.
              
                Create a new file /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf by running the
                following:
              
install -v -m755 -d /etc/modprobe.d
cat > /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf
install ohci_hcd /sbin/modprobe ehci_hcd ; /sbin/modprobe -i ohci_hcd ; true
install uhci_hcd /sbin/modprobe ehci_hcd ; /sbin/modprobe -i uhci_hcd ; true
# End /etc/modprobe.d/usb.conf
EOF
            | Contains all the configuration selections for the kernel | |
| The engine of the Linux system. When turning on the computer, the kernel is the first part of the operating system that gets loaded. It detects and initializes all components of the computer's hardware, then makes these components available as a tree of files to the software and turns a single CPU into a multitasking machine capable of running scores of programs seemingly at the same time | |
| A list of addresses and symbols; it maps the entry points and addresses of all the functions and data structures in the kernel | 
                If your system has UEFI support and you wish to boot LFS with
                UEFI, you should skip the instructions in this page but still
                learn the syntax of grub.cfg
                and the method to specify a partition in the file from this
                page, and configure GRUB with UEFI support using the
                instructions provided in 
                the BLFS page.
              
Configuring GRUB incorrectly can render your system inoperable without an alternate boot device such as a CD-ROM or bootable USB drive. This section is not required to boot your LFS system. You may just want to modify your current boot loader, e.g. Grub-Legacy, GRUB2, or LILO.
                Ensure that an emergency boot disk is ready to “rescue” the
                computer if the computer becomes unusable (un-bootable). If
                you do not already have a boot device, you can create one. In
                order for the procedure below to work, you need to jump ahead
                to BLFS and install xorriso from the 
                libisoburn package.
              
cd /tmp grub-mkrescue --output=grub-img.iso xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/cdrw blank=as_needed grub-img.iso
                GRUB uses its own naming structure for drives and partitions
                in the form of (hdn,m), where n is the hard drive number and
                m is the partition
                number. The hard drive numbers start from zero, but the
                partition numbers start from one for normal partitions (from
                five for extended partitions). Note that this is different
                from earlier versions where both numbers started from zero.
                For example, partition sda1 is
                (hd0,1) to GRUB and
                sdb3 is (hd1,3). In contrast to Linux,
                GRUB does not consider CD-ROM drives to be hard drives. For
                example, if using a CD on hdb
                and a second hard drive on hdc,
                that second hard drive would still be (hd1).
              
GRUB works by writing data to the first physical track of the hard disk. This area is not part of any file system. The programs there access GRUB modules in the boot partition. The default location is /boot/grub/.
                The location of the boot partition is a choice of the user
                that affects the configuration. One recommendation is to have
                a separate small (suggested size is 200 MB) partition just
                for boot information. That way each build, whether LFS or
                some commercial distro, can access the same boot files and
                access can be made from any booted system. If you choose to
                do this, you will need to mount the separate partition, move
                all files in the current /boot
                directory (e.g. the Linux kernel you just built in the
                previous section) to the new partition. You will then need to
                unmount the partition and remount it as /boot. If you do this, be sure to update
                /etc/fstab.
              
                Leaving /boot on the current
                LFS partition will also work, but configuration for multiple
                systems is more difficult.
              
                Using the above information, determine the appropriate
                designator for the root partition (or boot partition, if a
                separate one is used). For the following example, it is
                assumed that the root (or separate boot) partition is
                sda2.
              
                Install the GRUB files into /boot/grub and set up the boot track:
              
The following command will overwrite the current boot loader. Do not run the command if this is not desired, for example, if using a third party boot manager to manage the Master Boot Record (MBR).
grub-install /dev/sda
                  If the system has been booted using UEFI, grub-install will try to
                  install files for the x86_64-efi target, but those
                  files have not been installed in Chapter 8.
                  If this is the case, add --target
                  i386-pc to the command above.
                
                Generate /boot/grub/grub.cfg:
              
cat > /boot/grub/grub.cfg << "EOF"
# Begin /boot/grub/grub.cfg
set default=0
set timeout=5
insmod part_gpt
insmod ext2
set root=(hd0,2)
set gfxpayload=1024x768x32
menuentry "GNU/Linux, Linux 6.13.4-lfs-12.3-systemd-rc2" {
        linux   /boot/vmlinuz-6.13.4-lfs-12.3-systemd-rc2 root=/dev/sda2 ro
}
EOF
              
                The insmod
                commands load the GRUB
                modules named part_gpt and
                ext2. Despite the naming,
                ext2 actually supports
                ext2, ext3, and ext4 filesystems. The grub-install command has
                embedded some modules into the main GRUB image (installed into the MBR or
                the GRUB BIOS partition) to access the other modules (in
                /boot/grub/i386-pc) without a
                chicken-or-egg issue, so with a typical configuration these
                two modules are already embedded and those two insmod commands will do
                nothing. But they do no harm anyway, and they may be needed
                with some rare configurations.
              
The set gfxpayload=1024x768x32 command sets the resolution and color depth of the VESA framebuffer to be passed to the kernel. It's necessary for the kernel SimpleDRM driver to use the VESA framebuffer. You can use a different resolution or color depth value which better suits for your monitor.
From GRUB's perspective, the kernel files are relative to the partition used. If you used a separate /boot partition, remove /boot from the above linux line. You will also need to change the set root line to point to the boot partition.
                  The GRUB designator for a partition may change if you added
                  or removed some disks (including removable disks like USB
                  thumb devices). The change may cause boot failure because
                  grub.cfg refers to some
                  “old”
                  designators. If you wish to avoid such a problem, you may
                  use the UUID of a partition and the UUID of a filesystem
                  instead of a GRUB designator to specify a device. Run
                  lsblk -o
                  UUID,PARTUUID,PATH,MOUNTPOINT to show the
                  UUIDs of your filesystems (in the UUID column) and partitions (in the
                  PARTUUID column). Then replace
                  set root=(hdx,y) with
                  search --set=root --fs-uuid
                  , and
                  replace <UUID of the filesystem
                  where the kernel is installed>root=/dev/sda2 with
                  root=PARTUUID=.
                <UUID of the partition where LFS is
                  built>
                  Note that the UUID of a partition is completely different
                  from the UUID of the filesystem in this partition. Some
                  online resources may instruct you to use root=UUID= instead of <filesystem
                  UUID>root=PARTUUID=, but doing so will require an
                  initramfs, which is beyond the scope of LFS.
                <partition
                  UUID>
                  The name of the device node for a partition in /dev may also change (this is less likely
                  than a GRUB designator change). You can also replace paths
                  to device nodes like /dev/sda1
                  with PARTUUID=, in <partition
                  UUID>/etc/fstab, to avoid a potential boot
                  failure in case the device node name has changed.
                
GRUB is an extremely powerful program and it provides a tremendous number of options for booting from a wide variety of devices, operating systems, and partition types. There are also many options for customization such as graphical splash screens, playing sounds, mouse input, etc. The details of these options are beyond the scope of this introduction.
There is a command, grub-mkconfig, that can write a configuration file automatically. It uses a set of scripts in /etc/grub.d/ and will destroy any customizations that you make. These scripts are designed primarily for non-source distributions and are not recommended for LFS. If you install a commercial Linux distribution, there is a good chance that this program will be run. Be sure to back up your grub.cfg file.
Well done! The new LFS system is installed! We wish you much success with your shiny new custom-built Linux system.
              It may be a good idea to create an /etc/lfs-release file. By having this file,
              it is very easy for you (and for us if you need to ask for help
              at some point) to find out which LFS version is installed on
              the system. Create this file by running:
            
echo 12.3-systemd-rc2 > /etc/lfs-release
Two files describing the installed system may be used by packages that can be installed on the system later, either in binary form or by building them.
The first one shows the status of your new system with respect to the Linux Standards Base (LSB). To create this file, run:
cat > /etc/lsb-release << "EOF" DISTRIB_ID="Linux From Scratch" DISTRIB_RELEASE="12.3-systemd-rc2" DISTRIB_CODENAME="<your name here>" DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION="Linux From Scratch" EOF
The second one contains roughly the same information, and is used by systemd and some graphical desktop environments. To create this file, run:
cat > /etc/os-release << "EOF" NAME="Linux From Scratch" VERSION="12.3-systemd-rc2" ID=lfs PRETTY_NAME="Linux From Scratch 12.3-systemd-rc2" VERSION_CODENAME="<your name here>" HOME_URL="https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/" RELEASE_TYPE="development" EOF
Be sure to customize the fields 'DISTRIB_CODENAME' and 'VERSION_CODENAME' to make the system uniquely yours.
Now that you have finished the book, do you want to be counted as an LFS user? Head over to https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/cgi-bin/lfscounter.php and register as an LFS user by entering your name and the first LFS version you have used.
Let's reboot into LFS now.
Now that all of the software has been installed, it is time to reboot your computer. However, there are still a few things to check. Here are some suggestions:
Install any firmware needed if the kernel driver for your hardware requires some firmware files to function properly.
                    Ensure a password is set for the root user.
                  
A review of the following configuration files is also appropriate at this point.
/etc/bashrc
/etc/dircolors
/etc/fstab
/etc/hosts
/etc/inputrc
/etc/profile
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/vimrc
/root/.bash_profile
/root/.bashrc
Now that we have said that, let's move on to booting our shiny new LFS installation for the first time! First exit from the chroot environment:
logout
Then unmount the virtual file systems:
umount -v $LFS/dev/pts mountpoint -q $LFS/dev/shm && umount -v $LFS/dev/shm umount -v $LFS/dev umount -v $LFS/run umount -v $LFS/proc umount -v $LFS/sys
If multiple partitions were created, unmount the other partitions before unmounting the main one, like this:
umount -v $LFS/home umount -v $LFS
Unmount the LFS file system itself:
umount -v $LFS
Now, reboot the system.
Assuming the GRUB boot loader was set up as outlined earlier, the menu is set to boot LFS 12.3-systemd-rc2 automatically.
When the reboot is complete, the LFS system is ready for use. What you will see is a simple “login: ” prompt. At this point, you can proceed to the BLFS Book where you can add more software to suit your needs.
If your reboot is not successful, it is time to troubleshoot. For hints on solving initial booting problems, see https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/troubleshooting.html.
Thank you for reading this LFS book. We hope that you have found this book helpful and have learned more about the system creation process.
Now that the LFS system is installed, you may be wondering “What next?” To answer that question, we have compiled a list of resources for you.
Maintenance
Bugs and security notices are reported regularly for all software. Since an LFS system is compiled from source, it is up to you to keep abreast of such reports. There are several online resources that track such reports, some of which are shown below:
This is a list of security vulnerabilities discovered in the LFS book after it's published.
Open Source Security Mailing List
This is a mailing list for discussion of security flaws, concepts, and practices in the Open Source community.
LFS Hints
The LFS Hints are a collection of educational documents submitted by volunteers in the LFS community. The hints are available at https://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/.
Mailing lists
There are several LFS mailing lists you may subscribe to if you are in need of help, want to stay current with the latest developments, want to contribute to the project, and more. See Chapter 1 - Mailing Lists for more information.
The Linux Documentation Project
The goal of The Linux Documentation Project (TLDP) is to collaborate on all of the issues of Linux documentation. The TLDP features a large collection of HOWTOs, guides, and man pages. It is located at https://tldp.org/.
Now that LFS is complete and you have a bootable system, what do you do? The next step is to decide how to use it. Generally, there are two broad categories to consider: workstation or server. Indeed, these categories are not mutually exclusive. The applications needed for each category can be combined onto a single system, but let's look at them separately for now.
A server is the simpler category. Generally this consists of a web server such as the Apache HTTP Server and a database server such as MariaDB. However other services are possible. The operating system embedded in a single use device falls into this category.
On the other hand, a workstation is much more complex. It generally requires a graphical user environment such as LXDE, XFCE, KDE, or Gnome based on a basic graphical environment and several graphical based applications such as the Firefox web browser, Thunderbird email client, or LibreOffice office suite. These applications require many (several hundred depending on desired capabilities) more packages of support applications and libraries.
In addition to the above, there is a set of applications for system management for all kinds of systems. These applications are all in the BLFS book. Not all packages are needed in every environment. For example dhcpcd, is not normally appropriate for a server and wireless_tools, are normally only useful for a laptop system.
When you initially boot into LFS, you have all the internal tools to build additional packages. Unfortunately, the user environment is quite sparse. There are a couple of ways to improve this:
This method provides a complete graphical environment where a full featured browser and copy/paste capabilities are available. This method allows using applications like the host's version of wget to download package sources to a location available when working in the chroot environment.
In order to properly build packages in chroot, you will also need to remember to mount the virtual file systems if they are not already mounted. One way to do this is to create a script on the HOST system:
cat > ~/mount-virt.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
function mountbind
{
   if ! mountpoint $LFS/$1 >/dev/null; then
     $SUDO mount --bind /$1 $LFS/$1
     echo $LFS/$1 mounted
   else
     echo $LFS/$1 already mounted
   fi
}
function mounttype
{
   if ! mountpoint $LFS/$1 >/dev/null; then
     $SUDO mount -t $2 $3 $4 $5 $LFS/$1
     echo $LFS/$1 mounted
   else
     echo $LFS/$1 already mounted
   fi
}
if [ $EUID -ne 0 ]; then
  SUDO=sudo
else
  SUDO=""
fi
if [ x$LFS == x ]; then
  echo "LFS not set"
  exit 1
fi
mountbind dev
mounttype dev/pts devpts devpts -o gid=5,mode=620
mounttype proc    proc   proc
mounttype sys     sysfs  sysfs
mounttype run     tmpfs  run
if [ -h $LFS/dev/shm ]; then
  install -v -d -m 1777 $LFS$(realpath /dev/shm)
else
  mounttype dev/shm tmpfs tmpfs -o nosuid,nodev
fi 
#mountbind usr/src
#mountbind boot
#mountbind home
EOF
                Note that the last three commands in the script are commented out. These are useful if those directories are mounted as separate partitions on the host system and will be mounted when booting the completed LFS/BLFS system.
                  The script can be run with bash ~/mount-virt.sh as
                  either a regular user (recommended) or as root. If run as a regular user, sudo is
                  required on the host system.
                
Another issue pointed out by the script is where to store downloaded package files. This location is arbitrary. It can be in a regular user's home directory such as ~/sources or in a global location like /usr/src. Our recommendation is not to mix BLFS sources and LFS sources in (from the chroot environment) /sources. In any case, the packages must be accessible inside the chroot environment.
A last convenience feature presented here is to streamline the process of entering the chroot environment. This can be done with an alias placed in a user's ~/.bashrc file on the host system:
alias lfs='sudo /usr/sbin/chroot /mnt/lfs /usr/bin/env -i HOME=/root TERM="$TERM" PS1="\u:\w\\\\$ "
PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/sbin /bin/bash --login'
                This alias is a little tricky because of the quoting and levels of backslash characters. It must be all on a single line. The above command has been split in two for presentation purposes.
This method also provides a full graphical environment, but first requires installing sshd on the LFS system, usually in chroot. It also requires a second computer. This method has the advantage of being simple by not requiring the complexity of the chroot environment. It also uses your LFS built kernel for all additional packages and still provides a complete system for installing packages.
You may use the scp command to upload the package sources to be built onto the LFS system. If you want to download the sources onto the LFS system directly instead, install libtasn1, p11-kit, make-ca, and wget in chroot (or upload their sources using scp after booting the LFS system).
This method requires installing libtasn1, p11-kit, make-ca, wget, gpm, and links (or lynx) in chroot and then rebooting into the new LFS system. At this point the default system has six virtual consoles. Switching consoles is as easy as using the Alt+Fx key combinations where Fx is between F1 and F6. The Alt+← and Alt+→ combinations also will change the console.
At this point you can log into two different virtual consoles and run the links or lynx browser in one console and bash in the other. GPM then allows copying commands from the browser with the left mouse button, switching consoles, and pasting into the other console.
As a side note, switching of virtual consoles can also be done from an X Window instance with the Ctrl+Alt+Fx key combination, but the mouse copy operation does not work between the graphical interface and a virtual console. You can return to the X Window display with the Ctrl+Alt+Fx combination, where Fx is usually F1 but may be F7.
| ABI | Application Binary Interface | 
| ALFS | Automated Linux From Scratch | 
| API | Application Programming Interface | 
| ASCII | American Standard Code for Information Interchange | 
| BIOS | Basic Input/Output System | 
| BLFS | Beyond Linux From Scratch | 
| BSD | Berkeley Software Distribution | 
| chroot | change root | 
| CMOS | Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor | 
| COS | Class Of Service | 
| CPU | Central Processing Unit | 
| CRC | Cyclic Redundancy Check | 
| CVS | Concurrent Versions System | 
| DHCP | Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol | 
| DNS | Domain Name Service | 
| EGA | Enhanced Graphics Adapter | 
| ELF | Executable and Linkable Format | 
| EOF | End of File | 
| EQN | equation | 
| ext2 | second extended file system | 
| ext3 | third extended file system | 
| ext4 | fourth extended file system | 
| FAQ | Frequently Asked Questions | 
| FHS | Filesystem Hierarchy Standard | 
| FIFO | First-In, First Out | 
| FQDN | Fully Qualified Domain Name | 
| FTP | File Transfer Protocol | 
| GB | Gigabytes | 
| GCC | GNU Compiler Collection | 
| GID | Group Identifier | 
| GMT | Greenwich Mean Time | 
| HTML | Hypertext Markup Language | 
| IDE | Integrated Drive Electronics | 
| IEEE | Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers | 
| IO | Input/Output | 
| IP | Internet Protocol | 
| IPC | Inter-Process Communication | 
| IRC | Internet Relay Chat | 
| ISO | International Organization for Standardization | 
| ISP | Internet Service Provider | 
| KB | Kilobytes | 
| LED | Light Emitting Diode | 
| LFS | Linux From Scratch | 
| LSB | Linux Standard Base | 
| MB | Megabytes | 
| MBR | Master Boot Record | 
| MD5 | Message Digest 5 | 
| NIC | Network Interface Card | 
| NLS | Native Language Support | 
| NNTP | Network News Transport Protocol | 
| NPTL | Native POSIX Threading Library | 
| OSS | Open Sound System | 
| PCH | Pre-Compiled Headers | 
| PCRE | Perl Compatible Regular Expression | 
| PID | Process Identifier | 
| PTY | pseudo terminal | 
| QOS | Quality Of Service | 
| RAM | Random Access Memory | 
| RPC | Remote Procedure Call | 
| RTC | Real Time Clock | 
| SBU | Standard Build Unit | 
| SCO | The Santa Cruz Operation | 
| SHA1 | Secure-Hash Algorithm 1 | 
| TLDP | The Linux Documentation Project | 
| TFTP | Trivial File Transfer Protocol | 
| TLS | Thread-Local Storage | 
| UID | User Identifier | 
| umask | user file-creation mask | 
| USB | Universal Serial Bus | 
| UTC | Coordinated Universal Time | 
| UUID | Universally Unique Identifier | 
| VC | Virtual Console | 
| VGA | Video Graphics Array | 
| VT | Virtual Terminal | 
We would like to thank the following people and organizations for their contributions to the Linux From Scratch Project.
Gerard Beekmans <gerard AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Creator
Bruce Dubbs <bdubbs AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Managing Editor
Jim Gifford <jim AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – CLFS Project Co-Leader
Pierre Labastie <pierre AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Editor and ALFS Lead
DJ Lucas <dj AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS and BLFS Editor
Ken Moffat <ken AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Editor
Countless other people on the various LFS and BLFS mailing lists who helped make this book possible by giving their suggestions, testing the book, and submitting bug reports, instructions, and their experiences with installing various packages.
Manuel Canales Esparcia <macana AT macana-es D0T com> – Spanish LFS translation project
Johan Lenglet <johan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – French LFS translation project until 2008
Jean-Philippe Mengual <jmengual AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – French LFS translation project 2008-2016
Julien Lepiller <jlepiller AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – French LFS translation project 2017-present
Anderson Lizardo <lizardo AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Portuguese LFS translation project historical
Jamenson Espindula <jafesp AT gmail D0T com> – Portuguese LFS translation project 2022-present
Thomas Reitelbach <tr AT erdfunkstelle D0T de> – German LFS translation project
Scott Kveton <scott AT osuosl D0T org> – lfs.oregonstate.edu mirror
William Astle <lost AT l-w D0T net> – ca.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Eujon Sellers <[email protected]> – lfs.introspeed.com mirror
Justin Knierim <[email protected]> – lfs-matrix.net mirror
Manuel Canales Esparcia <manuel AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – lfsmirror.lfs-es.info mirror
Luis Falcon <Luis Falcon> – torredehanoi.org mirror
Guido Passet <guido AT primerelay D0T net> – nl.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Bastiaan Jacques <baafie AT planet D0T nl> – lfs.pagefault.net mirror
Sven Cranshoff <sven D0T cranshoff AT lineo D0T be> – lfs.lineo.be mirror
Scarlet Belgium – lfs.scarlet.be mirror
Sebastian Faulborn <info AT aliensoft D0T org> – lfs.aliensoft.org mirror
Stuart Fox <stuart AT dontuse D0T ms> – lfs.dontuse.ms mirror
Ralf Uhlemann <admin AT realhost D0T de> – lfs.oss-mirror.org mirror
Antonin Sprinzl <Antonin D0T Sprinzl AT tuwien D0T ac D0T at> – at.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Fredrik Danerklint <fredan-lfs AT fredan D0T org> – se.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Franck <franck AT linuxpourtous D0T com> – lfs.linuxpourtous.com mirror
Philippe Baque <baque AT cict D0T fr> – lfs.cict.fr mirror
Vitaly Chekasin <gyouja AT pilgrims D0T ru> – lfs.pilgrims.ru mirror
Benjamin Heil <kontakt AT wankoo D0T org> – lfs.wankoo.org mirror
Anton Maisak <info AT linuxfromscratch D0T org D0T ru> – linuxfromscratch.org.ru mirror
Satit Phermsawang <satit AT wbac D0T ac D0T th> – lfs.phayoune.org mirror
Shizunet Co.,Ltd. <info AT shizu-net D0T jp> – lfs.mirror.shizu-net.jp mirror
Jason Andrade <jason AT dstc D0T edu D0T au> – au.linuxfromscratch.org mirror
Christine Barczak <theladyskye AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Book Editor
Archaic <[email protected]> – LFS Technical Writer/Editor, HLFS Project Leader, BLFS Editor, Hints and Patches Project Maintainer
Matthew Burgess <matthew AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Project Leader, LFS Technical Writer/Editor
Nathan Coulson <nathan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS-Bootscripts Maintainer
Timothy Bauscher
Robert Briggs
Ian Chilton
Jeroen Coumans <jeroen AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Website Developer, FAQ Maintainer
Manuel Canales Esparcia <manuel AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS/BLFS/HLFS XML and XSL Maintainer
Alex Groenewoud – LFS Technical Writer
Marc Heerdink
Jeremy Huntwork <jhuntwork AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, LFS LiveCD Maintainer
Bryan Kadzban <bryan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer
Mark Hymers
Seth W. Klein – FAQ maintainer
Nicholas Leippe <nicholas AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Wiki Maintainer
Anderson Lizardo <lizardo AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Website Backend-Scripts Maintainer
Randy McMurchy <randy AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Project Leader, LFS Editor
Dan Nicholson <dnicholson AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS and BLFS Editor
Alexander E. Patrakov <alexander AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, LFS Internationalization Editor, LFS Live CD Maintainer
Simon Perreault
Scot Mc Pherson <scot AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS NNTP Gateway Maintainer
Douglas R. Reno <renodr AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Systemd Editor
Ryan Oliver <ryan AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – CLFS Project Co-Leader
Greg Schafer <gschafer AT zip D0T com D0T au> – LFS Technical Writer and Architect of the Next Generation 64-bit-enabling Build Method
Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee – LFS Technical Writer
James Robertson <jwrober AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – Bugzilla Maintainer
Tushar Teredesai <tushar AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – BLFS Book Editor, Hints and Patches Project Leader
Jeremy Utley <jeremy AT linuxfromscratch D0T org> – LFS Technical Writer, Bugzilla Maintainer, LFS-Bootscripts Maintainer
Zack Winkles <zwinkles AT gmail D0T com> – LFS Technical Writer
Every package built in LFS relies on one or more other packages in order to build and install properly. Some packages even participate in circular dependencies, that is, the first package depends on the second which in turn depends on the first. Because of these dependencies, the order in which packages are built in LFS is very important. The purpose of this page is to document the dependencies of each package built in LFS.
For each package that is built, there are three, and sometimes up to five types of dependencies listed below. The first lists what other packages need to be available in order to compile and install the package in question. The second lists the packages that must be available when any programs or libraries from the package are used at runtime. The third lists what packages, in addition to those on the first list, need to be available in order to run the test suites. The fourth list of dependencies are packages that require this package to be built and installed in its final location before they are built and installed.
The last list of dependencies are optional packages that are not addressed in LFS, but could be useful to the user. These packages may have additional mandatory or optional dependencies of their own. For these dependencies, the recommended practice is to install them after completion of the LFS book and then go back and rebuild the LFS package. In several cases, re-installation is addressed in BLFS.
This book is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Creative Commons Legal Code
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0
CREATIVE COMMONS CORPORATION IS NOT A LAW FIRM AND DOES NOT PROVIDE LEGAL SERVICES. DISTRIBUTION OF THIS LICENSE DOES NOT CREATE AN ATTORNEY-CLIENT RELATIONSHIP. CREATIVE COMMONS PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. CREATIVE COMMONS MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.
License
THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CREATIVE COMMONS PUBLIC LICENSE ("CCPL" OR "LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HERE, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE LICENSOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED HERE IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Definitions
"Collective Work" means a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology or encyclopedia, in which the Work in its entirety in unmodified form, along with a number of other contributions, constituting separate and independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole. A work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work (as defined below) for the purposes of this License.
"Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which the Work may be recast, transformed, or adapted, except that a work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition or sound recording, the synchronization of the Work in timed-relation with a moving image ("synching") will be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License.
"Licensor" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
"Original Author" means the individual or entity who created the Work.
"Work" means the copyrightable work of authorship offered under the terms of this License.
"You" means an individual or entity exercising rights under this License who has not previously violated the terms of this License with respect to the Work, or who has received express permission from the Licensor to exercise rights under this License despite a previous violation.
"License Elements" means the following high-level license attributes as selected by Licensor and indicated in the title of this License: Attribution, Noncommercial, ShareAlike.
Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this license is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, first sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable laws.
License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights in the Work as stated below:
to reproduce the Work, to incorporate the Work into one or more Collective Works, and to reproduce the Work as incorporated in the Collective Works;
to create and reproduce Derivative Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission the Work including as incorporated in Collective Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission Derivative Works;
The above rights may be exercised in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter devised. The above rights include the right to make such modifications as are technically necessary to exercise the rights in other media and formats. All rights not expressly granted by Licensor are hereby reserved, including but not limited to the rights set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f).
Restrictions.The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following restrictions:
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work only under the terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License with every copy or phonorecord of the Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License. If You create a Collective Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Collective Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested. If You create a Derivative Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Derivative Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested.
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work only under the terms of this License, a later version of this License with the same License Elements as this License, or a Creative Commons iCommons license that contains the same License Elements as this License (e.g. Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Japan). You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License or other license specified in the previous sentence with every copy or phonorecord of each Derivative Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Derivative Works that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Derivative Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Derivative Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Derivative Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License.
You may not exercise any of the rights granted to You in Section 3 above in any manner that is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. The exchange of the Work for other copyrighted works by means of digital file-sharing or otherwise shall not be considered to be intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation, provided there is no payment of any monetary compensation in connection with the exchange of copyrighted works.
If you distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work or any Derivative Works or Collective Works, You must keep intact all copyright notices for the Work and give the Original Author credit reasonable to the medium or means You are utilizing by conveying the name (or pseudonym if applicable) of the Original Author if supplied; the title of the Work if supplied; to the extent reasonably practicable, the Uniform Resource Identifier, if any, that Licensor specifies to be associated with the Work, unless such URI does not refer to the copyright notice or licensing information for the Work; and in the case of a Derivative Work, a credit identifying the use of the Work in the Derivative Work (e.g., "French translation of the Work by Original Author," or "Screenplay based on original Work by Original Author"). Such credit may be implemented in any reasonable manner; provided, however, that in the case of a Derivative Work or Collective Work, at a minimum such credit will appear where any other comparable authorship credit appears and in a manner at least as prominent as such other comparable authorship credit.
For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition:
Performance Royalties Under Blanket Licenses. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance rights society (e.g. ASCAP, BMI, SESAC), royalties for the public performance or public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work if that performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Mechanical Rights and Statutory Royalties. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a music rights agency or designated agent (e.g. Harry Fox Agency), royalties for any phonorecord You create from the Work ("cover version") and distribute, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 115 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your distribution of such cover version is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. 6. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer
UNLESS OTHERWISE MUTUALLY AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN WRITING, LICENSOR OFFERS THE WORK AS-IS AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE WORK, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTIBILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OF ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO SUCH EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR THE USE OF THE WORK, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Termination
This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of the terms of this License. Individuals or entities who have received Derivative Works or Collective Works from You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 will survive any termination of this License.
Subject to the above terms and conditions, the license granted here is perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, Licensor reserves the right to release the Work under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as stated above.
Miscellaneous
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform the Work or a Collective Work, the Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work, Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the original Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this agreement, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.
No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed here. There are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified here. Licensor shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Licensor and You.
Creative Commons is not a party to this License, and makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work. Creative Commons will not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising in connection to this license. Notwithstanding the foregoing two (2) sentences, if Creative Commons has expressly identified itself as the Licensor hereunder, it shall have all rights and obligations of Licensor.
Except for the limited purpose of indicating to the public that the Work is licensed under the CCPL, neither party will use the trademark "Creative Commons" or any related trademark or logo of Creative Commons without the prior written consent of Creative Commons. Any permitted use will be in compliance with Creative Commons' then-current trademark usage guidelines, as may be published on its website or otherwise made available upon request from time to time.
Creative Commons may be contacted at http://creativecommons.org/.
Copyright © 1999-2025 Gerard Beekmans
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.